182-340 - International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral
Transcription
182-340 - International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral
International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Title /// Comparison Of Executive Functions And Difficulties In Emotional Regulation In Addicts With High And Low Borderline Personality Traits Authors Mansour Bayrami1, Reza Mohammadzade Ghan2, bagher Sardary3, yunes Gasem Baklu4, Ghasem Mohammadyari4, Elahe Afi2, Yazdan movahedee5 page 1-11 1 Comparison of attachment styles and coping strategies among incarcerated criminals and normal people Majid Mahmood Aliloo1, Sajjad Vakilee Abasaliloo*2, Reza Mohammadzadeh Ghan2, Ayat Alah Fathi3, Soheila Azizzadeh4, Farhad Ghadiri Sourman Abadoi2, Amir Abolfazl Azizpour Shamlou5 12-18 2 Processing Emotional Quotient in Bilingual & Monolingual students(Case Study: Female high school students in Shahr-e-Ray) Hendeh Majdi¹, Dr.Zahra Arzjani*Maedeh Ismail Pour² 19-23 The relationship between perceived parenting styles and attitude towards friendship with the opposite sex Zahra akbari1, Marzieh rezaee2 and Hadi bahramiehsan3 24-30 3 4 The effectiveness of Cognitive behavior therapy with focuses on Religious Beliefs in Reduction Damages caused by Marital Infidelity (A single subject study) Saiedeh Safari1 , Kourosh Namdari2 , Mandana Sepanta3 ,Samire Dehghani1,Tahere Maanavi1, Ayoub Kamali1, Ahmad Abedi2 31-43 5 The Role of Motivational Orientations and Language Learning Strategies in Discriminating Between Successful and Unsuccessful English Learners Fatemeh Bagheria, Seyed Ali Hosseini Almadanib, Ameneh Moazedianc, Mostafa Bahmanid 44-51 The effectiveness of training in the media literacy skills of high school students Abbas Taghizadeh*1, Ali Asghar Kia2, Seyyed Reza Naghibolsadat3, Rahman Saeedi4 52-59 Treatment of Depression in a 9- year- old girl (Case report) Fatemeh Khalili Kermani 1, Seyed Jalal Younesi 2, Mohammad Reza Mohammadi 3 60-68 Mental rehabilitation based on William Cook’s comprehensive storytelling method on decreasing children’s behavioral problems. Fatemeh Khalili Kermani1, Seyed Jalal Younesi2 69-77 Seyed Jalal Younesi1, Fatemeh Khalili Kermani 2 78-86 Faranak Ghafoori Asl 87-94 Faranak Ghafouri Asl 95-101 6 7 8 9 (Case report) Efficiency of Webster-Stratton method in play on developing children’s self- efficiency 10 The relationship between type D personality and social support with general health among Kharazmi University students 11 Study of transsexual people views on social support they need in Iran 12 13 The relationship between mental health and life quality among the cardio- SoheilaMas’oudi1,FariborzJabbariFard2, 102-108 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 vascular patients AhmadAmiri3, Abotaleb Saeidi4RaziyehMirzaeiyan5 The Role of Coping Styles and Resiliency in Predicting Homesickness Hana Pezeshki, Karim Babayi Nadinloei, Nader Hajloo 109-115 The impact of differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) on of aggression reduction on mentally retarded children Goli Mehr Alian*1, Bagher Ghobari Bonab2, Fariborz Bagheri3 116-121 Comparison of Anxiety Level between Parents of Mentally Retarded Children and Normal Children Hossein Mehrabi 122-125 FarshadMoradi1, RezaShahriyarii2, ShirzadBakhshi3, Jahangir Bakhshi4 126-133 Investigation of students' attitudes toward some effective factors on social vitality in Shahrekord University of Medical Sciences Timor Malekpor 1, Marzie Raeisi 2,3, Masoome 134-138 An investigation on the effect of positive and negative emotions induction on perceived supervisor support in Isfahan Navab Safavi health center Elham Agherian , Maryam Mardani , Zeynab Ghafari 14 15 16 The Relationship between Organizational Intelligence and job stress 17 Alidosti*4, Razieh Mirzaeian5. 18 139-146 19 The Relationship between the Personality Types and Learning Styles of the High school Students: the Moderating Role of Gender and Major Mohammad Hosein Mohebi Nooredinvand 147-157 Effectiveness of life skills training in the mental health of divorced women under the support of welfare organization of Kordestan Province Habib Allah Ebrahimi Bakht*1, Hojjat Andouzi2 158-163 Burnout and the Effect of job Attitudes on it Mojtaba Gharibi1 Elham Erfani Adab2* Zahra Akbari3 164-169 Meta-analysis of the researchers in the realm of learning strategies and comprehension Elham Erfani Adab1*, Javad Mesrabadi2, Zahra Akbari3 170-176 Analysis of scientific and technological progresses and their impacts on rural youth with emphasis on IT Maria morad1*(Corresponding Author), GHodratolla Heidari 2, Mohammad Nazari3 177-181 The effect of educational intervention designed based on the theory of planned behavior on responsibility state for health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships in high school girl students in the second year in the Tabriz city, Iran Mahnaz Solhi1, Afsaneh Rezazadeh*2, Kamal Azam3 182-192 20 21 22 23 24 25 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 The study of children's street labor and its social traumas in sanandaj, Iran Chimangol Salimi1, Sattar Sayedi2, Farhad Emam Jomeh3,Mohsen Masoomi4 193-204 Pathology of Creativity in higher education (case study: Islamic Azad University arak Branch) chimangol salimi1, Sattar sayedi2 205-210 26 27 28 A comparative study of Social Anxiety in adolescents with Body Dysmorphic Disorder and healthy group Neda Esnaashari*1 211-215 Comparison of gender role orientation of students with internal and external religious orientation Zahra Akbari1 Marzie Rezaee2 Rogayye Sadat Mirjalili3 216-219 The relationship between aggression and emotional intelligence in students PNU city Bukan Salah Sherifian 220-223 Salah Sherifian 224-227 Investigating the Structural Model (Based on Five Personal Factors of NEO and the Studies' Approaches) in Order to Predict the University Students’ Achievement Somayeh Tourani1, Ali Delavar2 228-233 The Influence of Teaching Problem-solving Skill on Marital Satisfaction of Mothers Whose Children Suffer from Learning Disorders Mehdi Khodabakhshi 1, Seyyedeh Zahra Emadi 2, Marziyeh NouriFard 3 234-241 Relationship between attachment styles and social trust among the college students studying in Bu Ali Sina University of Hamedan City Maryam Abdolahi Moghadam*1, Abolghasem Yaghobi2, Galavizh Alizadeh3 242-246 The Effectiveness of the Treatment Program on Reading, and Feeling Toward Reading in Dyslexia Student Zeinab Mihandoost 247-255 Studying the Intentional Organizational Forgetting and its Dimensions in University of Sistan and Baluchestan Mohammad Mahmoudvand1 Abdulwahab Pourghaz2 256-260 Male and female students’ religiosity and its relationship with anger management Seyed Reza Balaghat1, Mohammad Mahmoudvand2 261-266 The Relative of Demographic Factors with Behavioral Disorders of Bahman Akbari1, Zahra Pasandideh2, Mahnaz Ghiasi3 267-276 Masoumeh Sharafi*1, Shahram Mami2, Sattar Kaikhavani3, Kourosh Sayeh Miri3 277-284 29 30 ationship between goal orientation within the creative aspects of male and female students in city high schools Bukan 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Schools Students in Rasht Primary 38 The effectiveness of group psychotherapy based on the choice theory in the marital satisfaction and quality of life of married women 39 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 289-296 Qualitative evaluation of the role of family structure and history of family violence on the severity of adolescents’ delinquency in Ilam Nabi Allah Gholami*1, Sakineh Soltan2,i Morteza Alizadeh3 40 297-304 Mediating Role of Emotional Intelligence in the Relationship between Family Communication and Life Satisfaction among Women Managers in Shiraz four Educational Districts Area Fatemeh Darenjani Shirazi1Masoumeh Fallahi2 Ali Akbar Khubiyari3 41 305-311 Contemplation on National University Entrance Exam (Konkoor) in Iran Seyyed Ali khaleghinezhad1Farzad Hakimzadeh2Hassan Maleki3 42 Quality of life role in dormitory students’ self-esteem Abdolnaser Kor1, Zeynab Mohammadali Pour2, Nilofar Esmaeeli3, Zakie Karbakhsh Ravari4 312-319 The role of identity styles and spiritual intelligence in the prediction of psychological well-being of students Hossein Hosseini*1.Dr. Jahangir karami2, Dr Khodamorad momani 2 320-326 Comparison of the personality traits in homosexual and heterosexual boys Maryam Mirza Abolhasan*1, Mojtaba Balkaneh2, Atefeh Abdolmanafi3, Elaheh Hejazi4 Mohammad Ali Besharat4 327-332 Comparison of brain behavioral systems between runaway and normal girls kamrani Fakoor, Shahrbanoo MD1 Rasool zadeh Tabatabaei, Kazem PhD2 333-340 43 44 45 46 The effectiveness of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy (MBCT) in the symptoms’ reduction of patients with social phobia Soleiman Jafari Fard*1, Mojtaba Toghyani2, Meghdad Taleb Zadeh1, Salman Zareei3 341-350 47 Religious Orientation and Identity States in Addicted and Non-addicted Individuals 351-358 Majid Mahmoudalilou 1, Azra Mohammadpanah Ardakan2, Nasrin Fatemi3 48 MinaDarab*1, FatemeBahrami2, Ahmad Ahmadi3, Rezvansadat Jazayeri4 359-362 The effectiveness of interference based on the quality of life therapy in happiness of girls in dysfunctional families Mahmoud Sadeghi*1, Zohreh Raeisi2, Hamid Kazemi3 363-367 The relationship between family communication patterns and social self-efficacy in students Marzieh Hasanzadeh * 1, Mehrazar cheraghi2 ,Dariush Esfandiari Bayat3 368-375 The effectivenessof marital burnout counseling modelbased onIslam in the marital burnout 49 50 51 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Family therapy on a mentally-retarded child with precocious puberty Mohammad Khodayarifard1, Farnaz Holekian2 376-381 Neda Esnaashari*1, Alireza Bakhshayesh2, Seyed Alireza Afshani3 382-389 (Case report) 52 Causal model of Perfectionism & Religious Beliefs role in Body Dysmorphic & Social Anxiety Disorders 53 Challenges of Leisure and Management of sport Activities and Social Damages Mohammad Hossein Mirsoleymani1, Abolfazl 390-393 Mirsoleymani2 54 Faculty Members' viewpoints about Curriculum Design based on Blended Learning approach Ali Akbar Ajam1, Mohammad Akbari Boorng2, Javad Farzanfar3 394-402 Determining the position of emotional education in the prevention of risky Mohammad Reza Yusefzadeh Chosary1, Morteza Shahmoradi2, Ebrahim Soheili3 403-407 behaviors The relationship between attachment quality and depression symptoms in Iranian school children (preventive approach) Romina Manani *1, Samaneh Moein 2, Fatemeh Bahrami 3, Ahmad Abedi 4 408-415 Content analysis method and its applications in communication sciences Mousa Kazemzade 1, Dr. Aziz Javanpvr Heravi 2 416-424 The relationship between life skills, mental health and academic achievement of students Kheirolnesa Shirdel*1, Omolbanin Bagher Nezhad 2 425-430 Analyzing the relationship between lifestyle and death anxiety in the elderly living in retirement homes Elham Zamanshoar1, Iman Yusefzade2, Soheyla Aminizade3, and Masume Eshaghi4 431-436 Mojtaba Gharibi1, Elham Erfani Adab*2, Davoud Rajabi Moghadam3 437-447 A Study on the Relationship between Educational Level of Parents and High Risk Behaviors among Yazd University Students Golnar Dehghan Dehnavi1, Mehraban Parsamehr2 and Samaneh Naseri3 448-457 The Effect of Role Playing Method of Teaching on Social Studies Students' Quality of Life in School, Achievement Motivation and Academic Achievement Hossein momeni mahmouei, Abdoul hamid jamshir2 458-467 Depression, Anxiety, Stress and Coping Styles in campus-girl students Morteza abbasi1*, Zeinab Mohammad Ali Pour2, Nasrin Sabzfroosh3 468-471 55 56 57 58 59 60 The relationship between workaholism, organizational commitment and burnout among judges and attorneys of ministry of justice in Tehran province 61 62 63 64 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 The impact of self-learning strategy on improving children's mathematical concepts Roghayyeh NourZadeh*1, Bahram Mirzaeeyan2 472-481 The effectiveness of Mindfulness-Base Stress Reduction (MBSR) on psychological symptoms and test anxiety in University Entrance girls Hosseini, S. F., Hosseini., S. M1., Tekyei Maroof, A., Hatami, F1., Tabatabai Eynaki, S. K., 482-489 Investigating the Relationship between Parents’ Metacognitive Skills and Addiction among Young People 1Ali Khademi.Ph.d.2Maryam valipour*.3Simin Neishabouri 490-495 The effect upon the hyperactive preschool children learning education activities Salah Sherifian 496-497 Theoretical approaches to child poverty: from Uni-dimensional approach to multidimensional approaches Mehdi Nosratabadi1 ,Maryam Sharifian Sani2 498-511 Damaging Factors Of Counseling Activities In Schools Loghman Ebrahimi1, Kiiumars Farahbakhsh2, Maasumeh Esmaaili3, Hossien Salimi Bejestani4 512-524 Persuasive impact of cognitive and emotional messages on individuals with different personal characteristics Nasim Soheili*1, Loghman Ebrahimi2, somayeh taghdarreh3 525-529 Effectiveness of premarital skills in increasing communication and problemsolving skills between the Devotee’s and martyr’s daughters in Lahijan city Nesa Gholami*1, Fatemeh Karimi2, Shahnam Abolghasemi3 530-537 The relationship between early maladaptive schemas, self-esteem and narcissistic personality type MoozhganJabbarzadeh*1, Ali Issazadegan2, Ali Khadmi3 538-546 Comparison of metacognitive beliefs and depression in addicted, smoking and normal individuals in Yasouj City Mehdi Tayyebi Sough1, Zeinab Tayyebi Sough2, Allah Morad Tayyebi Sough3, Maryam Ansari4 547-554 Congruency Evaluation of Humanities Curriculum Content with Islamic Lifestyle Indicators as suggested by Supreme Leader Sayyed Ali Khamenei. Mohammadnoor Rahmani1, Mehdi Mohammadi2, Reza Naseri Jahromi3, Hadi Rahmani4 555-569 A Compression of Human Sciences Students' Perception from Congruence Curriculum Content with Lifestyle Indicators from View Point of Supreme Leader Sayyed Ali Khamenei Mohammadnoor Rahmani1, Mehdi Mohammadi2, Reza Naseri Jahromi3, Hadi Rahmani4 570-575 Comparison of Behavioral Disorders Prevalence Rate In Children With Employed And Unemployed Mothers Ali Ghaedniay Jahromi1, Mohammad Hatami2, Shiva Farmani Shahreza3, Mohammad Darharaj4 576-581 Relationship between casual attributions and academic achievement of college students Mohammad Rahmanpour*1, Maryam Sadat Seyyed Sharifi2, Hasan Rahmanpour3 Hossein Rahmani Pour4 582-591 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Effectiveness of life skills training in social and educational self-esteem of female students studying in the fifth grade of elementary school Maryam Sadat Seyyed Sharifi Kakhaki*1, Mohammad Rahmanpour2, Hasan Rahmanpour3 592-599 The Effect of Training Meta-Cognitive Strategies on Students’ Procrastination Ali Sheykholeslami*1, Nastaran Seyedesmaili Ghomi2, Somayeh Taleghan Mansournejhad3 600-604 Comparing the Components of Anxiety and Aggression by Using Draw-A-Person Test in Educable Intellectually Disable and Normal Children Ali Sheykholeslami*1, Nastaran Seyedesmaili Ghomi2 605-609 Effectiveness of group cognitive-behavioral therapy in the decrease of nurses’ emotional problems Maryam Sharifi*1, Jafar Sharifi2, Jamal Soureh3, DR. Asghar Jafari4, Dr.Mohammad ghamari5 610-616 An analysis of the relationship among achievement motivation, general selfefficacy & job performance Jabbari fard, Fariborz*; Mas’oudi,Sohaila.; Mousavi,sayedHasan. ; babadi masumeh 617-624 The Role of Emotional Intelligence (EI) and Love Style on Predicting Marital Satisfaction of Married Students , Karim Babaei nadinluei1, Hana pezeshki,2 ,Nader hajloo3 625-630 Story Telling Role in Cognitive Therapy Galavizh Alizadeh*1, Rasoul Kord Noghabi2, Najmeh Nazari3, Arezoo Nejatiyan4 631-643 Comparison of Post-Traumatic Syndrome Disorder (PTSD) in War-affected and Fire-damaged People Rasoul Khodakarami1, Hossein Ebrahimi Moghadam2, Mohammad Babaraeisi3, Seyed Mostafa Biniaz4, Mojtaba Farshchi5 644-647 Effectiveness of group therapy based on metacognitive model of detached mindfulness techniques training in reducing marital burnout and increasing marital happiness in married women Mina Darab*1, Somayeh Jabery2, Maryam Fatehizadeh3, Rezvan Sadat Jazayeri4 648-653 The role of social support in the prediction of role overload and job performance in employed women Ali Mohammad Nazari1, Zeinab Rezaei*2, Amir Habibi3, Neda Smaeeli Far4, Masoumeh Nikroo4 654-660 The performance pathology of primary schools’ parents and teachers association Hasel Hoseinpur1, Ahmad Ebrahimi2, Alireza Hoseinpur*3, and Hasan Qalavandi 4 661-671 Evaluation and comparison of intellectual capital and organizational learning in higher education (case study: University of Urmia) Ahmad Ebrahimi*1, Hasan Ghalavandi2, and Alireza Hoseinpur 2 672-682 Family and Its Role in High-risk Behavior of Substance Use Ezatollah Ghadampour1, Roghayeh Alaei Khoraem2, Sara Alaei Khoraem3 683-688 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 (Case Study: Perspectives of managers, teachers and parents-teachers association members of Piranshahr) 89 90 91 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Prediction of depression on the basis of intolerance of ambiguity in cardiac patients Jamal Sooreh*1, Batool Ahadi2, Mohammad Narimani3 689-692 92 Victimization and the ways to prevent it Ali Reza Shekarbaigi1 Seyed Mohammad Sadegh Mousavi2 693-700 Comparison of the effectiveness of the Whittal method and thought stopping in decreasing Perfectionism and Intolerance of ambiguity of the patients with Obsessive Disorder Rezaei, Hajar. MA1 Ghamari Givi Hossein, Ph.d2 Sooreh, Jamal. MA3 khadijeh.rezai4 701-706 A Survey of the relation between sensory over-responsivity and social maturity of autism children Mahdis Maghsudloo1 , Mahbube Abbasian2, Maryam Abasian3 707-714 Prediction of Life Satisfaction based on Spiritual Intelligence and Optimism in Diabetic Patients Samira Rahmani Javanmard 1*, Saeid Rajabi 2, Tahereh Pouladi 3 715-721 Effectiveness of psychotherapy based on the quality of life improvement, marital satisfaction and conflict resolution skills in conflicting couples Mojtaba Farshchi1, Mohammad babaraeisi2, Rasoul Khodakarami3, Soroush Mohammadi Kalhori4, Vahid Hatami Kasvaee5, Zahra Rounagh6 722-728 Determining the Efficacy of Teaching Living Skills (Anger Management, Selfassertion, and Problem Solving) on the Mental Health of the Girls under Coverage of Tonekabon Welfare Department aging between 14-20 years. Khadije Shurmaj 1, Peyman Shiri2, Mohammad Babaraeisi 3, sahar sajedi 4, Mohammad Haji Mohammad Ali Shirazi5, Elmira dehghani 6 729-734 The Effectiveness of Behavioral Therapy on Reduction of Social Disorders of Educable Mentally Retarded Elementary Students in Saveh, Iran Seyedeh Asefe Hojjatol Eslami1, Mohammad babaraeisi 2, Mohammad Haji Mohammad ali Shirazi 3, Elmira Dehghani 4 ,Peyman shiri 5 735-740 Examine the effect of positive thinking training on intimacy and sexual satisfaction of housewives Fatemeh nasirnejhad1,Mansour tork2,Arezoo lashani3,Amin dehghan4 741-746 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 182-192, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications The effect of educational intervention designed based on the theory of planned behavior on responsibility state for health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships in high school girl students in the second year in the Tabriz city, Iran Mahnaz Solhi1, Afsaneh Rezazadeh*2, Kamal Azam3 PhD, Associate Professor of Health Education. Department of Health Services and Health Education, School of Health, Iran University of Medical Sciences, Tehran, Iran MSc., Health Education, Department of Education and Health Promotion, School of Health, Tehran University of Medical Sciences, Tehran, Iran PhD, Assistant Professor of Biostatistics, School of Health, Tehran University of Medical Sciences, Tehran, Iran Abstract This study aimed to determine the effect of educational intervention designed based on the theory of planned behavior on spiritual health, responsibility for health, and interpersonal relations in second year high school girl students in Tabriz city. In this quasi-experimental study, the type of controlled trial, 340 students were selected by cluster sampling and divided randomly into two groups, case and control (177 and 163 in the intervention and control group, respectively).A selfmade questionnaire based on standard questionnaires of health promotion and lifestyle II (HPLPII), spiritual health standards, and concepts of the theory of planned behavior (attitudes, subjective norms, perceived behavioral control, and behavioral intention) was used (Palutzian & Ellison). The intervention was designed in 5 sessions during 60-75 minutes by implementing sensitization, lecture, group discussion, role playing, SMS, giving pamphlets, individual counseling, and competition. The data was collected in the pre-intervention, one, and three months after intervention, and analyzed using SPSS version15, as well Chi-square, independent and dependent t-test, Mann-Whitney U, Wilcoxon and Repeated Measurements tests. Regarding concepts related to the theory of planned behavior, no significant differences were seen before the intervention (base line), but after the educational program, the variables increased significantly in the intervention group (p<0.0001). Keywords: theory of planned behavior, responsibility for health, spiritual health, interpersonal relationship, high-school girl students. Introduction Health promoting behaviors are one of the best ways by which people can maintain their health. These behaviors lead to promotion of healthy lifestyles (Morovati, 2004), a balanced life in which a person consciously chooses healthy behaviors (Li et al, 2008). Choosing a healthy lifestyle causes significant effects on births and deaths in the long term, and reduces the negative impacts of chronic diseases and the incidence of undesirable events on the health (Lee, 2005). Health promoting behaviors requires a positive approach to life and a means to increase well-being and self – actualization (Wang, 2009). The health promoting lifestyle consists of six dimensions, such as physical activities, nutrition, spiritual health, interpersonal relationships, responsibility for health, and stress management (Wei et al, 2012). International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Individuals' responsibility towards their health is one of the most important elements that make a healthy lifestyle. To protect and promote health and preventing diseases, people perform actions and activities like proper diet, sleep and activity, exercise, control of body weight, avoiding smoking and alcohol, immunization against diseases that considered as the lifestyle because they are responsible for their health (Phipps,2003). Spirituality is an essential component of health. In recent years some physicians, psychologists, health education experts, and other specialists have recognized spirituality due to its significant impact on many aspects of health care (Hsiao, 2010). Spiritual health is considered an important aspect of human health, and provides a coordinated and integrated relationship between internal forces, and will be determine by characteristics such as stability in life, peace, feeling a close relationship with self, God, society, and the environment, appropriateness and consistency of purpose in life (Omidvari,2008 & Chavkin,2005 ). It includes two elements: religious element reflects relationship with God or the infinite power, and existential elements states our relationships with others, the environment, and the individual's sense about issues for example who is, what and why do, and where belongs (Jafari et al, 2010). According to health education programs, spiritual health is appropriate channels to change individuals' behaviors (Omidvari, 2008). Studies showed the inverse relation between spiritual health and alone, hopelessness, alcohol and drug abuse, and improving ability for managing stress (Hammermeister & Peterson, 2001, Tuck, 2006). Interpersonal relationships are an important component of any person's life from birth until death. Development of human potential capabilities for reaching the prosperity and de facto can not be obtained except with interpersonal relationships (Irandokht&karimi,2010). Giving importance to interpersonal relationships and improving it can have considerable results. Learn of the proper interpersonal relationships is an important key to develop mental health, personality, identity formation, job efficiency, quality of life, and self-actualization. People who have poorer communication skills are less accepted by others, and face with short and long term problems (Sajedei et al, 2009).a From global perspective, teenagers and their health are vital issues (Blum and Nelson-Mmari, 2004). Adolescents' health, especially among teenage girls, is the goals and policies of member countries of the World Health Organization because those play an important role in the next generation and health promotion of community, and constitute the foundation of family and community health (Chavkin and Chesler, 2005). Attitudes and behaviors formed in adolescences often determine healthy lifestyle habits in adulthood (Hallal et al, 2006). Behaviors promoting health like other behaviors can be taught. It seems that teaching them should begin in schools, which is a suitable environment for teaching and encouraging health promotion behaviors in adolescent students. One of the most important periods of human life is adolescence which associated with many evolutionary changes. Teenagers should be prepared to enter the adult stage. On the other hand, the total changes made during this period influence on teenagers' behaviors and lifestyle (Saffari et al, 2011). Therefore, adolescence is an important period to strengthen individual's responsibility for health protection and making decision about it (Croll et al, 2001). Currently, in most communities and health systems health education, especially health education for schools, has been emphasized as a basic strategy in health promotion of community because lifestyle is the most effective factor on public health (Nazari, 2008). The use of behavior change models and theories likely increases the effect of health education programs and help to identify the individual characteristics and the surrounding environment, which affect behaviors (Glanz & et al, 2008). Effectiveness of educational programs depends greatly on the proper use of theories and models used in health education. Therefore, it is necessary to use the theories and models of behavior change by health education and promotion specialists (Armitage, 2001). The conceptual framework used in this study includes the structures of planned behavior theory. The planned behavior theory, proposed by Fishben and Ajezn in 1987, predicts the occurrence of specific behavior based on individuals' intention to doing a particular behavior. The intention is affected by attitude toward the behavior (positive or negative evaluation of performing a behavior), subjective norms (perceived social pressure by persons for performing or not the desired behavior), and perceived behavioral control (degree of understanding ease or difficulty of adopting a behavior). Contribution of each factor in predicting the behavior is not fixed, but can be different depending on the population studied and the type of behavior (Sharma and Romas, 2011). This theory was applied in researches on the effect of education plan for reducing smoking in high school students, dietary supplements “multivitamin” for women, and the physical activity in school students (Mohammadizeidi, 2001; Pawlak,2008; solhi, 2012 ). Since studies on understanding adolescents' lifestyle, especially about responsibility for health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relations, is low in female school students in Iran, this study aimed to determine the effect of educational intervention designed based on the theory of planned behavior to spiritual health, responsibility for health, and interpersonal relations in the second year high school girl students in Tabriz city. 183 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Method This was a quasi-experimental, the type of controlled trial, study. First, coordination and permission from education officials and informed consent from the girl students was done. According to the total number of high school girl students in second year (N=4626,) and 5 education regions in Tabriz city, the sampling method was considered the multi-stage cluster. In each region, two high schools (as intervention and control groups) were randomly selected from a girl high school list. From each school, one class was randomly selected, of course to the extent that samples were completed. The sample size was then calculated by the following formula: (Confidence: 95%, Power: 80%, Mean difference: 8) n= The minimum required sample was 100 for each of case and control groups. Considering classes (a sampling unit), finally, in this study, with considering additional samples for prevention of sample loss, 340 students (177 people in the intervention group and 163 people in the control group) participated. Both students were randomly selected and divided in case and control groups. The students in case and control groups were not associated with together. In this study, inclusion criteria were high school girl students in second year voluntary participated, and exclusion criteria included high school girl students in second year not participated and want to change their residence in the next four months (during the study). A self-made questionnaire, as a data collection tool, based on concepts of the theory of planned behavior, standard questionnaires of health promotion and lifestyle II (HPLPII), and spiritual health standards (Palutzian and Ellison) was used, and completed by the girl students after the purpose of this study and confidentiality of information was explained to the students. The questionnaire included 10 questions on demographic information (education region, field of Study, number of children, birth order, father's education, mother's education, father's occupation, mother's occupation, father's age, mother's age), 35 questions on attitude, 9 questions on subjective norms, 10 questions on perceived behavioral control, 9 questions on behavioral intention, and 15 questions on behavior or performance (responsibility, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships). The scale of questions on structures of planned behavior theory (attitudes, subjective norms, perceived behavioral control, and behavioral intention) was the likert scale (5 states: completely agree, agree, no opinion, disagree, and completely disagree), and the scale of behavior questions was two choices (yes/no). Scoring questions on structures of planned behavior theory as the likert scale was minimum and maximum scores, which respectively 35-175 in attitude, 9-49 in subjective norms, 10-50 in perceived behavioral control, 9-45 in behavioral intention, and 0-15 in the behavior or performance. In this study, classification of scores was conducted using the quartile so that scores lower than the first quartile were the poor category, scores between the first and third quartiles were the moderate category, and scores higher than third quartile were the high category. Therefore, about attitude it was considered scores below 128 as poor, 128 to 146 as moderate, and over 148 as high; for subjective norms categories were below 30 as poor, 30 to 36 as moderate, and over 36 as high; regarding perceived behavioral control categories were below 37 as poor, 37 to 44 as moderate, and over 44 as high; about behavioral intention categories were below 32 as poor, 32 to 39 as moderate, and over 39 as high; and for the behavior or performance categories were below 6 as poor, 6 to 9 as moderate, and over 9 as high. These structures were directly measured. The validity of experiment was obtained from panel of 12 experts of health education and religious science, by which correction was applied in the questionnaire. Reliability was obtained through Cronbach's alpha test, test-retest, and a Pilot study on 30 high school girl students in the second year and completing questionnaires twice with an interval of two weeks. The correlation values of Cronbach's alpha test were as follows:Attitude: 0.9, subjective norms: 0.92, perceived behavioral control: 0.87, behavioral intention: 0.88, behavior: 0.98.Correlation values of questions on the structures of planned behavior theory were as follows: Attitude: r=o.84, subjective norms: r=0.85, perceived behavioral control: r=0.84, behavioral intention: r=0.84, behavior: r=0.98. In this questionnaire, the mean ratio of reliability was as follows: Attitude: 0.94, subjective norms: 0.94, perceived behavioral control: 0.74, behavioral intention: 0.89, behavior: 0.86. The ratio index of validity was CVI˃0.79. The time required to complete the questionnaire by students was 15-20 minutes. After collecting the data into two groups, the educational intervention was started based on the results of analyzing the data and theory of planned behavior. The educational program consisted of five sessions from 60 to 75 minutes based on the theory of planned behavior with the educational booklet. The intervention, educational program, was carried out using sensitization, lecture, group discussion, role playing, SMS, giving pamphlets, individual counseling and competition. Considering professional ethics, the educational booklet was given to the school students at the end of study. During the intervention, the students should be active in educational programs. To assess the stability of intervention effects, data was collected in the pre-intervention, one, and three months after intervention. Data was analyzed using 184 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 SPSS version 15, as well Chi-square, independent and dependent t-test, Mann-Whitney U, Wilcoxon, and Repeated Measurements tests. Results The mean father's age was respectively 45.9±5.64 and 45.86±6.09 in intervention and control groups, and the mean mother's age was respectively 39.99±5.11 and 40.06±4.75 in intervention and control groups. The independent t-test showed there was no significant difference of means between two groups. The frequency of demographic characteristics is showed in Table 1. The Chi-square test indicted no significant difference between the intervention and control groups according to demographic characteristics (p>0.05). Table 2 shows information about the structures of planned behavior theory in the pre-intervention, one, and three months after intervention. Intervention and control groups have same conditions before intervention, but after it changes were seen in the intervention group. To analyze the structures of planned behavior theory in both groups, the analysis pattern of repeat test of observations was used, and in the intervention groups regarding attitudes, subjective norms, perceived behavioral control, behavioral intention, and behavior there were significant relations. The independent t-test showed that the mean scores of attitudes, subjective norms, perceived behavioral control, behavioral intention, and behavior in the intervention group increased in the pre-intervention, one, and three months after intervention, and significant differences were seen between two groups (p<0.0001). As can be seen in tables 3 and 4, the linear regression (backward) model showed of structures with significant correlation (attitudes, subjective norms, perceived behavioral control, behavioral intention) entered to the model, subjective norms had not a significant association according to one month after educational intervention , then this variable was exclude from the model. Other structures (attitudes, perceived behavioral control, behavioral intention) can predict 37% of behavior changes in responsibility for the health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships one month after educational intervention 2 (R =0.37). However, three months after educational intervention structures like attitude and subjective norms were able to predict 25% of changes in responsibility for the health, spiritual health, and 2 interpersonal relationships(R =0.25). Table 1: Comparison of demographic variables between the two groups demographic variable educational region field of study father's education mother's education father's occupation 185 intervention group 1 2 3 4 5 Mathematical Physics Experimental Humanities Illiterate Primary Guidance Diploma Academic Illiterate Primary Guidance Diploma Academic Worker Free Employee Other control group 31 31 25 35 55 52 17.5 17.5 14.1 19.8 31.1 29.4 26 23 29 37 48 52 16.0 14.1 17.8 22.7 29.7 31.9 66 59 9 42 40 58 27 16 57 35 53 16 15 88 23 49 37.3 33.3 5.1 23.9 22.7 33.0 15.3 9.0 32.2 19.8 29.9 9.0 8.6 5.3 13.1 28.0 60 51 9 33 47 50 24 13 43 42 55 10 6 80 25 50 36.8 31.3 5.5 20.2 28.8 30.7 14.7 8.0 26.4 25.8 33.7 6.1 3.7 49.7 15.5 31.1 χ2 test P- value* 0.75 0.86 0.74 0.46 0.28 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 mother's occupation birth order Housekeeper Other 1 2 3 4 5 and above number of children 1 2 3 4 5 and above 166 8 87 44 24 13 9 94.3 4.45 49.2 24.9 13.6 7.3 5.17.3 150 12 67 54 20 15 6 92.67.4 41.4 33.3 12.3 9.3 3.7 9.2 0.82 13 73 55 22 14 7.3 41.2 31.1 12.4 7.9 15 75 44 21 8 46.0 27.0 12.9 4.9 0.64 0.39 Table2: Comparison of the mean scores of structures of planned behavior theory in the pre-intervention, one, and three months after intervention by intervention and control groups. pre-intervention stage and group one month after intervention three months after intervention variable attitude subjective norms T-test (P value) standard deviation 155.17 16.63 134.68 15.85 P<0.0001 136.89 135.70 0.39 intervention control 32.83 32.25 0.33 5.84 5.09 38.29 38.16 31.72 31.28 P<0.0001 38.16 4.68 31.28 5.52 P<0.0001 intervention control 40.65 40.34 5.05 4.23 43.72 36.66 45.03 38.18 0.55 4.63 5.77 5.48 6.03 P<0.0001 P<0.0001 P<0.0001 P<0.0001 P<0.0001 intervention control 34.94 35.30 0.50 5.26 4.53 39.18 4.23 34.47 6.07 P<0.0001 39.18 4.23 34.47 6.07 P<0.0001 P<0.0001 intervention control 7.57 7.54 0.80 2.64 2.76 10.60 2.92 7.19 2.97 P<0.0001 10.60 2.92 7.19 2.97 P<0.0001 P<0.0001 T-test (P value) behavior mean intervention control T-test (P value) behavioral intention standard deviation 149.66 12.89 134.49 17.04 P<0.0001 mean T-test (P value) perceived behavioral control mean group T-test (P value) standard deviation 13.93 11.86 test of within subjects Repeated Measurments P -value Table3: Linear regression (backward) model between structures of planned behavior theory and responsibility for the health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships one month after intervention. Model 1 attitude 186 R2 0.373 B - 8.284 Beta Sin. 0.203 0.036 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 subjective norms perceived behavioral control behavioral intention Model 2 0.366 0.109 0.190 0.155 0.058 0.219 0.008 0.235 0.221 0.013 0.024 0.230 0.006 - 8.738 attitude perceived behavioral control behavioral intention Independent variable: behavior Table4: Linear regression (backward) test between structures of planned behavior theory and responsibility for the health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships 3 months after intervention Model 1 R2 0.25 B - 3.997 attitude subjective norms perceived behavioral control behavioral intention Model 2 0.25 0.249 Sin. 0.24 0.26 0.49 0.041 0.014 0.543 0.0006 0.936 0.242 0.259 0.050 0.027 0.013 0.528 0.264 0.267 0.011 0.010 - 3.965 attitude subjective norms perceived behavioral control Model 3 attitude subjective norms Independent variable: behavior Beta - 3.801 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Diagram1: Graphics analysis of the structures of planned behavior theory in two groups. Discussion In this study, the impact of educational interventions in the framework of planned behavior theory was first assessed in high schools in the Tabriz city. Based on the theory, changes occur in cognitive - social determinants. To evaluate the effect of intervention, changes in the structures of theory were compared in both groups. Results indicated that the intervention has been successful in changing the mean scores of attitude, subjective norms, perceived behavioral control, behavioral intention, and the performance. Results related to the mean scores of attitude showed a significant increase in the score of attitude of students' intervention group toward responsibility for the health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships after completing the educational program while such an increase was not seen in the control group. The study “The effect of educational program based on the planned behavior theory on AIDS preventive behaviors in adolescents” (Pakpour Hajiagha et al, 2012), and another study stated that about taking snacks (Karimi, 2009), the intervention has been successful in changing attitude. Overall, educational programs are effective to promote positive attitudes in school students in health promoting behaviors in the intervention group. When a student decides to increase health-promoting behaviors, will found stronger belief than the behavior. Subjective norms, as the second determinant of behavioral intention, are affected by individual's normative beliefs and motivation. If a person understands that important individuals confirm or deny the desired behavior, he/she more likely will adopt the behavior (Downs and Hausenblas, 2005). When a student decides to increase health-promoting behaviors, more likely believes that important individuals confirm or deny the desired behavior. In this study, key and important individuals were family, friends, classmates, teachers, and school health teachers that have emphasized on the healthy lifestyle to strengthen responsibility for the health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships. International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Following the educational intervention, subjective norms effectively increased in the intervention group compared to base line and the control group. According to significant results obtained in three months after intervention, average scores of subjective norms reduced in the control group compared to before and one month after educational program. Other studies also showed similar findings (Armitage, 2005 and Kyrychenko, 2006). Therefore, to design promoting interventions, family, friends, classmates, teachers, and school health teachers should be used for the adolescents. The perceived behavioral control is a degree of individual's sense about how performing or not a behavior is intentional. If the behavior is not completely intentional, even when an individual was strongly influenced by individual's attitudes, and subjective norms, the individual may not do the behavior due to some conditions. If a person has strong control over factors contributing to the adoption of behavior, this person will perceive the high level of control over the behavior. Increasing sense of control will cause to more attempt, and adopt the behavior according to behavioral intention (Armitage, 2001). The mean score of students' perceived behavioral control had a significant increase in the intervention group after the intervention compared to before the intervention and the control group while considering that the mean score decreased from 40.35 to 38.18 in the control group three months after the intervention, a significant association about perceived behavioral control was seen in the control group before and after intervention (p<.0001). Other studies also determined that perceived behavioral control increased after intervention in the intervention compared to the control group (Armitage, 2001 and Parrott, 2008). It seems that educational programs for increasing behavioral control by students about health promoting behaviors can usefully improve responsibility for the health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships among them. Intention plays an important role in the theory of planned behavior. Intention contains motivational factors influencing the behavior, and shows that people with what intensity perform the behavior (Glanz et al, 2008). In the present study, behavioral intention after intervention increased significantly in the intervention group. Kinsler (2006) et al indicated that the educational intervention based on the theory of planned behavior increases individuals' intention to perform the behavior. Regarding students 'behavior, there was not a significant difference before the intervention between two groups according to responsibility for the health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships, but after intervention behaviors such as responsibility for the health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships improved in the intervention group. (Hortz et al,2006) in a study on the physical activity as health promoting behavior declared that physical activity classes cause to increase the levels of physical activity outside of school in students. Our findings showed that structures like attitudes, perceived behavioral control, and behavioral intention can predict 37% of behavior changes in responsibility for the health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships one month after educational intervention. However, 3 months after educational intervention structures like attitude and subjective norms were able to predict 25% of changes in responsibility for the health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships. Godin and Kok applied the theory of planned behavior in 7 items such as addiction, driving, eating, exercise, AIDS, and dental health, and indicated that perceived behavioral control was the most important predictor of intention, and subjective norms had no role in this issue (Godin and Kok, 1996). Several meta-analysis studies reported subjective norms as the weakest determinants of intention (Armitage, 2001; Shepherd, 1996). Differences in results can be attributed to the type of audiences and studies. Conclusion Our findings showed a significant difference between structures of the planned behavior theory and increasing responsibility for the health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships in the intervention group after intervention. Therefore, the educational intervention based on this theory had positive impacts on promoting responsibility for the health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships in the students. It is also recommended to conduct educational courses promoting responsibility for the health, spiritual health, and interpersonal relationships associated with other health educational programs for example healthy lifestyle promoting behaviors in the schools by health teachers or others based on planned behavior theory in other students. Limitations This study was only carried out on in high school girl students in the second year in the Tabriz city, which not included boy school students. Also, there were time limits for increasing the number of educational sessions. Self-reporting is other limitation in the study. Acknowledgments This article was obtained from Master's thesis and the research project approved by research center of Health Research Based on Community Participation and Research Council of Tehran University of Medical Sciences, number 21243. We thanks the education office in Tabriz, students participated, and Zahra Kouhi and Mortaza Rezazadeh. References 189 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Armitage, C. J. (2005). Can the theory of planned behavior predict the maintenance of physical activity? Health Psychology, 24(3), 235. Armitage, C. J., & Conner, M. (2000). Social cognition models and health behaviour: A structured review. Psychology and Health, 15(2), 173-189. Armitage, C. J., & Conner, M. (2001). Efficacy of the theory of planned behaviour: A meta-analytic review. British journal of social psychology, 40(4), 471-499. Blum, R. W., & Nelson-Mmari, K. (2004). The health of young people in a global context. Journal of Adolescent Health, 35(5), 402-418. Chavkin, W., & Chesler, E. (2005). Where human rights begin: health, sexuality, and women in the new millennium: Rutgers University Press. Croll, J. K., Neumark-Sztainer, D., & Story, M. (2001). Healthy eating: what does it mean to adolescents? Journal of Nutrition Education, 33(4), 193-198. Downs, D. S., & Hausenblas, H. A. (2005). Elicitation studies and the theory of planned behavior: a systematic review of exercise beliefs. Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 6(1), 1-31. Glanz, K., Rimer, B. K., & Viswanath, K. (2008). Health behavior and health education: theory, research, and practice: John Wiley & Sons. Godin, G., & Kok, G. (1996). The theory of planned behavior: a review of its applications to health-related behaviors. American journal of health promotion, 11(2), 87-98. Hallal, P. C., Bertoldi, A. D., Gonçalves, H., & Victora, C. G. (2006). Prevalência de sedentarismo e fatores associados em adolescentes de 10-12 anos de idade Prevalence of sedentary lifestyle and associated factors in adolescents 10 to 12 years of age .Cad. Saúde Pública, 22(6), 12771287. Hammermeister, J., & Peterson, M. (2001). Does spirituality make a difference? Psychosocial and healthrelated characteristics of spiritual well-being. American Journal of Health Education, 32(5), 293297. Hortz, B., & Petosa, R. (2006). Impact of the “Planning to be Active” leisure time physical exercise program on rural high school students. Journal of Adolescent Health, 39(4), 530-535. Hsiao, Y.-C., Chiang, H.-Y., & Chien, L.-Y. (2010). An exploration of the status of spiritual health among nursing students in Taiwan. Nurse Education Today, 30(5), 386-392. Irandokht F,karimi M.(2010)[Intreppersonal communication Skills Practice Infallibles(AS)]. Both JournalIslamic Edocation Research.5(10);7-28. in Persian Jafari, E., Najafi, M., Sohrabi, F., Dehshiri, G. R., Soleymani, E., & Heshmati, R. (2010). Life satisfaction, spirituality well-being and hope in cancer patients. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 5, 1362-1366. Karimi Shahanjarini, A., Shojaezadeh, D., Majdzadeh, R., Rashidian, A., & Omidvar, N. (2009). Application of an integrative approach to identify determinants of junk food consumption among female adolescents. [Research]. Iranian Journal of Nutrition Sciences & Food Technology, 4(2), 61-70. in persion. Kinsler, J., Sneed, C. D., Morisky, D. E., & Ang, A. (2004). Evaluation of a school-based intervention for HIV/AIDS prevention among Belizean adolescents. Health Education Research, 19(6), 730-738. Kyrychenko, P., Kohler, C., & Sathiakumar, N. (2006). Evaluation of a school-based HIV/AIDS educational intervention in Ukraine. Journal of Adolescent Health, 39(6), 900-907. 190 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Lee, R. L., & Loke, A. J. (2005). Health-Promoting Behaviors and Psychosocial Well-Being of University Students in Hong Kong. Public Health Nursing, 22(3), 209-220. Li, G., Zhang, P., Wang, J., Gregg, E. W., Yang, W., Gong, Q., et al. (2008). The long-term effect of lifestyle interventions to prevent diabetes in the China Da Qing Diabetes Prevention Study: a 20year follow-up study. The Lancet, 371(9626), 1783-1789. Morovati – Sharif A bad MA. Ghofranipour F. Heidarnia A. etal. (2003). perceived religious support of the health promoting behavior and performance of behaviors in the elderly 65 years and older city of yazd. J Med Sci yazd, 1(45), 23-28. in persion. Mohammadizeidi E, Pakpour A. Effectiveness of an educational intervention based on theory of planned behavior to reduce intentions to smoke among secondary school students. Journal of Research & Health. [Orginal Article]. 2013;3(4):504-13. in persion. Omidvari, s. (2008). Spiritual health, concepts and challenges. Journal of Interdisciplinary Researchof Quran 1(1), 15-17. in persion. Nazari M. (2008).The integration of PRECEDE-PROCEED model with theory of planned behavior for promoting safety behaviors among child pedestrians Tehran. Thesis submitted for the degree of PhD in health education. School of Medical sciences. Tarbiat Modarres University. p. 22. in persion. Parrott, M. W., Tennant, L. K., Olejnik, S., & Poudevigne, M. S. (2008). Theory of planned behavior: Implications for an email-based physical activity intervention. Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 9(4), 511-526. Pawlak, R., Brown, D., Meyer, M. K., Connell, C., Yadrick, K., Johnson, J., et al. (2008). Theory of planned behavior and multivitamin supplement use in Caucasian college females. The journal of primary prevention, 29(1), 57-71. Phipps WJ, Sands JK.(2003). Medical surgical nursing & clinical practice. New York: Mosby.22-55. Pakpour Hajiagha A, Mohammadi Zeidi I, Mohammadi Zeidi B.(2012). The Impact of Health Education Based on Theory of Planned Behavior on the Prevention of AIDS among Adolescents. Iran Journal of Nursing (IJN). 25(78):1-13. in persion. Saffari, M., Amini, N., Eftekhar Ardebili, H., Mahmoudi, M., & Sanaeinasab, H. (2012). Evaluation of an educational intervention based on PRECEDE PROCEED model toward lifestyle improvement among adolescents. [Research]. 2, 19(98), 59-68. in persion. Sajedi S,Atashpoor S H,kamkar M,Samsamshariyat M.(2009). The Effect of Life Skills Training on Interpersonal Relationship, Self Esteem and Assertiveness of Blind Girls in The Fatemeh Zahra Institute of Isfahan. 2. [Research]. 0(39):14-26 in persion. Sharma, M., & Romas, J. A. (2011). Theoretical foundations of health education and health promotion: Jones & Bartlett Publishers. Shepherd R. Commentary on Shepherd R & Towler G. Nutrition knowledge, attitudes and fat intake: application of the theory of reasoned action.(2007.) Journal of Human Nutrition & Dietetics. 20(3).170. solhi, m., zinat motlagh, f., karimzade shirazi, k., taghdisi, m. h., & jalilian, f. (2012). Designing and Implementing Educational Programs to Promote Physical Activity Among Students: An Application of the Theory of Planned Behavior. [Applicable]. Quarterly of Horizon of Medical Sciences, 18(1), 45-52. in persion. 191 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Tuck, I., Alleyne, R., & Thinganjana, W. (2006). Spirituality and stress management in healthy adults. Journal of Holistic Nursing, 24(4), 245-253. Wang, D., Ou, C.-Q., Chen, M.-Y., & Duan, N. (2009). Health-promoting lifestyles of university students in Mainland China. BMC Public Health, 9(1), 379. Wei, C.-N., Harada, K., Ueda, K., Fukumoto, K., Minamoto, K., & Ueda, A. (2012). Assessment of healthpromoting lifestyle profile in Japanese university students. Environmental health and preventive medicine, 17(3), 222-227. 192 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 193-204, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications The study of children's street labor and its social traumas in sanandaj, Iran Chimangol Salimi1, Sattar Sayedi2, Farhad Emam Jomeh3,Mohsen Masoomi4 1. Department of Sociology, Sanandaj Branch, Islamic Azad University, sanandaj, Iran 2. Department of Psychology, Sanandaj Branch, Islamic Azad University, sanandaj, Iran 3. Department of Sociology, arak Branch, Islamic Azad University, arak, Iran 4. Department of English, Sanandaj Branch, Islamic Azad University, sanandaj, Iran Abstract children's Labor is the story of poor and needy people who are forced to start working from their early ages due to their economical and cultural poverty. They experience a harsh situation in life. Today's children, are tomorrow's young and adolescences and the society's asset. Their healthy body and soul ensures a healthy society in the future of the country. The present research aims to study children's street labor and its social trauma in sanandaj city, in west of Iran. this study has been done in survey method on 100 street children sanandaj city between 5-15 years old (the statistic sample is equal to statistical population), the functional tool here is researcher-made questionnaire, the reliability of which is 95% as gained through coronbach’s alfa. Also 5 experts have checked and approved the questionnaire's face validity. Research method is survey and half-structured interviews and participant observation have been implemented.the analysis of the research hypotheses done through Spss18 software, indicates that the relationship between the variables of family's economic and cultural poverty, their literacy and the rate of the urge for children's street labor has statistically significant meaning at the level of 0/05. But, between variables of not having parents and immigration and the urge for children's street labor . poverty (economical and cultural) can be considered as the most important factor in causing children's street labor and social traumas in sanandaj city. Key words: children, work in street, social traumas, sanandaj Introduction Child labor is the story of the poor and the miserable, who enter the labor market in their development prime, due to poor economic situation, culture, and . . ., and encounter inappropriate life conditions, making them vulnerable to physical and mental traumas; these are the people who are in urgent need for protection in all areas. Child labor or street children as a phenomenon is a social trauma targeting not only a considerable number of children and adolescents, who are the society’s capital for the future by exposing them to various traumas, but also the society by creating numerous societal damages. Children constitute the future generation of a society, and all cultural and social sub-systems are prone to imbalanced situation, if neglected. Street children suffer from intense physical and mental illnesses and have a desperate International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 prospect towards future, and a great number of them are apt to be trapped in delinquency, theft, addiction, and various criminal gangs (Sharifi, 2004). The term Working children can be applied to those children who are compelled to work on streets, in formal or informal workplaces to survive, due to their family problems, whether they return home or stay on streets (rabbani and mardani, 2003). According to a UNICEF report 1-3 percent of Iranian children (ageing 6 to 14) work and do not attend school (Kalantari and Kyani, 2005). Street children phenomenon as a problem is steadily increasing alongside urbanization, poverty, and other societal problems (Ray, Mishra, Biswas, & Kumar, 1999). Working and street children phenomenon, regretful as it is, emerged as a social reality in the second half of 20th century in many countries. This phenomenon stems from urbanization, migration, and outskirt residences (sheykhi, 2004). Child labor is an immense phenomenon all over the world, and pertains to torturous demanding and intensely exploitative acts, which offends children rights overtly (Rabbani and Mardani, 2003). These children are forced to resort to begging, theft, prostitution, and drug deals (Haley et al, 2004). An investigation done by Ahmad-khaniha, Torkman-nejad, and hussenini-moghaddam (2004) showed a significance relationship between the depression demonstrated in street children and having an unemployed father and being the income source for the family. 20.9% out of 55.5% of these children were sexually abused by strangers. Sexual abuse has been demonstrated in various investigations over and over again ( for example, Wutoh et al, 2006; Rew et al, 2001; Noell et al, 2001; Ataei et al, 2009). Also affliction to various physical and mental diseases ( Zare’-shahabadi et al, 2009), drug addiction (Ataei et al, 2009), psycho-physical and emotional disorders, and immense verbal and physical conflicts (khodabakhshi-koulaei, 2004 and 2003) are epidemic among them. Low levels of literacy among children, increasing dominance of family dimension, and parents’ illiteracy and divorce have an extensive impact on pushing children into streets and many other associated problems (Aderinto, 2000). Families’ low income, illiteracy, lack of professional skills regarding parents, and multi-childrenism, are among the main factors which make children work (Arami and noei-teymoori, 2001). In his investigation conducted in “bouyer-ahmad”, Amiri (2003) has mentioned family’s low income and poverty, parents’ illiteracy, migration to cities, multi-childrenism, parents’ addiction, and parents’ violence as the main factors which make children work. According to a W.T.O. report (1996), there is a vigorous relationship between child labor and poverty, illiteracy, paternal orphanage, family size, and parents’ occupation in four countries (Ghana, India, Indonesia, Senegal). The results from Zare’shahabadi et al’s study (2009) demonstrated a significant relationship between father’s employment status and family’s income and child labor, and that child labor increases as father’s unemployment increases, and in families with the mother staying at home as a housewife, child labor increases. Nevertheless, they found no relationship between parentage type and child labor. Ghasem-zade’s study (2000) showed that boys constitute the greatest population in child labor, and that the number of migrant children is the greatest. Lack of parentage in its sociological sense threatens all social structures as an immense social crisis in all industrial countries; and the problem of lack of parentage is assumed to be one of the most important social concerns in our country[Iran], regarding the characteristics of our society (sheykhi, 2004). Malparentage and single-parentage affect child labor phenomenon more vigorously than family size does (Tienda, 1979). Various factors affects street labor children emergence in different areas and countries. For example, economic poverty in United Stated (Densley and Joss, 2000), lack of parentage and lack of family in Sun Paolo (Pancharoen and Thisyakorn, 2003), social abnormalities and sex trafficking in Thailand and Eastern Asia (Marozzi, 1998) can be mentioned. Population development, rural and urban migration, unemployment, poverty, and social traumas are among the factors mentioned which help create this phenomenon The problem is more conspicuous in countries in which there is an unfair wealth distribution, and these children are supposed to be the scapegoats of the economic violence (Scanlon et al, 1998). Fluctuant economic status is a characteristic 194 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 specific to modern societies, and poverty and unemployment increases in crises. As the extent of social traumas have been compared to economic indicators in many scientific researches, the results demonstrate that social traumas are not connected to economic crises only, but urbanization and mechanical trends of city life and norm-conflicts are effective factors in the emergence of anti-social diseases. The results from Ghasem-zade’s survey (2003) indicate an increase in street children labor and various problems associated with it, and recommend a necessity to plan for a decrease in this traumatic phenomenon for children and society. Furthermore, the findings from Husseini’s investigation (2005) indicate such factors as the deficiency observed in social institutions like family and school, economic poverty associated with street children families and their disability in adjusting their life styles with those of large cities, population and traumatic nature of outskirts, lack of adequate supervision on the part of responsible organizations, and inaccurate patterns regarding interaction between citizens and street children, altogether conspire to keep street children phenomenon (mainly child labor on streets) stay there yet as an extremely problematic issue in many large cities in Iran. Findings, on one hand, indicate a tendency towards change in government policies regarding street children, from collecting them to engrossing them by responsible centers, and making a distinction between street labor children and street children, and on the other hand, they indicate carelessness about fundamental causes, continuous state trend in collecting system, inability existing in government system for ensuring children of the benevolence of the centers, inability in providing services to the children involved in street labor, and supporting children after they leave the centers (vameghi, 2005). A survey conducted by Türkmen, Okyay, Ata, Okuyanoğlu (2004) in Turkey, indicated that these children mainly had an experience of street conflicts, accidents, and hurts and injuries caused by quarrels. Furthermore, kalantari, Rabbani, and Sedaghat’s findings (2004), indicate that outlawry is a serious social trauma, and that a greater number of outlaws belong to economically poor classes in urban communities. Socio-economic poverty, cultural poverty and . . . provide an encouraging atmosphere for outlaws and subsequent justification, and prove the way for individuals to act in personal and out-of norm ways. The problem regarding social traumas is of great significance in terms of the cost, time, and energy spent by the government to resolve them. Correction and rehabilitation centers, prisons, recuperation and apprenticeship centers, law enforcement, child and adolescent courts, and their relevant costs are all redundant burdens imposed on the state budget. Prohibitive measures regarding this crucial issue can be a fundamental and on time step to step turn in preventing the escalating of the number of delinquency adolescents and youngsters. A great proportion of this budget can be allocated to education and scientific and practical trainings for such individual; this is turn will create a happier and more prosperous life for them. Therefore, aiming at identifying the phenomenon of street labor children, and understanding its causes along with children’s pathological dimensions and providing a healthy condition in family and social environment, this study has been carried out to analyze this problem. The definition provided by sociology scholars regarding the social problem is taken into consideration here: a situation in the society for which there is an urgent and inevitable request, on the part of public opinion, to be resolved, improved, modified, or changed, and this is also applicable to the case of child labor and the associated traumas regarding either psychological and physical or delinquency and deviational dimensions. It can be claimed that the phenomenon of Street labor children can be asserted as a social problem in the city under investigation, whose citizens and authorities suffer associated consequences and demand a solution, modification, or change regarding the situation. In effect, the major problem stated in this study is that: which factors cause street child labor in the city of sanandaj? How much child labor is under the influence of economic factors, cultural poverty, parent’s literacy status, migration, and lack of parentage? Hypotheses of the study: Major hypotheses 1. There is a relationship between economic poverty and children’s tendency to work in sanandaj urban community. 195 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 2. There is a relationship between cultural poverty and child labor in sanandaj urban community. Minor hypothesis 1. There is a relationship between family’s economic poverty and children’s tendency to work in sanandaj urban community. 2. There is a relationship between parents’ literacy status and children’s tendency to work in sanandaj urban community. 3. There is a relationship between family migration and children’s tendency to work in sanandaj urban community. 4. There is a relationship between parentage type and children’s tendency to work in sanandaj urban community. 5. There is a relationship between parents’ cultural poverty and their social status defects and child labor in sanandaj urban community. 6. There is a relationship between social traumas associated with such children and their working in sanandaj urban community. Research Methodology Survey method has been manipulated to scrutinize the relationship between child labor and the independent variables presented in this study. Child labor is dependent variable and parents’ education level, economic and cultural poverty, immigration and orphanage are independent variable. Population and sampling: Children of 5-15 years old who are engaged in mock jobs during summer in the city of sanandaj constitute the research population. The selected sample include a limited number of the mass population who are representing the characteristics of the society. Due to the fact that no formal census data regarding street labor children was provided by responsible organizations, and there was no access to census data regarding street child labor, the sample was selected on a non-contingent sampling basis through finding children engaged in working on the streets of sanandaj during the research time span. The sample was equal to the population, and 100 working children were investigated. Research concepts labor Children: working children can be applied to those individuals who are compelled to work on streets, or in formal or informal workplace to survive due to their family problems, whether they return to their homes or stay on the streets. Street labor children: according to the definition provided by UNICEF the term street children include all those under 18 who live their lives through begging, wrongdoing, and engagement in mock seasonal jobs on streets and are mostly homeless as well; i.e. they have no home for sleep, personal cleansing, and residing in. Literacy rate: by parents’ literacy rate, we mean parents’ illiteracy and elementary and junior high school education as well. Economic poverty: by economic poverty, we mean income shortage observed in families which compel the underage to physical labor to earn a living for the family. 196 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Cultural poverty: parent’s inaccessibility to educational facilities, employment, or social status is of concern. Among the related dimensions are inaccurate local and ethnic cultural conviction regarding children’s educations and compelling them to work. Migration: by migration, we mean to move from a region and resettle in another with the hope of finding a job and earning a living to pursue the continuous trend of life. Lack of parentage: adoption by people other than child’s real parents is meant. Data collection instruments A “researcher-made questionnaire” is utilized to collect the data needed for conducting the study. halfstructured interviews and participant observation are included in the questionnaire, and the questions contained fall in two categories. 1. Demographic questions concerning sex, age, . . .. 2. Hypothesis testing questions which are utilized to understand the correlation between independent and dependent variables, and scale-based questions are in accordance with Likert scale. The contributions provided by 5 reverend scholars were utilized to determine instrument narration; also cronbach’s alpha coefficient was used to determine instrument reliability (the results are illustrated in the following table). The instrument enjoys the necessary reliability, since cronbach’s alpha coefficient is higher than the standard amount 0.7. scale Economic poverty Parents’ literacy migration Cultural poverty Social traumas Number of items 8 2 2 5 4 Cronbach’s alpha .89 .93 .84 .94 .86 Data analysis method This research is descriptive and diagnostic due to its application-oriented objective, since the researchers intend to describe the factors influential in creation and the widely-spread expansion of child labor phenomenon in sanandaj urban community. “Descriptive and inferential” statistics were utilized to analyze the data. Descriptive statistics were utilized to describe ethnographic variables of the research, and the variables representing research hypotheses, in terms of percentage and amplitude in graphs and tables. X2 test was utilized in order to determine the relationship between economic factors, cultural poverty, and parents’ educational level on one hand, and child labor on the other. Due to yanking measurement scale, “Mann-Witney nonparametric” test was utilized to measure the relationship between migration and child labor engagement. Lastly, “Kruskal-wallis nonparametric” test was utilized to scrutinize the relationship between parentage type and child labor engagement. Findings The paper study was conducted in order to investigate street child labor and the associated social traumas in the city of sanandaj. 100 percent of the participants to the questionnaire were male. 2 percent of the participants to the questionnaire were up to 6 years old, 8 percent were 7 to 10, 30 percent were 11 to 13, and the remaining 60 percent were 13 to 15. 14 percent of the participants were illiterate, 58 percent had elementary, and 28 percent had junior high school literacy. First hypothesis: the relationship between economic poverty and a tendency towards child labor. 197 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Chi square test was utilized to investigate the aforesaid question. Test results are shown in table(1). Table1.Results from X2 test to measure the relationship between economic poverty and a tendency towards child labor Hours spent working in 24 hours residential place type local district Afford a living Compelling to work due to income shortage Income sufficient to X2 16.4 111.14 125.36 77.44 70.56 df 4 2 3 1 1 sig .003 .000 .000 .000 .000 According to table (1) Chi square amounts for the items parents’ income sufficient for a living, compelling to work due to income shortage, residential place type, local district, hours spent working by children in 24 hours, were 111.14, 125.36, 77.44, 70.56, and 16.4 respectively. Also, degree of freedom for parents’ income sufficient for a living, Compelling to work due to income shortage, residential place type, local district, and Hours spent working in 24 hours were 2,3,1,1, and 4 respectively. The test’s significance level was .000 for parent’s income sufficient for a living, Compelling to work due to income shortage, residential place type, and local district, and .003 for hours spent working by children. Due to the fact that test’s significance level was lower than standard level (5 percent) for the five variables, it can be argued that a statistically significance relationship exists between economic poverty and child labor engagement. Second hypothesis: the relationship between parent’s education and a tendency towards child labor. Chi square test was utilized to investigate the aforesaid question. The results are illustrated in table(2). Table2. Results from X2 test to measure the relationship between parent’s education and a tendency toward child labor Father’s education level Mother’s education level Hours spent working X2 29.6 23.4 16.4 df 3 1 4 sig .000 .000 .003 According to table (2) Chi square statistic amounts for the father’s education level 29.6, mother’s education level 23.4, and hours spent working 16.4. Also, degree of freedom for the father’s education level 3, mother’s education level 1, and hours spent working was 4. The test’s significance level was .000 for father’s education level, mother’s education level, and .003 for hours spent working. Due to the fact that test’s significance level was lower than standard level(5 percent) for the three variables, it can be argued that a statistically significance relationship exists between parent’s education and child labor engagement. Third hypothesis: the relationship between migration and a tendency towards child labor. 198 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Mann-whitney nonparametric test was utilized to investigate the aforesaid question due to the comparison made on employment rate of the two sample groups, namely migrant and non-migrant groups, this test was used. The results are illustrated in table (3). Table3. The results Mann-Whitney test to measure the relationship between migration and a tendency toward child labor Rankings Hours spent working migration number Mean ranking Total rankings Yes 80 50.63 4050 No 20 50 1000 Total 100 Test statistic Hours spent working Mann- Whitney test 790 Wilcoxon test 1000 Z statistic .089 significance level .929 The results obtained from Mann-Whitney test indicates that the mean ranking for the variable hours spent working for migrants is 50.63, and 50 for non-migrants. Since the significance level of this test in the lower table is higher than standard level (.929), it can be argued that migration has no impact on child labor engagement. Fourth hypothesis: the relationship between parentage type and a tendency towards child labor. Kruskal-wallis nonparametric test was utilized to investigate the stated problem. This test was used to compare the job engagement associated with three sample groups; first group supervised by both father and mother, second group supervised by father only, and third group supervised by mother only. The results are illustrated in table (4). Table4. Results from Kruskal-Wallis test to measure the relationship parentage type and a tendency toward child labor Rankings Hours spent working 199 Parentage Number Mean ranking Real father and mother 74 49.57 father only 12 51.33 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 mother only 14 Total 100 54.71 Test statistic Hours spent working Chi square .406 df 2 sig .816 The results obtained from Kruskal-wallis test indicates that the mean ranking for the variable hours spent working for those who had their own real parent, those who had father only, and those who had mother only, were 49.57, 51.33, 54.71 respectively. Since the significance level for this test in the lower table is(.816) and is higher than standard level of 5 percent, it can be argued that parentage type had no impact on child labor engagement. Fifth hypothesis: the relationship between cultural poverty and a tendency towards child labor. Chi square test and the obtained results are illustrated in table (5). Table5. Results from X2 test to measure the relationship between cultural poverty and a tendency toward child labor hours spent workin g in 24 hours mother employ ment father employ ment accessi bility to educatio n facilities approval to pursue educatio n impact attitudes of acquaint ances had on pursuing educatio n parents respect frequen cy of immoral diction within the family family health care X2 16.4 116.4 44.24 26 15.44 90.08 84 58.16 52.88 df 4 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 sig .003 .000 .000 .000 .000 .000 .000 .000 .000 According to the table, the Chi square statistic amount is 116.41 for mother employment, 44.24 for father employment, and 26 for the item accessibility to education facilities, 15.44 for the item parents approval to pursue education, 90.08 for the item the impact attitudes of acquaintances had on pursuing education, 84 for the item parents respect, 58.16 for the item frequency of immoral diction within the family, 52.88 for the item family health care, and 16.4 for the hours spent working in 24 hours. Significance level for the test for the hours spent working in 24 hours is .003, and .000 for the other variables. Sixth hypothesis: the relationship between a tendency towards child labor and social traumas. 200 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Since the test’s significance level for all five variables is lower than the standard level 5 percent, it can be argued that there is a statistically significance relationship between cultural poverty and child labor engagement. X2 test was utilized to investigated the stated problem. The obtained results are illustrated in table (6). Table6. Results from X2 test to measure a tendency toward child labor and social traumas hours spent working in 24 hours Familiarity with drugs Illegal act suggestions Street disturbance Immoral suggestions Chi square 16.4 93.2 179.5 118.5 52.8 df 4 4 4 4 4 sig .003 .000 .000 .000 .000 According to table(6) X2 statistic amount is 93.2 for Familiarity with drugs, 179.5 for illegal act suggestions, 118.5 for the item Street disturbance, 52.8 for the item immoral suggestions, and 16.4 for the hours spent working in 24 hours. Degree of freedom for all items is 4. significance level for hours spent working in 24 hours is .003, and .000 for the remaining variables. Since the significance level is lower than 5 percent for all 5 variables, it can be argued that no statistically significance relationship exists between child labor engagement and social traumas. Conclusion and Discussion Considering the present situation in Iran regarding street children, gradual understandings about them, and numerous studies conducted, it is quite obvious that “street labor” children or “on street” children constitute a great proportion of the Iranian street children (Jangholy, 2004; Rameshk, 2003). Based on this ground, the present study investigates the children’s street labor, which is crucially significant in earning a living for the families to improve the undesirable economic status, and the associated social traumas, in the city of sanandaj. The results from research data analysis is consistent with Densley and Joss (2000), Arami and Noei-teymouri(2001), Ataei et al(2009), Amiri(2003), W.T.O.(1990) findings, and indicated a significant relationship between economic poverty and these children’s engagement in work. This finding is also congruent with the obtained results in Pakistan (Towe et al, 2009) and Nigeria (Olley, 2006). Therefore, if poverty is assumed as a vigorous factor in creating street children, welfare improvement and poverty decreasing programs regarding problematic groups will prove to be of primary significance in directing the objective set by the responsible organizations regarding prohibiting familydriven child labor and preventing street child creation(vameghi, 2005); since an increase in the parents’ income has been indicated to have a positive impact on increasing the number of school-going children and decreasing dropouts (husseini, 2005). The second hypothesis of the research indicates a statistically significant relationship existing between parent’s education level and child labor engagement. The results show that the majority of parents of these children were either illiterate or had the least education levels, and low level of education is in relation with economic poverty and accounts for these children dropouts and their ultimate illiteracy. This finding is consistent with the results from the researches conducted by W.T.O.(1990); Aderinto (2000); Ahmad-khaniha, Torkman-nejad, and Husseini-moghaddam(2002); Ghasem-Zadeh(2003); Amiri(2003); and Zare’-shahabadi et al(2009). The first and second hypothesis being vigorously consistent with previous studies indicate that the two factors of poverty and parents’ low levels of education can be 201 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 among the significant and perhaps predicative factors in creating street child labor not only in sanandaj but also in other places; although more extensive studies are required for this issue to be proved. The third hypothesis show no relationship between migration and a tendency towards child labor in the city of sanandaj; this is presumably in contradiction with the finding of researches conducted by Ahmadkhaniha, Torkman-nejad, and Husseini-moghaddam(2002); Husseini ( 2005); and Zare’-shahabadi et al(2009), which indicate 80%, 87.5%, 84.3% of these children respectively as migrants. This contradiction is possibly due to making no distinction between migration and immigration in the aforementioned studies. The fourth hypothesis is consistent with previously conducted researches (e.g. Pancharoen and Thisyakorn, 2003; Ghasem-Zadeh, 2003; Fallah et al, 1998) which state that most of these children live with their own parents, but not consistent with Zare’-shahabadi et al(2009) findings and in contradiction with Tienda (1979) findings which assert that parentage type has no impact on child labor engagement. This finding indicates that in spite of the common perspectives about lack of parentage concerning these children, majority of them live with their own families, and the only purpose associated with their working is helping their families to earn a living. The fifth hypothesis is also confirmed, showing a relationship existing between cultural poverty and a tendency towards child labor; due to the fact that the majority of these children possess parents with lowlevel jobs, are faced with inadequate facilities concerning education, and live on the outskirts. This finding is significant in the sense that the issue of cultural variations in different regions is likely to pose various factors and causes as influencing child labor tendency. For example, migration in one region or city, divorce, violence, quarrels, and family rejection in another, low levels of education and professional skills in the other, and . . . might be important. Findings also indicate a relationship between a tendency towards child labor and social trauma. This finding is also in line with Scalon et al(1998) regarding Latin American street children. Factors such as great number of hours spent working, illegal and immoral acts proposed to these children, the grounds layed for these children being acquainted with wrongdoing, destruction, street conflicts, outlawry, and not observing others’ rights, addiction, stealthy, . . . altogether lay the ground for social traumas, which demand serious consideration of the authorities, state organizations, and N.G.O.s to prevent its being expanded in the whole state generally and sanandaj specifically. As an overall conclusion, it can be stated that poverty is the most important factor influential in street child labor tendency in sanandaj which demand planning and solution finding on the part of responsible organizations and provincial authorities in order to provide required protections and preventions regarding this phenomenon. In effect, putting an end to poverty is a precondition to putting an end to street child labor, thus, it is recommended that; A) the function of each one of different dimensions of poverty such as economic, social, cultural, ideological, and . . ., and the associated traumas regarding street child labor to be investigated thoroughly in order to further scrutinize this very factor and conduct future complementary studies; B) the function of NGOs, local unions, charity foundations, organizations responsible for these children, mass media, and the sponsors to the families of these children, in preventing these children’s ingaging in street labor to be analyzed and C) the diverse dimensions of social traumas associated with this phenomenon to be exclusively investigated, as well. References Aderinto, A.A. (2000). Social correlates and coping measures of street children: a comparative study of street and non-street children in south western Nigeria. Child Abuse and Neglect, 24, 1199-1213. Ahmad-khaniha, H.R., Torkman-nejad, Sh. & Husseini-moghaddam, M.M. (2002). Epidemiology of depression and sexual abuse of street children. Thought and Behavior, 8(1), 14-20. 202 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Amiri, Z. (2003). A Survey of the Social Factors Affecting Child Labor in Bouyer-ahmad City, Iran. Unpublished MA thesis, IAU, Dehaghan branch, Iran. Arami, Sh. & Noei-teymouri, S.M. (2001). Introduction to Pediatric Pathology in Children, Focusing on Labor Children. Mashhad: Mollal-movahedin Research Institution. Ataei, B., Nokhodian, Z., Babak, A., et.al. (2009). Outbreak of Hepatitis C and HIV Infection in Street Children and Adolescents in Isfahan city, Iran. A Journal of School of Medicine, Tehran University of Medical Sciences, 67(11), 811-816. Densley, M.K., & Joss, D.M. (2000). Street children: causes, consequences, and innovative treatment approaches. Work, 15, 217–25. Fallah, F., Karimi. A., Eslami, G., et.al. (2008). Hepatitis B & C Outbreak among Street Children in Tehran, July-September 2007. Research in Medicine. Iran. 32 (2), 147-151. Ghasem-zadeh, F. (2000). Street Children: a Scar on Cities. Healthy Society Monthly, 39, 14-24. Ghasem-zadeh, F. (2003). Street Children in Tehran. Social Welfare Quarterly. Tehran, Iran, 7, 249-263. Haley, N., Roy, E., Leclerc, P., Boudreau, J.F., Boivin, J.F. (2004). HIV risk profile of male street youth involved in survival sex. Sexually Transmitted Infections, 80(6), 526-30. Husseini, S.H. (2005). Children and Street Children Status in Iran. Social Welfare Quarterly. Tehran, 5(19), 155-173. I.L.O. (1996). “Children at Work: How Many and Where?” World of Work: The Magazine of International Labor Review, 15, 10-39. Jangholy, M. (2004). A Study of Street Children Condition. Proceedings of the first National Conference on Social Traumas in Iran, June 2002. 5th Vol. Prostitution, Street Children and Panhandling. Tehran: Agah publication. Kalantari, S., & Kyani, M. (2005). A Comparative Study of Children Labor in Developed Countries and the Developing World, with a focus on Human Development Index. Scio-economic Monthly, Iran, 231-232, 291-99. Kalantari, S., Rabbani, R., & Sedaghat, K. (2004). Connection between Poverty and Illegality and Social Vulnerability. Social Welfare Quarterly, 5 (18), 1-23. Marozzi, J. (1998). Aiding the poorest. The Philippines: Children and Youth Foundation. Financial Times, 4. Noell, J., Rohde, P., Seeley, J. R., & Och, S. L. (2001). Childhood sexual abuse, adolescent sexual coercion and sexually transmitted infection acquisition among homeless female adolescents. Child Abuse and Neglect, 25, 137-148. Olley, B.O. (2006). Social and health behaviors in youth of the streets of Ibadan, Nigeria. Child Abuse and Neglect, 30(3), 271-82. Pancharoen, C., Thisyakorn, U. (2003). Stuart Gan Memorial Lecture 2002. HIV/AIDS in children. Annals of the Academy of Medicine, Singapore, 32, 235–38. Rabbani, R. & Mardani, F. (2003). A Sociological Study of Children’s Employment Problems in Isfahan city, Iran. State Department of Social Welfare Organization. National Conference on Studying Social Traumas, (p.24). 203 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Rameshk, M. (2003). A Study of Individual, Familial, and Economic Status of Street Children in Bandarabas city, Iran. Bandar-abas: State Welfare Organization Publication. Ray, S.K., Mishra, R., Biswas, R., & Kumar, S. (1999). Nutritional status of pavement dweller children of Calcutta city. Indian Journal of Public Health, 43, 49-54. Rew, L., Taylor-seehafer, M., & Thomas, N. Y. (2001). Correlates of resilience in homeless adolescents. Journal of Nursing Scholarship, 33, 33-40. Scanlon, T.J., Tomkins, A., Lynch, M.A., & Scanlon, F. (1998). Street children in Latin America. BMJ, 316(7144), 1596-600. Sharifi, A. (2004). A Sociological Study of the Factors Affecting Street Children Problem. Proceedings of the National Conference of Social Traumas in Hormozgan province. Iran, (p.27). Sheykhi, M.T. (2004). Street Children: an Increasing and Threatening Phenomenon for Iran. Proceedings of the National Conference on Social Traumas. Hormozgan province. Iran, (48-9). Tienda, M. (1979). “Economic Activity of Children in Peru: Labor Force Behavior in Rural and Urban Contexts”, Rural Sociology, 44(2). Towe, V.L., ul Hasan, S., Zafar, S.T., & Sherman, S.G. (2009). Street life and drug risk behaviors associated with exchanging sex among male street children in Lahore, Pakistan. Journal of Adolescent Health, 44(3):222-8. Türkmen, M., Okyay, P., Ata, O., & Okuyanoğlu, S. A. (2004). Descriptive study on street children living in a southern city of Turkey. Turkish Journal of Pediatrics, 46, 131-36. Vameghi, M. (2005). Street Children in Iran and State Approaches. Social Welfare Quarterly. Tehran, Iran, 5(19), 175-203. Wutoh, A.K., Kumoji, E.K., Xue, Z., Campusano, G., Wutoh, R.D., & Ofosu, J.R. (2006). HIV Knowledge and Sexual Risk Behaviors of Street Children in Takoradi, Ghana. AIDS Behavior, 10(2), 209-15. Zare’-shahabadi, A., Hajizadeh-meimandi, M., & Akbari-ghourtani, S. (2009). The Role of Dysfunctional Family on the Phenomenon of Child Labor (a case study of Yazd province, Iran). Social Order Quarterly, 1(3), 29-52. 204 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 205-210, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications Pathology of Creativity in higher education (case study: Islamic Azad University arak Branch) chimangol salimi1, Sattar sayedi2 1.Department of sociology, Sanandaj Branch, Islamic Azad University, sanandaj, Iran 2. Department of Psychology, Sanandaj Branch, Islamic Azad University, sanandaj, Iran Abstract There is a growing need for creative and innovative people in organizations to maintain their viability and competitiveness in today's world full of changes and turbulences, especially at universities at the forefront of change, creativity and innovation. The present study was conducted to pathology of creativity in higher education. A descriptive survey research was carried out. The population included all the students at the faculty of Humanities (8604 people), Islamic Azad University of Arak. A systematic random sampling method based on the formula of Kokran was done to select 372 respondents. Data collection was performed by a five-part Likert scale questionnaire. The findings suggest that educational programs and school resources are not introduced in order to create creativity. Content and curriculum content do not draw a clear picture of students and do not make them reflect. Educational space do not make students express their views easily and new ideas & plans are not much appreciated. Finally, the research work is neglected and no attention is paid to the concordance between practical experience and theoretical concepts on the ground. Key words: higher education, teaching resources, teaching methods, research strategies, evaluation methods. introduction Increasing variety of heterogeneous states, mutual relations among countries, erosion of natural resources, increasing speed of variables and other different criteria, made creativity an inevitable principle for survive in today’s modern world ( Wali, 2002). The most common definition of creativity is presented by Gilford, an American scientist. He defines creativity as an equivalent with divergent thinking ( a method used to generate creative ideas by exploring many possible solutions) in comparison with convergent thinking (ability to give the "correct" answer) ( Gholampoor, 2002). Creativity is a product of using novel approaches for solving problems. in a modern definition we can define creativity as a novel problem solving approach different from ordinary minds. It implies that independent thinking is an essential part of creativity, having problem and use different problem solving methods. So every aspects which prevent mankind from novel thinking and prevent him from having different perspective are challenging the principle of activating the “creative mind”. ( Abootorabian, 2002). International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Creativity is a common ability…….. but its evolution needs nurturing, which we could be nurtured in educational centers from primary schools to higher education levels in universities. It is clear that in a scientific system the three parts play important roles 1) Professor 2) student and 3) Educational content, which have mutual relations with each other, and is called the Educational triangle (Figure1). But in addition to those above mentioned parts, two other factors are necessary for the evolution of the process of creativity, which are: 1) organizational elements and 2) other social, economical, political, cultural which in an intersystem model are called “cultural environment”( cultural Rafipoor, 2006). From viewpoint of researchers and scientists, creativity is an aspect which is exists in all human, and could be activated by encouragement, but the shortage of inventions in educational systems of the society, implies that there are some elements exist which preclude the process of creativity ( Abootorabian, 2006). economical Social student political Educati onal content Organizational Professor In order to provide the context for creativity there should be 3 factors exist: 1) Physical elements: facilities through which person could exhibit his Figure1. Educational triangle abilities. 2) Rational elements: stimulating contexts for motivating person for try to reach his goal. 3) Emotional elements: providing a context in which the person feels secure toward a proper reaction to physical and rational motivational factors ( Karimi, 2009). Every society needs to have a comprehensive and precise view of the future and if we want to create a positive view of our future, our creativity should be nurtured( Torens, adapted from Ghasemzadeh, 1996). In today’s modern world, educating creative staffs in organizations is a necessity for survive in the competitive world, and universities are mainly responsible for creating opportunities for nurturing creativity. This present study investigates the pathology of creativity in higher education systems. Method Participants and research design This is a descriptive-survey research. Statistical population of the research are 8604 students of Islamic Azad University, Arak branch who were elected by random-systematic method and by applying Cochran formula sample size, 372 university students were elected as a sample size for the present study. Instrument With regard the aim of the study an standardized questionnaire was needed to concur with our aims, but unfortunately such a questionnaire wasn’t existed; so by using related resources and primary interviews with some of the students of the statistical population and also by using comments of university professors of humanity science college in Islamic azad university Arak branch, a 15 item questionnaire based on likert scale was prepared in which 4 dimensions of educational content, teaching methodology, classroom atmosphere, research facilities and exam tests design were evaluated. In order to determine the validity and feasibility of the questionnaire, professors comments were considered and were applied in designing and editing the questionnaire and in order to determine the reliability of the questionnaire, the cronbach alpha coefficient were applied in which the coefficient of 0/82 was assessed. After ensuring the pragmatism of the questionnaire, it was administered among students, after it finished, its data were collected. Procedure 206 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 First of all answering guidelines were added at to the first of the questionnaire, then administered among students in different time intervals in group mode without time limitation for filling, then they were gathered and their accuracy frequency based on 5degrees dimension were estimated. Result In this section research findings are stated based on aims of the study and research questions. First aim (evaluation of the congruency of the educational content and teaching syllabus design in university in order to create creativity opportunities) which are addressed in the following 4 questions: Table1. Educational content and books first hypothesis research question 1- responsibility of educational resources toward social and life issues 2- the role of educational content in creativity 3- the role of educational contents in creating a positive future image for student 4- congruency of educational content and research. Very much 6.7 much little 29 No comment 12.6 37.9 Very little 13.7 4.3 36 11 28.5 20.2 9.4 30.9 5.9 38.4 15.3 16.1 21 18.3 36.3 8.3 The above table shows that in 51/06 percent of the answers the respondents state that congruency of educational contents in reaction to social and life issues are at its lowest state. In response to question number 2, 48/07 percent of the respondents state that the contents of books have a very low effect on their efficiency of thinking, and 53/07 percent state that taught contents have an inefficient role in creating a comprehensive image of their future. 44/06 percent of the students state that educational contents have a very low congruency with teaching and life experience. Second aim (evaluation of the effect of the teaching and educational atmosphere on creativity) which is studied under the following three questions. Table 2. professors teaching methodology and class atmosphere second hypothesis research questions 1- how you are motivated by your professors teaching methodology? 2- To some extent classroom atmosphere has a relaxing atmosphere? 3- to some extent classroom atmosphere motivate your creativity and curiosity? Very much 3.2 much little 21.2 No comment 5.6 31.2 Very little 38.7 1.6 18 11 53.8 15.6 1.1 23.1 13.7 32.8 29 From table 2, it could be inferred that 69/09 percent of the students believe that professors teaching methodology don’t motivate them. 69 percent of the respondents state that classroom doesn’t have a relaxing atmosphere. 61/08 percent state that the classroom atmosphere doesn’t motivate their curiosity. 207 Third aim(evaluation of the efficacy of research activities on creativity) which is examined under the following three questions: International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Table3. Research activities third hypothesis research questions 1- how you were equipped with research facilities 2- how authorities assist you in your research process 3- to some extent university authorities signify research activities? Very much 3.8 much little 8.9 No comment 9.4 43.3 Very little 34.7 3 15.6 11.6 42.2 30.4 2.4 30.6 14.8 39.2 12.9 In general 78 percent of the students believe that university’s research facilities are insufficient. 72/06 percent state that the relation between research center authorities and university students are low. 52/01 percent state that university authorities put low importance for research activities. Fourth aim (evaluation of the effect of exam tests on creativity) which is investigated under the following 5 questions: Table 4. professors evaluation methods fourth hypothesis research questions 1. do students answers to the tests are accompanied with logic? 2. Do they have different perspective toward exam and classroom contents? 3. How your interpretation affects your responding to tests? 4. Do the exam questions satisfy your curiosity? 5. To some extent professors pay attention to class activities? Very much 1.1 much little 22 No comment 25.8 40.6 Very little 10.5 16.7 18.8 20.4 30.6 13.4 11 15.6 1.6 18 53.8 7 24.7 13.7 28 26.6 12.9 23.9 9.9 33.9 19.4 From this table we can conclude that 51/01 percent of the students believe that creative thinking plays a nuance role in responding exam questions, however 23/01 percent believe that creative thinking plays an important role. In responding to question number2, 43/09 percent of the students believe that exam tests don’t affect their viewpoint toward classroom learnings. In responding to question number3, 71/08 percent believe that responding to tests don’t need analysis and creative thinking and 54/06 percent believe that classroom learnt skills have no relation with creative thinking. And 53/03 percent believe that professors don’t pay attention to classroom activities. Results and Discussion This present study investigates the pathology of creativity in higher education. In this study factors like concurrency of educational contents with introduced syllabus design for teaching in university in order to provide creativity opportunities, effect of teaching and classroom atmosphere on creativity, the effect of research projects on creativity and effects of exam tests design on creativity were analyzed. In this section we discuss the results of the study. Evaluating the concurrency of educational contents with introduced curriculums for teaching in universities and their effects on creativity. From results of table number 1 it could be inferred that educational contents in universities aren’t compatible with social and personal life experiences of students, educational contents don’t have a significant role in providing context for creating thinking, educational contents don’t play an important role in future planning for students and professors also don’t 208 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 combine research activities with homework and most of the students believe that taught contents don’t motivate their creative thinking, therefore it seems that universities need a curriculum reform. Educational stereotyping from formal levels to informal one, whether in academic, broadcasting, or press manner, nurture stereotype minds rather innovative and creative minds. There is a need to provide a situation in which creative generations nurtured besides the status quo and activate the idea of “a need for creativity”. In such a condition natural need gravity of “abilities of creativity and innovation” besides desire for higher education and scattered information would be activated and since modern facilities are provided for the new generation, they will determined to be successful ( Abootorabian 2004) Evaluating the level of concurrency of professors teaching styles with dominant atmosphere of classroom for providing creative thinking opportunities. From table number 2 it could be inferred that teaching strategy of professors doesn’t have significant effect on motivating students, classroom atmosphere which is full of ridiculous manners and anxious from asking questions, then couldn’t encourage students curiosity and professors’ teaching strategies and classroom atmosphere couldn’t improve students’ creativity, then their teaching strategy should be reformed. Woods( 1990) believe that classroom atmosphere, teaching strategies, student motivation and curiosity mood are considered as crucial factors for nurturing creativity and knowledge processing. Creativity nurturing is an inevitable factor which should be considered, so beyond doubt teachers have the main role in this field. Evaluating the level of concurrency of research activities in providing situations for creativity. From results of table number 3 it could be inferred that universities aren’t equipped with modern and proper research facilities, and if research facilities are existed, their application by students are at lowest rate ad there is a weak relationship between research center authorities and students, and university authorities don’t pay attention to students research activities and they don’t provide conditions to try to encourage students to reinforce their creativity via doing research activities. Evaluating the level of concurrency of exam test design and its effect on students’ creativity. From table number 4 it could be inferred that exam tests are at the first level of educational hierarchy, in another words most of the tests are mnemonic, and these type of tests won't motivate students’ ability to analysis and judgment assessments therefore won’t motivate their creative abilities. Exam tests won’t challenge students with a different structure of thinking, their answers are clear and don’t need analysis therefore won’t motivate their curiosity and professors also use summative evaluation at final exams and doesn’t have research activities and formative assessments, so based on these mentioned findings we are sure to say exam questions and assessments won’t motivate students’ creativity. Important points in nurturing creative thinking in educational institutes are 1) design these institutes based on actual needs of learners 2) planning various subjects and flexible curriculum 3) emphasis on associative concepts and creating diverse viewpoints 4) focus on mutual learning in teaching activities (Nozar, 2009). But from the above results it could be inferred that combining research activities with theoretical contents aren’t considered as important factors, educational contents, professor’s teaching strategy, classroom atmosphere and design of exam tests don’t relate to creativity factors and it is necessary for our higher educational organization to consider these points more than before. As Kraft (2000) states higher educational organization have to be reformed but before this reform took place it is necessary to basically change in viewpoint toward higher education state, in another word it is necessary university shouldn’t be considered as graduation institutes rather they should be considered as educational institutes in which creativity and innovation are their main purposes. References Abootorabian, M. (2004) educating creative generation in Iran (first Ed.) Volume1, Tehran, Omidvar Printing Office, pp 1-69. Craft. A.(2000). Creativity across the primary curriculum Framing and developing practice. London: Newfetter Lane. Gholampoor,A. (2001) Creativity and innovation in educational institutes, quarterly of management in Education, 7th period, no 5. Karimi, A. ( 2007) inspecting the effects of common standings toward market on encouraging university students of Arak branch for higher education ( MA thesis), Islamic Azad university Arak branch, p65. 209 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Pal Torrence, E. ( 1996) Aptitudes and Creativity skills and their Evaluation Methods, Dr. Hasan Ghasemzadeh, volume 1, Tehran, Donyaye No, pp 1-93. Rafipoor, F. ( 2004) Scientific development obstacles in Iran and their solution, second publication, Tehran, Heidari printing office, pp 20-3. Shafiei, N( 2009) innovation and cultural innovation, cultural journal of Islamic Azad university, period 11, no 33, pp 1-11. Vali, A ( 2000) Creativity and its Improvement, Tehran, presented article in the first conference of creative studies, p6. Woods. P.(1990). Teacher skills and strategies. Lewes: Falmer Press. 210 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 211-215, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications A comparative study of Social Anxiety in adolescents with Body Dysmorphic Disorder and healthy group 1 Neda Esnaashari* 1. M.A. in Educational Psychology, Yazd University, Yazd, Iran Abstract Adolescence characterized by changes in physical, psychological and emotional features and over concerns of some adolescents on aspects of appearance may lead to Body Dysmorphic Disorder (BDD). Following the changes of puberty, incidence of social anxiety in adolescents is undeniable and it’s severity as a disorder supposed to be higher in adolescent with BDD than in healthy adolescents. According to the importance of social anxiety in adolescents, the purpose of this study was comparing social anxiety in adolescents with BDD and healthy group. Statistical population was all the Yazd female high school students that 371 teenage girl (14-18 years) were selected by cluster sampling and answered to Watson & Friend social anxiety questionnaire and Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale for BDD. Method of this study was causal-comparative and data were analyzed by independent-samples t test. Findings have shown that adolescents with BDD had more social anxiety than healthy group (t= -3.28, p<0.001). It should be noted that adolescents with BDD had a significant difference with adolescents of healthy group in fear of negative evaluation and social avoidance and caught higher scores (respectively t= -2.150 & t= 3.40). BDD in adolescents has been less noticed in psychological treatment and if this disorder be untreated and social anxiety caused by stabilize on individual, later in adulthood also faced to many problems in social relationships. Isolation, withdrawal & lack of confidence are the most predictable consequences of this disorder. Keywords: adolescent, social anxiety, body dysmorphic disorder, social avoidance Introduction One of the issues that got importance nowadays is seeking beauty that is almost arising from changes in cultures, values and media & cyberspace advertising (Thornton & et al., 2013). Attention to the appearance and being physically fit was in each period of time and desirable, but sometimes this attention takes the form of hypersensitivity that is not normal anymore and become a disorder and affected the personal and social performance. This disorder is called Body Dysmorphic Disorder (BDD). Patients with BDD are suffering from a deep ugliness feeling of aspect of their appearance, despite being normal or nearly normal (Fang & hofmann, 2010) and this preoccupation cause significant distress and interfering with daily functioning. BDD prevalence is estimated 1.7% to 2.4% of the population (Buhlmann & et al., 2010; Koran & et al., 2008). Receivable data suggest that the most common age of onset of BDD is between 15 to 20 years old. In research of Bjornsson & et al. (2013), the disorder average age of onset was 16/7 and a bit more women are affected than men. BDD is often associated with other psychiatric disorders. One study found that more than 90% of patients with BDD have experienced a major depressive disorder in their lifetime; about 70% had anxiety disorder and 30% were diagnosed with psychotic disorder (Borda & et al., 2011; Harth & Hermes, 2007). Adolescents with BDD often have trouble concentrating on their assignments, in social activities are International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 experiencing social isolation and also in some cases depression and thoughts of suicide may occur (Rudiger & et al., 2007). Social Anxiety Disorder (SAD) is one of the most common mental disorders and in DSM-IV, social anxiety disorder was defined as “intense and persistent fear of social or performance situations where a person may be embarrassed” (American Psychiatric Association, 1994: 411). Epidemiological studies reported the lifetime prevalence of this disorder 7% to 12% of the population in Western countries (Kessler & et al., 2005). Most people with BDD have social anxiety, which is the result of their BDD. As a combination of several studies results, can be stated that among people who suffered from BDD 12% to 68/8% had also SAD and among people who suffered from SAD 4.8% to 12% had also BDD (Gunstad & Phillips, 2003; Menezes & et al., 2005; Coles & et al., 2006). Also in Pinto & Phillips (2005) study, social anxiety was significantly correlated with BDD severity (r= 0.33, p= 0.002). Fang & et al. (2013) proposed that some cognitive models consider the similar cognitive factors in BDD and SAD and in similar research Fang & et al. (2011) found that rejection sensitivity significantly mediates the association between BDD & SAD. Fang & hofmann (2010) paid to a review study about the relationship between BDD and SAD, and results showed that fear of negative evaluation that exist in BDD patients is the main characteristic of SAD; also showed that improvement in SAD has been significantly correlated with the improvement in BDD. The purpose of this study was comparing social anxiety in adolescents with BDD and healthy group. Method Method of this study was causal-comparative and statistical population were all the Yazd female high school students (N= 10737) in the 2012-2013 school year that 371 teenage girl (14-18 years) were selected by using Cochran formula7 and cluster sampling. Among Yazd female high school (district 1 & 2), 4 schools were selected randomly and from each school 3 grades (first, second & third) were selected randomly. Adolescents answered to Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale-Body Dysmorphic Disorder (Y-BOCS-BDD) and Social Avoidance & Distress-Fear of Negative Evaluation questionnaire (SAD-FNE). Data was analyzed by using independent-samples t test. - Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale-Body Dysmorphic Disorder (Y-BOCS-BDD) It is a self-evaluation tool with 12 questions that measures the severity of body dysmorphic disorder. Phillips & Diaz (1997) in a factor analysis on 125 outpatients diagnosed with BDD found that Y-BOCSBDD has a hierarchical structure with 2 factors and 2 additional questions. These factors include: 1obsessions, 2- compulsions and 3- the additional 2 questions in the field of insight and avoidance. Respondents rate their agreement with each of the Likert scale that ranges from “completely disagree” to “strongly agree” (0 to 4). Cut-off point is 20. In generally, studies have shown that this questionnaire has good reliability and validity (Phillips & et al., 2005; Phillips & Diaze, 1997). In this study to assess reliability, Cronbach’s alpha was used and 0.86 was obtained, that indicating the reliability of the test is high. - Social Avoidance & Distress-Fear of Negative Evaluation questionnaire (SAD-FNE) This questionnaire was made by Watson and Friend (1969) to evaluate individuals who become anxious when compare themselves with others in social situations and maybe become concern about others evaluation. This instrument contains 58 items and 2 subscales of social avoidance and fear of negative evaluation that first 28 items related to social avoidance and next 30 items relating to the fear of negative evaluation. Continuum answers are ranked on the spectrum of right and wrong, and respectively, scores of 0 & 1 is assigned to each answer (Askari & et al., 2009). Mehrabizade Honarmand & et al. (1999) reported its structural validity 0.85 and reliability of the questionnaire by Cronbach’s alpha 7 212 . = International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 was 0.92 and by retest was 0.89. In current study, to determine the reliability of the whole questionnaire Cronbach’s alpha was 0.86. Cronbach’s alpha for social avoidance was 0.81 and for fear of negative evaluation was 0.82 that indicated the high reliability of the scale. Results Table 1. The prevalence of body dysmorphic disorder among adolescents Group Frequency Percent Valid percent Cumulative percent Healthy 219 59 59 59 With BDD 152 41 41 100 Total 371 100 100 According to the results of table 1, 219 students which is equivalent to 59% of the sample are healthy and do not have clinical problem and in front 152 of students that equivalent to 41% of the sample are with BDD. High prevalence of this disorder among adolescent’s group warns the necessity of attention to it. Table 2. The prevalence of social anxiety disorder among adolescents Group Frequency Percent Valid percent Cumulative percent Weak 41 11.1 11.1 11.1 Medium 285 76.8 76.8 87.9 Severe 45 12.1 12.1 100 Total 371 100 100 Table 2 showed that 11.1% of students have weak social anxiety disorder and greatest percentage of students 76.8% suffer from medium social anxiety and finally 12.1% of the sample have severe social anxiety. Overall, this indicates that majority of students are experiencing medium social anxiety. Table 3. Descriptive statistics of social anxiety in adolescent’s healthy group and with BDD group variable Social anxiety N Mean Std. deviation Std. error mean deviation Healthy group 219 28.78 9.44 0.638 With BDD group 152 31.97 8.81 0.715 Table 4. Independent samples t test for difference in social anxiety of adolescent’s healthy group and with BDD group Levine’s test for equality of variances t-test for equality of means Social anxiety F 213 Sig. t df Sig. (2tailed) Mean difference 95% confidence interval of the difference International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Equal variances assumed Equal variances not assumed 2.58 0.109 Lower Upper -3.28 369 0.001 -3.19 -5.09 -1.28 -3.32 338.66 0.001 -3.19 -5.07 -1.30 In order to test the hypothesis based on difference in social anxiety of adolescent’s healthy group and with BDD group independent samples t test was used. The mean and standard deviation of social anxiety in healthy adolescents are 28.78 & 9.44 respectively and in BDD group are 31.97 & 8.81. The mean difference is -3.19 that is significant at p<0.01 level. Therefore the hypothesis is confirmed and indicates that social anxiety is significantly higher in adolescents with BDD. According to Levin’s test that was not significant, the assumption of equal variances confirmed (p>0.05). Discussion Results of t test to assess the hypothesis was significant at p<0.01. So it indicates that social anxiety is significantly higher in adolescents with BDD. This finding was agreed with the results of Fang & Hofmann’s research (2010). Fear of negative evaluation that there are in people with BDD was introduced the main characteristic of SAD. Also Gunstad & Phillips (2003), Menezes & et al. (2005), and Coles & et al. (2006) stated that among people, who suffered from BDD, 12% to 68.8% had also SAD and among people, who suffered from SAD, 4.8% to 12% had also BDD and it shows that social anxiety disorder is more common in people with body dysmorphic disorder. In explaining these findings can be stated that higher social anxiety in adolescents with BDD is a consequence of body dysmorphic disorder. Actually body dysmorphic disorder leads to greater sensitivity to the presence in the community and sufferers are experiencing unwanted anxiety when are in public exposure. But in adolescents without body dysmorphic disorder that may experience social anxiety cause of any reason, BDD does not exist simultaneously and perceived anxiety would be far less. There are common features in both disorders, such as interpersonal sensitivity that raises the risk. In body dysmorphic disorder, there is high sensitivity towards other’s evaluation and most of these individuals seeking confirmation from others. When don’t receive this confirmation, they avoid from situations that are likely to be evaluated negatively and if they have to present in such situations would experience anxiety. Severity of body dysmorphic disorder is associated with the severity of social anxiety disorder and somehow body dysmorphic disorder is a positive predictor of social anxiety disorder. Individuals with these disorders required concurrent therapeutic attention and treatment started from body dysmorphic disorder and leads to improvement and reduces the symptoms of social anxiety disorder. Assess the prevalence of body dysmorphic disorder in different cultural and geographical areas is recommended in order to identify the contributing cultural factors in prevalence variability. The major limitation of this study is that the sample is limited to female students. Due to almost the same prevalence rate in both sexes, suggested doing the similar research in male adolescents to increase the range of generalizability of the findings. We would like to thank all participants that willingly attended, Yazd education organization that gave permission to conduct research in their schools and other ones who were helping us without any expectation in this research. References American Psychiatric Association (1994). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed. Washington, DC: Author. Askari, P., Khalighi Sigaroodi, E., Heidarie, A.R., Yoosefian, F., & Marashian, F. (2009). The effectiveness of training prophet Mohammad practical educational methods on the religious 214 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 thinking, religious beliefs and attitudes and the mental health of high school girl students in Ahvaz city. Knowledge & Research in Applied Psychology, 11(40), 13-25. In Persian Bjornsson, A.S., Didie, E.R., Grant, J.E., Menard, W., Stalker, E., & Phillips, K.A. (2013). Age at onset and clinical correlates in body dysmorphic disorder. Comprehensive Psychiatry, In Press, Corrected Proof. Borda, T., Neziroglu, F., Santos, N., Donnelly, K., & Rivera, R.P. (2011). Status of body dysmorphic disorder in Argentina. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 25(4), 507-512. Buhlmann, U., Glaesmer, H., Mewes, R., Fama, J.M., Wilhelm, S., Brähler, E., & Rief, W. (2010). Updates on the prevalence of body dysmorphic disorder: Apopulation-based survey. Psychiatry Research, 178(1), 171-175. Coles, M.E., Phillips, K.A., Menard, W., Pagano, M.E., Fay, C., Weisberg, R.B., Stout, R.L. (2006). Body dysmorphic disorder and social phobia: Cross-sectional and prospective data. Depression and Anxiety, 23(1), 26−33. Fang, A., Asnaani, A., Gutner, C., Cook, C., Wilhelm, S., & Hofmann, S.G. (2011). Rejection sensitivity mediates the relationship between social anxiety and body dysmorphic concerns. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 25(7), 946-949. Fang, A., Hofmann, S.G. (2010). Relationship between social anxiety disorder and body dysmorphic disorder. Clinical Psychology Review, 30(8), 1040-1048. Fang, A., Sawyer, A.T., Aderka, I.M., & Hofmann, S.G. (2013). Psychological treatment od social anxiety disorder improves body dysmorphic concerns. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, In Press, Accepted Manuscript. Gunstad, J., & Phillips, K.A. (2003). Axis I comorbidity in body dysmorphic disorder. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 44(4), 270−276. Harth, W., & Hermes, B. (2007). Psychosomatic disturbances and cosmetic surgery. Journal of German Society of Dermatology, 5(9), 736-743. Kessler, R.C., Chiu, W.T., Demler, O., Merikangaz, K.R., & Walters, E.E. (2005). Prevalence, severity and comorbidity of 12-month DSM-IV disorders in the National Comorbidity Survey Replication. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62(7), 617-627. Koran, L.M., Abujaoude, E., Large, M.D., & Serpe, R.T. (2008). The prevalence of body dysmorphic disorder in the United States adult population. CNS Spectrums, 13(4), 316-322. Mehrabizade Honarmand, M., Najarian, B., & Baharlou, R. (1999). The relationship between perfectionism and social anxiety in students of Shahid Chamran University. Journal of Psychology, 3(3), 231-248. In Persian Menezes, G.B., Fontenelle, L.F., & Versiani, M. (2005). Early-onset social anxiety disorder in adults: Clinical and therapeutic features. Revista Brasileira de Psiquiatria, 27(1), 32−36. Phillips, K.A., & Diaz, S.F. (1997). Gender differences in body dysmorphic disorder. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 185(9), 570-577. Phillips, K.A., Menard, W., Fay, C., & Wesberg, R. (2005). Demographic characteristics, phenomenology, comorbidity, and family history in 200 individuals with BDD. Journal of Consultation Liaison Psychiatry, 46(4), 317-325. Pinto, A., & Phillips, K.A. (2005). Social anxiety in body dysmorphic disorder. Body Image, 2(4), 401-405. Rudiger, J.A., Cash, T.F., Roehrig, M., & Thompson, J.K. (2007). Day-to-day body-image states: prospective predictors of intra-individual level and variability. Body Image, 4(1), 1-9. Thornton, B., Ryckman, R.M., & Gold, J.A. (2013). Competitive orientations and woman’s acceptance of cosmetic surgery. Psychology, 4(1), 67-72. Watson, D., & Friend, R. (1969). Measurement of social evaluative anxiety. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 33(4), 448-457. 215 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 216-219, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications Comparison of gender role orientation of students with internal and external religious orientation Zahra Akbari1 Marzie Rezaee2 Rogayye Sadat Mirjalili3 1-MA from the University of Tehran in Family Counseling 2-MA from the University of Tehran in School Counseling 3-PHD student in clinical psychology from Tarbiat Modares University Abstract Introduction: A religion with intrinsic origin has been comprehensive, principled, organized and internalized but a religion with external origin is an external matter and a tool that satisfies the needs, such as comfort, companionship, and security related to your account, to justify it and even its place. The purpose of this study was to investigate the relationship between gender role and religious orientation in high school students. Method: The study sample consisted of all high school students in the city of Kermanshah. To implement the study, 196 students (117 girls and 79 boys) were selected by cluster sampling method. In this study, Allport’s religious orientation questionnaire (1950) and Bam’s Gender roles (1971) were used. The design of the study was causal-comparitive. Results: A single-factor ANOVA showed that people with different orientations of gender roles, show significant differences in levels of extrinsic religiosity. Scheffe test results showed that people with masculine orientation exhibited significantly (sig = 0,032) more extrinsic religiosity than those with feminine orientation. The results of t-test (t = 4.48, sig = 0.014) showed that boys were significantly more extrinsic religiosity than the girls. Results: According to the process of cloning and the formation of gender roles in the family and school, a model of educating gender characteristics of the two sexes to children will help them tend to an internalized value system and internal religion orientation in adolescence period which can be considered as the evolution of religious beliefs period. And this trend can maintain their mental health. Keywords: gender role, religious orientation Introduction Allport describes religion as a unifying philosophy of life and considers it as one of the important potential factors mental health. He believes that a religious value system provides the best context for a healthy personality (Allport, 1950; quoting from Troddy, 1996). In the range of personality and social psychology, he has divided people’s orientation into two types of intrinsic and extrinsic religious orientations. Intrinsic religious orientation, describes a situation in which religion is considered as a main goal and a dominant motivation and the person tries to live sincerely according to his belief and faith (Watson et al, 2002). Extrinsic religious orientation describes a situation in which religion is considered as a tool to achieve other goals (Watson, 2002). People who have an intrinsic orientation toward religion have been described as people who are deeply committed to their faith and the influence of religion is evident in every aspect of their lives while external religiosity is determined by a more limited use of religion to achieve a set of benefits (Maltebi and Dey, 2003; James and Woles, 2003). Gender role is a broad concept that It can be said from one aspect that most of the responsibilities and duties of the family are defined by it because International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 gender role defines the concept of femininity and masculinity in a society (Seif, 1370). If the sex is biologically determined, the gender roles are constructed by culture and society (Woodhill and Samuels, 2003). Acceptance of stereotypical gender characteristics is one of the dimensions of gender roles, which means the orientation toward the acceptance or rejection of beliefs and stereotypes about sexual orientation (gender opposing) among women and men. Noting that the assumptions underlying the model is that masculinity and femininity are two separate and independent aspects (not two poles of a continuum), so depending on orientation scores in both masculine and feminine, the four personality types are possible: masculine type, feminine type, indifferent type and finally androgyneity sexual type (Najjarian and Khodarahimi, 1998). Internal research suggests that there is no significant difference between the two sexes in religiosity (Arian, 1999; Jalilvand, 2001; Hadianfar, 2001). However, some studies showed women are more religious than men and this difference has been reported significant (Najafi et al, 1998; Janbozorgi 1998; Pargament 1999; Gamari 2010; Khodapanahi and Khaninzade 2000; Agajani 2001). With regard to the above, the purpose of this study is to answer this question: Is there any significant difference between students’ religious orientations based on their gender roles? Method Participants and design of the study The present study has been done using causal-comparative method. The study sample consisted of all high school students in the city of Kermanshah. To implement the study, 196 students (117 girls and 79 boys) were selected by cluster sampling method. Tools Allport Religious Orientation Scale: Allport and Ross developed this scale to measure intrinsic and extrinsic orientation of religion in 1967. The questionnaire contains 20 items, 11 of which related to religious orientation and 9 of which related to extrinsic religious orientation. Grading for the extrinsic orientation is as follows: totally disagree (5), almost disagree (4), almost agree (2) strongly agree (1). Grading for internal orientation also was as follows: strongly agree (5), almost agree (4), almost disagree (2) totally disagree (1). According to Allport's study, the correlation between the items of extrinsic religious orientation was -0.21 (Allport and Ross, 1967). Rodrigurz and Henderson (2010), reported Cronbach's alpha coefficient of external orientation / 84. and they reported cronbach’s alpha coefficient of Internal orientation as / 86. Also the questionnaire was validated by Janbozorgi (1998) using Cronbach's alpha and it was reported / 74. Bam’s Sex Role Inventory (BSRI): BSRI’s long form (60-point) contains 20 stereotypical female characters, 20 stereotypical male and 20 stereotypical neutral characters (Abdi, 2001). The questionnaire offers an independent assessment of masculinity, femininity and androgynous and diffuse nature. The median score on the questionnaire was reported 4.9 (Kamse, 2004). Cronbach's alpha coefficient in masculinity aspect was 0.86 and in femininity dimension it was 0/80 (Bam, 1978). Procedure To conduct the research, researchers went to the selected high schools and after randomly selecting a few classes they distributed the questioner among the students of each class. Then they asked the participants to read each question carefully and mark their selected option. Results: The results of frequency and percentage of subjects in terms of gender and orientation of gender role are shown in table 1. According to Table 1, the largest frequency of gender orientation in girls is related to androgynous orientation (37%) and neutral orientation (37%) and the minimum frequency is of masculine orientation (7.6 percent). In males, the largest frequency is of androgynous orientation (32 percent) and the minimum frequency is related to feminine orientation (1 percent). Table 1: Frequency of subjects by gender and gender role orientation 217 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Masculine orientation Feminine orientation Androgynous orientation Neutral orientation Total Groups Freque ncy Perce nt Freque ncy Perce nt Frequen cy Perce nt Frequen cy Perce nt Frequen cy Perce nt Female 15 7.6 28 14.1 37 18.7 37 18.7 117 59.1 Male 16 8.1 2 1 32 16.2 31 15.7 79 40.9 Total frequen cy 31 15.7 30 15.1 69 34.9 68 34.4 198 100 Results of single-factor ANOVA to examine differences in intrinsic and extrinsic religiosity in people with feminine gender role, masculine, androgynous and neutral orientations are shown in table 2. According to Table 2, those people with different orientations of gender roles show no significant difference in levels of extrinsic religiosity. Scheffe test results showed that people with masculine orientation show significantly (sig = 0.032) more external religiosity than those with feminine orientation. Also single-factor ANOVA showed that people with different orientations of gender roles showed a significant difference in the level of 0/01 in the amount of internal religiosity. Scheffe test results on the effect of gender role orientation on intrinsic religiosity showed that individuals with androgynous orientation showed significantly more internal religiosity than those with masculine orientation (sig = 0.05) and those with neutral orientation (sig = 0.02). Table 2: Single-factor ANOVA to examine differences in intrinsic and extrinsic religiosity in people with feminine, masculine, androgynous and neutral gender role orientation Source SS MS Df F SIG External religiosity Intergroup 406.45 135.48 3 3.39 0.019 In group 7755.87 39.98 194 Internal religiosity Intergroup 468.98 153.33 3 6.07 0.001 In group 4999.38 25.77 194 The results of independent t-test (t = 4.48, sig = 0.014) showed that boys were significantly more likely than the girls to show external religiosity. Conclusion and discussion: The present study aimed to compare the religious orientation of high school students (15 to 18 years) in terms of their gender roles. The results showed that students with different gender role orientations had different religious orientations. People with masculine orientation showed significantly more external religiosity than those with feminine orientation. In explaining these findings, it can be said that since external religious orientation describes a situation in which religion is used as a tool to achieve other objectives and advantages, and on the other hand the people with masculine gender role have attributes such as leadership, competitiveness and dominance, these features create conditions that require the person to set some goals in his individual and social life and use all existing facilities including religion to achieve these goals. Other finding of the study suggests that individuals with androgynous orientation showed significantly more internal religiosity than those with masculine and neutral orientation. People with androgynous gender orientation have features such as high levels of existence prove, integrity, confidence, consistency, perfection of personality and mental health more than their counterpart 218 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 groups with masculine and feminine roles (Wolf and Statiz, 1999). According to the Bergyn et al study (1988), individuals with internal religious orientation, that is the people who believe religion is rooted in their nature, have more positive mental health than those with external religious orientation. Given the above mentioned studies’ findings, the present study’s findings can be partly explained. It also showed that boys were significantly more likely than the girls to show external religiosity. Sharifi (2002) found that religiosity mean score in the mentioned sample was more than the mean score of female students in religiosity. Unlike the results of this study, some research studies showed that women are more religious than men (Pargament 1999; Gamari 2010; Agajani 2001; Khodapanahi and Khaninzade 2000; Janbozorgi 1998). Being androgynous makes liberation from gender role stereotypes possible and it allows people to express their trends opposing their real gender. Due to the replication process and the formation of gender roles in the family and school, feeding and breeding of dual role features in kids will help them in adolescence period, the period of religious beliefs evolution, to tend toward an internalized value system and an internal religious orientation. Then this trend will help maintain their mental health. Among the limitations of the present study was that the sample consisted only of students. So it seems that the generalization of findings to other community members, we should observe caution, since there is the possibility that the religious orientation differ with respect to demographic factors. References Aqajani, MH (2001) Normalization of identity style questionnaire on the students of Tehran Universities. Teacher education senior thesis. Burke, Laura. A (2008). Developmental psychology, from adolescence to the end of life. Translated by John S. Mohammadi, Tehran: Publication of growth. Janbozorgi, M. (1998). assessing the impact of short-term psychotherapy with and without religious orientation on stress and anxiety. Journal of Psychology, No. 8. Jalilvand, Mohammed Amin (2001) examining the effectiveness of short-term psychotherapy self-control training with and without religious (Islamic) orientation on controlling stress and anxiety in the level of students in the universities of Tehran. A thesis in Tarbiat Modarres University, Tehran. Khodapanahi, MK; Maryam Khaninzade (2000) examining the role of personality structure in the construction of religious orientation, journal of psychology, the fourth year, 14, 185-203. Khamse, A. .2004. Study of gender role stereotypes and cultural stereotypes of female students, women's studies, second year, No. 6, pp. 134-115. Khajenuri, B. .2007. Some factors that influence the gender role attitudes of high school students ABADEH city. Journal of human sciences studies in the city of Isfahan, 28, 134-115. Saif, S. (1370), gender roles in children and adolescents, Journal of Education, No. 25, 77-69. Sharifi, T. (2002) examining the relationship between religious attitude and general health, depression, anxiety, aggression and tolerance in Islamic Azad University students. Islamic Azad University of Ahvaz. Abdi B. (2001). The relationship between gender roles and professional identity in fear of success among university students in Tehran. MA Thesis, Tehran University of Teacher Education Najafi, M.; solati dehkordi, K, Nouri Ghasemabadi, R. (1998) examining the relationship between religious attitudes, coping responses and mental health among the students in University of Medical Sciences in Shahre Kord. Hadian Fard, H. (2005) mental feeling of well-being and religious activities in a group of Muslims. Journal of thought and behaviour. Eleventh year. No. 2, 224-232 219 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 220-223, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications The relationship between aggression and emotional intelligence in students PNU city Bukan Salah Sherifian MS in Psychology Center for Creativity and Talent Development, Bukan, Iran Abstract Aggression as an emotion of anger is one of the most important problems in adolescents' relationships with others. Research has shown emotional intelligence can help to manage emotions . The present study aimed to investigate the relationship between the aggressive and emotional intelligence in students PNU city Bukan done.. This study was conducted in a sample garment and , for this purpose , each of the forty participants were given a sample of the Aggression Questionnaire and emotional intelligence . And finally, to analyze and describe data, descriptive statistics (mean and standard deviation ) and inferential statistics (Pearson correlation coefficient ) and spss program was in use.. The results showed that there is a negative relationship between aggression and emotional intelligence , p = ..330 Amachvn much larger than . 05. p = 's not to say there is a linear relationship between these two variables. I think emotional intelligence can be expected to provide a way to increase greatly reducing physical aggression , especially aggression and hostility have an influence. Keywords: aggression , emotional intelligence , anger , teens. Introduction Shvndkh teens see every day at school due to conflict, fighting and aggressive behavior are disciplined response Baks parents, schools can face. Harnessing the power of teens Prkhashgrmmvla not Rftarkhvdra customs and morality of a society in which they live violate it.-1998) (Journal of Psychology, 21, sixth year, Spring 2002). A deliberate act of aggression that is aimed at physical or psychological harm or suffering to be done Gyrdv may be Yaklamy body. It is possible to achieve aggressive goals, succeed or not. There are two forms of aggression: A - aggressive hostile action Azahsas aggressive anger that comes from suffering, is its purpose. B - aggressive means: there is this kind Qsdvnyt harming another person harm, but as a means to achieve ends other than pain occurs. For example, a professional football game, the player will usually do anything to prevent the striker has failed to oppose the motion of the ball carrier (Aronson, translated Shkrkn 2007). Aggressive and passive mode with its own characteristics, make the subject exciting. In 1990 an article was published by Mayer and Salvvy to introduce some kind of intelligence, emotional intelligence, which it called. In general there are two approaches to the definition of emotional intelligence, the ability of traditional approaches such as conventional approaches and a International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 combination of approaches, such as the approach of Meyer and Salvvy Goleman and Bar -.It seems that there is a relationship between emotional intelligence and aggression (Improvement, 2009). to the timely and proper manner, to manage their emotions (happiness Magazine, February 2009). Method: Methodology in this sense as a branch of science, logic, thinking it's the fan. So here's methodology includes a number of methods to achieve specific goals (immigrant, 2007). Methods: A field study in which a correlation between the variables being studied. The study also examined the relationship between emotional intelligence and aggression. The population in this study consisted of all students in PNU city Bukan academic year is 91-92. Sample: The sample consisted of 40 students of PNU city Bukan that have been selected using the sample Research Tools: A test of emotional intelligence: emotional intelligence test used in this study by Bradbry Vgryvz (2004) made by Genji (2005) was translated and edited. This test consists of 28 based on 6-point Likert scale would be Grading. The four components of self-awareness, self-management, social awareness and relationship management measures and a total score of emotional intelligence will be achieved. Scores greater than 80 indicate high emotional intelligence score below 60 indicates a low emotional intelligence. The Genji (2005) the validity of emotional intelligence components, respectively, 73 .. 78 .. 76 .. 76 .. Was. The test group of 284 people Other (115 boys, 139 girls) once implemented and reliability coefficients using Cronbach's alpha, 88.0, and reliable in the study on a sample of 40 people is done through alpha 4 . 85 is obtained. (B) aggression test: 29 questions for the questionnaire measures four aspects of aggression. Physical aggression (or questions, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 24, 26, 28), verbal aggression (items 2, 6, 10, 14, 18) Anger (Questions 3, 7, 11, 15, 19, 22, 29) and hostility (items 4, 8, 12, 16, 20,23,25,27) Aggression Questionnaire hostility questionnaire before refining replication thirty years ago by Arnold. HTML. Boss prepared and has wide application. Aggression Questionnaire, many of which are derived from the same Treasury 52-item questionnaire hostility using principal component factor analysis and confirmatory factor analysis are selected. The total score of the questionnaire questions, the general level of aggression subscale scores and measures of aggression in its various manifestations show. Norms: The mean (standard deviation) Aggression Questionnaire subscales for a sample of 612 male undergraduate students from each of the following: physical aggression = 3.24 (7.7), verbal aggression = 2.15 (9.3), Anger = 17 (6.5), hostility = 2.21 (5.5), the mean scores of the sample group 8.77 and standard deviation 5.16, and the mean (standard deviation) subscales of the questionnaire to a sample of 641 patients. Female students are: physical aggression = 9.17 (6.6), verbal aggression = 13 (9.3), Rage = 7.16 (8.5) and hostility = 2.20 (3.6= 66.25 (5.7), verbal aggression = 61.14 (96.3), Rage = 19.88 (73.6) and hostility = 23.5, (5.96) and the mean total score of 6 . 83 and standard deviation 6.17, respectively. Scoring: Score Questions 24 and 29 are reversed. subscale score is obtained by summing the subscale scores of questions. overall score is the total score for all questions and range from 29 to 145 's. scores above symptoms are more aggressive. Credit: Aggression Questionnaire has good internal consistency. The alpha coefficients for the subscales of physical aggression, verbal, anger and hostility were 85.0, 72.0, 83.0 and 77.0 and the alpha coefficient of the questionnaire scores 89.0. "Aggression Questionnaire" with a stable tool with good testretest reliability after a 9-week test-retest correlation times, 80.0, 76.0, 72.0 and 72.0 for the subscales of physical and verbal aggression, anger and hostility, and 80 . 0 for a total score of the questionnaire. 221 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Migrant and non-migrant pilot results above the first year of secondary school students in Bojnoord shows the alpha coefficients for the subscales of physical aggression, verbal, and hostility were 73.0, 58.0, 76.0 and 64.0 and the coefficient Alpha Questionnaire scores 76.13 is. And reliability in the present study, Cronbach's alpha in a sample of 40 to 85.0 is obtained. Methods of data collection: between variables were examined. Analysis of data: For the analysis of data from the central index (mean and standard deviation) and dispersion index (Pearson correlation coefficient), and finally to test the hypothesis feed their correlation spss program has been used. Research findings: For the study, the average dimensions of aggression and aggression to be achieved: 1 - Verbal Aggression (2.14) 2 - physical aggression (95.25) 3 - Anger (400.18) 4 - Hostility (95.21) and total aggression (42.80) 0 In general it can be said that the sample has the lowest average verbal aggression and physical aggression Dbrrsy Moore has the highest average and the average of these samples is moderate aggression. Average EI and its dimensions to be that self-aware 65.81, self-management 22.71, Social Awareness 32.79 management relationship 52.78 and the intelligence of their overall 82.77 is that we can say that the mean IQ of the sample at low but with a slightly higher IQ, they can be turned into a strength. The results of testing hypotheses is as follows: Hypothesis 1: There is a significant relationship between aggression and emotional intelligence. According to this hypothesis, the expected significant degree (05.0> p) and calculated degrees significant, sig = 0.330 (p <..330), the grade obtained significantly greater than the level expected in thus can not be said to be a linear relationship between two variables, although there is a negative correlation between the degree of correlation is moderate (according to Table 1). Hypothesis 2: There is a significant relationship between aggression and self-aware. After testing the hypothesis of a positive relationship between aggression and self-observed, but the correlation is weak and the level of significance was calculated as (sig = ..418) the expected level of significance (p =. . 05) is greater (p < . . 418) can not be said to be a linear relationship between two variables. Hypothesis 3: There is a significant relationship between aggression and self-management. can be said to be a significant relationship between these two variables, there is no exact linear relationship and correlation exist between them. Hypothesis 4: There is a significant relationship between aggression and social awareness. Expected based on the degree of significance (p = ..05) the amount equal to the calculated degrees significant sig =. - Is. Hypothesis 5: The relationship between aggression and management, there is significant relationship. 222 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 After testing this hypothesis against a negative relationship (28..-) is obtained. And the degree of significance calculated that hypothesis (sig = ..893) and significantly higher than the expected rate ((p =. . 05 is the (p <. . 863) There is no significant relation between these two variables . The university's schools is Haamvzsh to reduce aggression and improve the scientific quality of the result. Sources: 1 - Atkinson, C Atkinson, Smith, bass, Hvksma (2006) full text psychology Hilgard (Translator: Baraheni et al), Tehran growth. (Not in the original release date). 2 - Frja d, MH (1995) The problems and behavioral disorders - psychological (depression, anxiety, aggression, obsessive) family, Editor; Jafarian M - Tehran Badr; 3 - Rytavyks - Nelson, Allen C.. Ayzrayl (1999) translation of the Child Behavior Disorders, secretary Taqi al-Mashhad: Publishing company (original publication 1933). 4 - Journal - Volume III 0 0 spring summer 2000 seventh year. Numbered 1 and 2, martyr Chamran University of Ahvaz 5 - Aronson priorities (2007) Social Psychology, translated Shkrkn Hussein, summarization, Jafari M. Amin. (Not in the original release date). 6 - Sadeghi, Ahmad, Ahmed, Abedi Mohammad Reza (2002) Effectiveness of anger management training, rational manner - emotional behavior, reducing aggression, Journal of Psychology, 21, sixth year (1) 7 - Daniel Goleman (2004) Emotional Intelligence, translated Parsa, Nasrin - Tehran, grow (not in the original release date). 8 - Fatemi Seyed M. (2007) Emotional Intelligence, Tehran, Sargl. 9 - income Parviz Sharifi (2007) Emotional intelligence and spirituality in Isfahan, Sepahan. 10 - Happiness Psychology. Sixth year. December 2009 Issue 70 (p 0.78). 11 - Happiness Psychology. Sixth year. February 2009 No. 72 (p 0.76). 223 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 224-227, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications The relationship between goal orientation within the creative aspects of male and female students in city high schools Bukan Salah Sherifian MS in Psychology Center for Creativity and Talent Development, Bukan, Iran Abstract and even , revolution and new development in the different aspects of his life have created a foundation dedicated to human society . Target behavior ( target behavior ) can be categorized into two types : mastery and performance tracking . Objective of seeking to dominate the learning as much as possible to achieve progress , regardless of the performance of others, is orientation . Research descriptive – correlation. In this study, predictor variables objective criteria to measure the creativity of it is formed. To evaluate and measure the variables of the quesƟonnaire , creaƟvity Abedi (2002 ) and goal orientaƟon Vmk Gregory EllioƩ (2001 ) has been used. The populaƟon consisted of all students in high school boys and girls in school year 2013-2014 is Bokan city . , For selected community sample questionnaires , ¬ multistage cluster sampling method was used. Results showed a significant relationship between objective measures of creative direction there. The findings showed that the students boys and girls in terms of dimensions, significant differences were aimed at making creative direction. Keywords : creativity , goal orientation , students Bokan. Introduction Even the revolution and brought about new development in various aspects of life and his own foundation dedicated to human society.hair, star, Saadi and Hafiz to today's youth annually with inventions and innovations, the world will be surprised. Ramytvan All these developments are born creative mind, curious and features as its predecessor, but also has no experience Sasyr (Hosseini, 1997). According to Eysenck believed, Arnold and Miley, creativity is a mental process that leads to problem solving, idea-making, conceptualizing, creating artistic forms, theories and products that are innovative and unique. Weber's cultural psychology, creativity is the capacity to see new relationships, creating unusual ideas and away from traditional patterns of thinking. Sylamy same desire and talent to create a culture of creativity in psychology has cast in all subjects at all ages, there is potentially a social environment - cultural continuity is directly and closely. Conditions appropriate to the natural tendency to self-realization. (Karimi, Joseph, 2001). Creativity, ability to think about something new and unusual way and also offer unique solutions to problems. Guilford, between "convergent thinking" thought correct answer to the questions presented and the features required in conventional tests of intelligence and "divergent thinking" offers a variety of responses to the question of creativity is one of the basic features, a distinction is made. ( Desert, 2005). International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Transcending human action role-taking needs. Transcending modes of the creature creator and the creator of his former life to man's man of action (thought, art, material goods Vmanndanha) goes beyond the nature of the verb be Thus the goal of having the feeling of freedom and enlightenment Target behavior (target behavior) can be categorized into two types: mastery and performance tracking. Objective of seeking to dominate the learning as much as possible to achieve progress, regardless of the performance of others, is orientation. Performance goal orientation, the main aim of social comparison and competition, higher performance than others on a task-focused (Kyle, Mydlsvn and Mydgly, 2002). The objective function is often separated into two types. Functional approach (functional approach) and away from performance (avoidance), who is a target of the performance approach (approach) is to achieve good judgment and good looks are motivated, while someone who avoids an objective function is looking to avoid unfavorable judgments of others and they are excited. In some cases, people have multiple goals. For example, they want to improve their knowledge or skills, gain a positive view of others to their side and they are not to do anything embarrassing (Ndrmn and Meier, 1,994th;, and the Heidi Harakvdych, 2002). Any conduct a series of activities and incentives for individuals to predict their needs must be identified. Vlatham Locke quotes from Rio (2002) identified four main reasons how the goal leads to better performance of the express as below. -Objectives, individual attention to the task at hand, he said -Goals, efforts to employ -Objectives, greater endurance and perseverance, they will continue the effort to achieve the goal - 4goals, strategies Taz·hand incentive to expand. In other words, the creation of new measures to improve the performance targets are encouraging. However, we have selected a target type, the aim is to motivate us to achieve it. These goals are merely a stimulus for learning a specific task in specific circumstances. The research model is based on the orientation of the target is located, is: learning goal orientation (mastery) goal orientation and performance goal orientation to avoid defeat. Accordance with the model "mastery or learning goal orientation." Students seeking to gain mastery over issues Jdydnd and understanding are emphasized.Dvyk, 1978). Msyvlytpzyrnd such people fail in doing something else, do not deny their own responsibility (Syfrt 19, 1996) and satisfaction are more educated (Jakasynsky and Nichols, 1984 and 1987. ( The "performance goal orientation" Students are trying to mine the ability to compare and emphasize the point that people on how they are judged. They are trying to portray themselves as intelligent rather inefficient and incompetent. Then avoidance of challenging tasks they are faced with the difficult tasks, they show little persistence, thus preventing detection by abstaining from intellectual incompetence are challenging tasks. Leaving behind others to obtain their goals of success or effort is considered low. Threatening failures because they are regarded as evidence of incompetence and a tendency toward lower self-regulatory activities (Ames, 1984; Ames and Archer, 1988)., And a positive attitude are a small class (Ames and Archer, 1988), and strategies learning, rarely followed by extrinsic rewards such as grades are high (Pntrych and Garcia, 1991) and its focus on others and failure, but failure avoidance orientation, the individual is merely a lesson education does not fail (Elliott and Harkyvych, 1997). .(1996In summary, the successful students of the school authority to apply learning strategies (Zimmerman, 1989, in Zimmerman and Martinez Pons, 1988).greater responsibility for their own learning, which is the decision-making progress, provide direction for their learning Therefore, given the importance of the process of education, the study examines this issue, the goal orientation dimensions of creativity among students, high school boys and girls in the city of Bukan relationship? 225 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Method Research is a descriptive - correlation. Predictor variables in this study for the purpose of making creativity Dimension Vmtghyyr it has established criteria Variables in the form of a conceptual model and describes how to assess and measure the variables To evaluate and measure the variables of the questionnaire, creativity Abedi (2002) and goal orientation Vmk Gregory Elliott (2001) has been used Study and field data measurement tool is the questionnaire. Methods of descriptive - correlation Creativity Questionnaire This tool attempts Abedi (2002) to measure the amount of creativity and organization is prepared. The questionnaire consisted of 60 questions that its investment grade Likert scale of three scores (creativity, low = 1, medium = 2, high = 3). Sum of the four component scores, the total score of creativity constitute triable. Hddaksr 180 minimum score for each individual case is 60. These four components of the test fluid creativity (22 female) initiative (Article 16) Flexibility (11 female) Vbst (11 articles) measures Goal orientation questionnaire This questionnaire aims to measure the orientation of the tetrahedron based on Vmk Eliot Gregory (2001) has been prepared Vmshtml the twelve items. Questions 1,7,9 performance goal orientation - an approach frequently asked questions, 2,8,12 mastery - approach, mastery questions 3,5,10 - 4,6,11 Vsvalhay functional avoidance - avoidance measure to take. Against Each item Likert scale of 5 totally agree (scored 5) to Kamlamkhalfm (score 1) holds. Maroon Vkhyr (2007) and barley and Delaware Poor (2007) to determine the validity and reliability of the scale, Cronbach Arvsh factor analysis was used. Population, sampling method and sample size The population consisted of all students in high school boys and girls in school year 93-92 is Bokan city., For selected community sample questionnaires, ¬ multistage cluster sampling method was used Methods and tools for data analysis Qui Results: Results showed a significant relationship between objective measures of creative direction there. The findings showed that the students boys and girls in terms of dimensions, significant differences were aimed at making creative direction. Resources Karimi, Joseph (2001) Educational Psychology, Tehran, Arasbaran Soleimani, Afshin (2002) creative class, Tehran, the PTO Wilderness, E. (2005) Educational Psychology, Tehran, edited 226 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Hosseini, Afzal, MS (1997), closed nature of creativity and its educational practices, master's thesis, University of Tehran Feizi, T., B. (2009) Principles of organization and management, Antsharpyam light Rio, John Marshall. (2002) Motivation and Emotion (translated by S. Mohammadi, Y.), Tehran, edit. Original publication date 2002 ( Mabyl balance. M. (1998) The flourishing of creativity in children (Translated by M. Hassan Qasim and Parvin Azimi Tehran, Nobahar .. (not in the original release date ( Ames, C (1992). Classroom: Goals, Structure and Students Motivation Journal of Educational Psychology. 80 (3) ,260-267 Deweck, C.and Legget, E. (1998). A Social Cognitive Approach to Motivation and personality. Psycholoical Review.95 ,256-273 Diner, C.I.and Dweck, C.S. (1978). An Analysis of Learned Helplessness: Continuous Change in Performance, Strategy, and Achievement Cognitions Following Failure. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology.36 ,451-462 Jakacincki, C.M.and Nicholls, J.G. (1987). Competence and Affect in Task Involvement and Ego Involment: The Impact of Social Comparison Information. Journal of Educational Psychology.79 ,107-114 Butler, D.and Winne, P. (1995). Feed Back and Self-Regulated Learning: A Theoretical Synthesis.Review of Educational Research.65 ,245-281 Archer, J. (1994). AchievementGoals as a Measure of Motivation in University Students.Contemporary Educational Psychology.19 ,430-446 Elliot, A. J and church m. a (1997) A hierarchical model of approach and avoidance achievement motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72 (1): 218-232 Elliot, A. J. and McGregor, H. A. (2001b). A 2 × 2 Achievement goal framework. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80 (3) 519-501 227 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 228-233, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications Investigating the Structural Model (Based on Five Personal Factors of NEO and the Studies' Approaches) in Order to Predict the University Students’ Achievement Somayeh Tourani1, Ali Delavar2 1. M.A in Psychometrics, Allameh Tabatabaee University 2. Professor in Psychometrics, AllamehTabatabaee University Abstract The aim of the present study is to investigate the role of personality traits and studies' approaches in the students’ achievement. 340 students of Islamic Azad University in different majors participated in this study. In order to collect data for the personality traits, (NEO- FFI) was applied and for study approaches the summarized Study Process Questionnaire (SPQ) was applied. The students' average of passed courses was also used as a scale of educational achievement. Direct, indirect and general characteristic traits effects and study approaches in the students’ achievement were investigated by the path analysis method by SPSS and LISREL software. The results were indicated in the frame of a model (based on theoretical framework and literature review). The results indicate that personal variances of neuroticism, extraversion, openness and conscientiousness have significant effects on educational achievement. Totally, in investigated models, the speculative variances could predict 21 percent of educational achievement variance. Keywords: educational achievement, Neo personality Factors, Study approaches, Structural model. Introduction Higher education is one of the important organizations and people have a great responsibility in more richness of the society’s spiritual and scientific investments regarding the great duty of education. One of the necessary strategies for optimizing the country’s education is paying attention to the effective factors on the students’ educational achievement. Educational achievement variable is multi-dimensional and is influenced by different factors. Generally, by recognizing the effective factors on educational achievement and discovering the educational structural models, appropriate educational programs can be designed and performed for providing the grounds for learners to achieve their goals and directing them towards them. Cognitive abilities are broadly considered as key anticipations of educational achievement (Barton and Nelson, 2004). Non-cognitive factors, similar to individual differences, are assumed to play an important key role in the students’ learning which includes personal characteristics and study approaches (Barton and Nelson, 2004). Casta and Mac Rey, by applying statistic technique of factorial analysis, found that five general aspects can be entered in individual differences of personal characteristics (Garoosi Foroush, 2002). Neuroticism (N), shows the person’s general tendency towards experiencing negative emotions like fear, unhappiness, clumsiness, anger, feelings of guilt, hatred and low self-confidence. While extroversion (E) is attributed to the person’s tendency to positivism, loving people, preferring big groups and seminars, assertiveness and being active. Acceptance is relevant to the person’s tendency towards curiosity, love of art, diversity-seeking and International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 wisdom, kindness and generosity, And the conscientiousness shows the person’s tendency toward discipline, confidence and dependency, self-regulation, development, rationality and calmness. Marten and Saljoo (1976) recognized the studies’ approaches and showed that they are good predictors for educational achievement (Bernardo, 2003). The students’ learning can be divided into three general approaches: deep approach, surface approach and development-oriented approach. Applying these concepts in different conditions led Marton and Saljoo’s efforts to designing different models and questionnaires which measures the students’ approaches (Daff et al. 2004). Although, there are differences between these models, generally all of them recognize three fundamental approaches in learning the subjects. Deep approach includes real conception of the learned issues. Surface approach includes reproduction of the learned issues in order to get access to the least requirements and development- oriented approach which emphasizes taking the strategies which increases the person’s score to its highest possible rate and focuses on the tendency for success and reaching to the highest educational degree (Daff, et al. 2004). It merits mentioning that in Bigz, Camber and Long’s research (2001) with the purpose of revision in the study approaches questionnaire – assessing the learning approaches- the factorial analysis gave an acceptable assessment of the questionnaires’ two factorial constructions. In other words, developmentoriented learning approach was omitted from SPQ factorial construction. So, in the present research, regarding the results of Bigz, et al. study (2001) the two factorial constructions of deep and surface learning approaches were applied and development-oriented study approach was ignored. In recent researches it is emphasized that personal factors, especially in higher levels of formal education plays a significant role in anticipating educational performance (Permusic and Farenham, 2003). Besides, in some studies it is shown that the relationship between psychometric intelligence and educational performance, especially in academic environments is less than the expected level. So, it seems that as the predictor's ability of relevant measures to cognitive abilities in higher levels of formal education lessens the ratio of personal variables increases (Farenham, et al. 2003). Makendi (1998) indicates that neuroticism can make a positive or negative effect on education. Dizet, (2003); Mesgara and Markwart, Bramly and Maroild (1997), on the one hand showed the negative significant relationship between neuroticism and educational achievement and on the other hand, a positive relationship between conscientiousness and openness with educational achievement. A lot of researches have been conducted regarding the study approaches and educational achievement (Dizet, 2003; Sedler Smith, 1997; Dizet and Martin Sen, 2003; Bernardo, 2003). In the results of different studies, there is an emphasis on the positive relationship between deep approach and educational achievement and a negative one between surface approach and educational achievement. So, deep approach is applied by the aim of the issues’ real conception and the relevant strategies with this approach include is making connection between ideas and applying the evidences and the superior motivation is the interest to the new ideas. In contrast, the surface approach points to reproduction of the issues by applying the strategy of parrot learning and the main motivation in this approach is fear of failure. A lot of researches have been conducted on the relationship between personality traits and the study approach. Barton and Nelson (2004) ,in a study under the name of the relationship between the study approaches, educational achievement and personality among the freshmen of psychology found that personality traits can predict the study approaches. So, the conscientiousness and agreeableness are good predictors of the deep approach. In another study Dizet (2003) collected data from Norwegian bachelor students. He found that extroverted personality traits, openness and conscientiousness have a positive significant effect on the deep approach and emotional stability's personality traits, extroversion and conscientiousness have a negative significant relationship with the surface approach. Similar studies are a lot in speculative contexts (Dramind and Stodard, 1992; Riding and Wigli, 1997; Daff, et al, 2004, Zang; 2000). It should also be mentioned that in the present research, the applied model in Dizet’s research was selected to predict the probability of the existence of the relationship between personality traits and the study approaches with educational achievement by consideration of the findings and researches. The model was assessed, after investigating the statistics’ pre-assumption and calculating the assessment’s coefficients. Method The method of the present research was descriptive and correlative. In order to study the role of personality traits and the study approaches in the students' educational achievement, the path analysis method was applied. This is one of the analysis methods of non-experimental multi variance researches by which the role and effect of the observed variables can be tested. The population of the research was all bachelor students of Karaj Islamic Azad University in the school year 2009-2010. 340 students (190 girls and 150 boys) were selected by multi-stepped clustered sampling method. The students in different majors of human sciences, empirical sciences, technology and engineering participated in this study. The mentioned students are those who have passed about 100 credits of their total courses. Two questionnaires of NEO-FFI and SPQ were distributed between them after the required preparations and then it was collected. After filling out the questionnaires by the students, data were gathered and were registered in SPSS through which statistic equations were facilitated (calculating the scores of each measure, omitting some outliers, calculating descriptive scales and investigating the statistic pre-assumptions). Then, the 229 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 models’ assessment scales were calculated and investigated in order to provide and analyze data by the LISREL software. Research Tools 1- NEO Five Factors Inventory (NEO- FFI) This questionnaire is designed by Casta and Mac Rey (1997) and is a 60 question tool of personality assessment with Likert spectrum which includes 5 sub-measures of: neuroticism, agreeableness, extroversion, openness and conscientiousness. Each one of these sub-measures included 12 questions, which were answered by five options (totally disagree, disagree, no idea, agree, and totally agree). This questionnaire was scored by Likert method with scores of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 and some questions were answered reversely. "NEOFFI" is made as a short form of "NEO-PIR" and because of its fame it is executed many times and its validity and reliability has been tested by different researchers. In the present research, questionnaire’s reliability coefficient is calculated by Cronbach alpha test and its coefficients ware calculated 0.74 for neurotic behavior, 0.63 for extroversion, 0.68 for openness, 0.54 for agreeableness, and 0.60 for the conscientiousness. 2- Study Process Questionnaire (SPQ) Bigez et al (2001), suggested the revised two factorial form “study process questionnaire” for teachers’ use in assessing the students’ learning approaches. The revised tools only assess the deep and surface approaches by applying 20 questions by Likert’s five measuring tools (always, most of the times, sometimes, rarely, and never). Each approach is also made up of two aspects: motivation and development. The final form of the mentioned questionnaire is studied many times by applying reliability assessment methods and confirmative factorial analysis. In the present study, questionnaire's reliability coefficient was investigated by Cronbach alpha method and 0.85 and 0.86 were obtained for deep and surface leaning approaches respectively. The total mean of the passed courses was applied as a measure of educational achievement. Research findings After calculation and investigation of descriptive scales (mean, standard deviation, the minimum score and the maximum) the required statistics’ pre-assumptions like the normality of the hypothesis and the linearity of the variables’ distribution were investigated as the hypotheses of the applied path analysis method. The relevant findings of descriptive statistics are presented in table 1. Table 1.Statistical characteristic of research variables: Variables Mean SD Min Max Educational achievement Neuroticism Extraversion Personality Openness Traits Agreeableness Conscientiousness Study Deep approach Approaches Surface approach 16.24 32.86 40.10 40.55 42.04 44.10 32.08 24.95 1.60 9.93 8.60 5.19 5.85 8.82 8.46 8.75 12 12 16 26 25 16 14 10 19.01 59 58 53 53 60 48 50 After calculation of descriptive scales (table 1) and hypothesis normality by applying statistic test of (K-S) (Kolmogorov- Smirnov) and the linearity the distribution of the points were investigated on direction of variables’ axis and the results showed that both statistical pre-assumptions are provided for applying the path analysis method. In other words, distribution of research variables is normal and the relationship between dependent and independent variables' was linear. The first step in the path analysis method is investigating correlation coefficients between the studied variables in correlative matrix. Table 2 presents correlation matrix between coming variances in the research. Table 2.results of testing correlation between research variables: 230 Extraversion Variables Neuroticism Neuroticism 1 Extraversion -0.62** 1 Openness -0.32** 0.42** Openness 1 Agreeableness Conscientiousness Deep Approach Surface Approach Educational Achievement International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Agreeableness -0.45** 0.42** 0.26** 1 Conscientiousness -0.50** 0.51** 0.27** 0.50** 1 Deep approach -0.50** 0.54** 0.46** 0.30** 0.47** 1 Surface approach 0.38** -0.27** -0.19** -0.18** -0.36** -0.30** 1 Educational -0.39** 0.37** 0.25** 0.18** 0.35** 0.40** -0.20** 1 Achievement **Significant Correlation in (0.01) Level As table 2 shows, personality traits in 0.01 levels have a significant relationship with educational achievement. Besides, the studies' approaches in 0.01 levels had a significant relationship with educational achievement and the important point in this table is because of relationships between research variables. Since the aim of this study was to investigate the predictive role of personality aspects, the study approaches and determining the extent of direct and indirect effects of these variances on educational achievement, the path analysis model was applied. In this research figure 1 presents the path coefficients and direct effects of exterior variables (personality traits) and independent interior variables (the study approaches) on dependent interior variable (educational achievement). All drawn paths in figure 1 are the paths whose coefficient is significant in t > 2 in the level of P<0.05. Meaningless paths are omitted from the model to get access to a more concrete model. Besides, the adjusted variable was omitted from the model because of having no significant relationship with the dependent variable. Neuroticism 0.27 Surface approach 0.81 -0.22 Extraversion -0.25 Educational achievemen 0.22 -0.18 Openness 0.26 0.27 0.20 Conscientio usness 0.79 Deep approach 0.58 Figure 1: Structural Model As figure 1 show, from among exterior variables (personality traits) only neuroticism with path coefficient of 0.25 has a significant effect on educational achievement. Among exterior variables (personality traits) only neuroticism and the conscientiousness with path coefficients of 0.27 and -0.22 respectively, had significant effect on the independent interior variable (the surface approach). Among exterior variables (personality traits) only neuroticism, extroversion, openness and conscientiousness with path coefficients of -0.18, 0.22, 0.26, 0.20 respectively, have significant effect on independent interior variable (the deep approach). Besides, the effect of independent interior variable (the deep approach) on dependent interior variable (educational achievement) was 0.27 which is a significant effect. The effect of independent interior and exterior variables on educational achievement showed that, this model could explain 21 percent of educational achievement variance. Besides, the explained independent interior variance (the surface approach) was 18 percent by exterior variances (personality traits) and explained independent interior variance (the deep approach) were 42 percent by exterior variables (personality traits). After assessing the parameters, the model was measured. based on what Eursegooc and Sourbom (1993) (Kabiri, 2004) explained, when a model is assessed by a model production, from among the total assessment statistics four scales of GFT, AGFI, RMSEA and Chi-squar (χ2) are more important. The statistic amount of χ2 measures the extent of difference in observed and assessed matrix. Meaninglessness in this statistic shows the model assessment. Since the value of χ2 (6.15) with freedom degree of 7 and (P = 0.52) is not significant, the model’s assessment is acceptable. The amount of GFI and AGFI scales are respectively 1 and 0.96. When the amounts of these two scales are closer to (1), the model assessment is more complete. The amount of RMSEA 231 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 scale was calculated (0.0001), and by considering the remains and errors, its low amount proves the reliability of the model's assessment. Discussion and Conclusion In the present research, after investigating and assessing the model by applying the path analysis method, it was determined that from among the personality traits, conscientiousness, extroversion and admittance have positive and significant effect on surface learning approach, neuroticism has a negative significant effect on deep learning approach, neuroticism has a positive significant effect and conscientiousness has a negative significant effect on surface learning approach. The results of the present research about the significant effect of personality traits with the study approaches are concordant with the findings of Dizet (2003), Barton and Nelson (2004) and Daff, et al. (2004). Purposefulness and decisiveness are the most important characteristics of people with high conscientiousness score. So, it is obvious that they are not adequately motivated for what they want to learn and their goal is deep learning (Zang, 2003). Casta and Mac Rey (1997) have applied the factors like qualification, discipline, responsibility and effort to successfully assess this factor. In Casta and Mac Rey’s view (1997) qualification is connected with the person’s liability. A qualified person strengthens the preparation and qualification of doing affairs in them. Discipline emphasizes arrangement and conscientiousness on commitment towards principals, and it seems that the main core of duty has a close relationship with the study’s deep approach. In Casta and Mac Rey’s view (1997) openness is identified as consciousness structure. In other words, openness includes, motivation, need for change, recognition, emotional and conceptual condition. So, what Casta and Mac Rey (1997) showed is understandable, that is, the positive effect of openness on the deep approach. Zang (2003), emphasizes that the students with high emotional instability and low self-confidence (high neuroticism) always avoid making mistakes. So, they feel more confident in doing the assignments which only needs reproduction of the learned subjects. Neurotic people face problems when doing complex assignments. Anxiety is one of the characteristics of neurotic people which decreases the processing of complex data. The necessity of applying the deep approach is the same process of complex information. Complexity increases anxiety and the neurotic person applies the deep approach to avoid anxiety. In the present study, among the personal characteristics, only the neurotic factor shows negative significant effect on the students’ achievement. The deep approach also showed a positive significant effect on the students’ achievement. The results of this are concordant with the results of Daff, et al. (2004) and Dizet (2003). Akreman and Higestad (1997) believe that anxiety justifies the negative relationship between neurotic factor and students’ achievement. So, the stress of exam and fear of failure negatively affect the educational performance of neurotic people (Farenham, et al.2005). The result of the present study based on lack of significant relationship between extroversion and achievement are concordant with the results of Barton and Nelson (2004) and Permusic and Farenham (2003). These researchers, by applying multiple regression analysis method, found that extroversion cannot predict achievement. Besides, in a research conducted by Rafati, et al. (2005) to investigate the relationship between educational achievement and extroversion- introversion, the results showed that there is no significant relationship between extroversion and educational achievement. Generally Antiostel and Sanches Marin et al. (2001) believe that if there is any difference in introverts and extroverts’ educational performance, it can be attributed to their higher attention and regular habits (Farenham, et al. 2005). A large number of studies investigated the relationship between the study approaches and educational achievement (Biggez, 1988; Whatkingz and Hatti, 1981; Sedler, Smith and Tung 1998; quoted by Zang 2003). The deep approach is applied with the subject’s real concept and the useful strategies with that approach include communication with ideas and using that evidence and the superior motivation is interest to new ideas. The results of the present research concords with Barton and Nelson (2004) and Alen Bernardo studies (2003) about the effect of the study’s deep approach on educational achievement. Certainly, the learners who apply the deep approach seek for deep meanings in the subjects. These learners are critics and rational and try to make a connection between what they learn and what they have learnt. Such learners act independently. The mentioned characteristics are good issues for critical thinking, and critical thinking is also the pivotal characteristic of the study’s deep approach. Generally it can be pointed that the present research is concordant with Dizet’s findings, and on the one hand it supports the relationship between personality traits and the studies' approaches and on the other hand, it supports the relationship between the studies' approaches and educational achievement. References Bernarddo I B..A, 2003. Approaches to Learning and academic achievement of Filipino students. The journal of Genetic Psychology, 161(1), 101-114. Biggs J, Kember D, Leung DYP, 2001. The revised two-factor study process questionnaire: R- SPQ-2F. British Journal of Educational Psychology. 71,133-149. 232 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Burton JL, Nelson JL, 2004. The relationship between personality, approaches to learning and academic success in first- year psychology distance education students, Delavar A, 2007. Research theoretical and scientific framework in human and social sciences. Fifth ed.Tehran: Roshd Publications. Diseth A, 2003. Personality and approaches to learning as predictors of academic achievement .European Journal of Personality. 17, 143-155. Diseth A, Martinson Q, 2003. Approaches to learning, cognitive style, and motives as predictor of academic achievement. Educational Psychology, Vol. 23, No . Drummond RJ, Stoddard AH, 1992. Learning style and personality type. Personality and Motor Skill. 75, 99-104 Dotowit A, Dotowit M, 2001. Conversational LISREL: users’ manual. Delavar A, Veis Karami H, Zarinjoie M. 2008. First ed. Tehran: Arasbaran Publications. Duff A, Boyle E, Dunleavy K, Ferguson H, 2004. The relationship between personality, approach to learning and academic performance. Personality and individual Differences. 36, 1907-1920. Furnham A, Chamorro–premuzic T, McDougall F, 2003. Personality, cognitive ability, and beliefs about intelligence as predictor of academic performance, learning and individual differences. 27. 1113- 1122. Furnham A, Chamorro–premuzic, Frederickson N, Petrides KV, 2005. British Journal of Educational psychology. 75. 239-255. Garoosi Foroushi M, 2002. Modern approaches in personality assessment. First ed. Tabriz: Jame’e Pajooh- Danial Publications. Haghshenas H, 2007. An interpretation guide and norming the tests of NEO-PI-R and NEO-FFI. Firsted. Shiraz: Medical Sciences University Publications. Hooman H, 2006. Analyzing multiple variance in behavioral research. First ed. Tehran: Peik-e-Farhang Publications. Hooman H, 2006. Structural equations’ modeling by applying LISERL software. First ed. Tehran: Samt Publications. Mc Crae RR, Costa PT, 1997. Conception and correlates of openness to experience in Hogan R, Jonson JA, Briggs SR (Eds), handbook of personality psychology (pp. 825-847). Musgrave-Marquart D, Bromley SP, Dalley MB, 1997. Personality, academic attribution, and substance use as predictors of academic achievement in college students. Journal of Social Behaviar and Personality. 12, 501511. Rafati F, Zeighami Bahram Sh, 2005. The relationship between the nursing students’ achievement educating in Shiraz and their introversion-extroversion and behavioral psychoneurotic. Scientific Journal of Ghazvin Medical Sciences University. PP. 24- 31. Riding RJ, Wigley S, 1997. The relationship between cognitive style and personality in further education students . Personality and Individual Differences, 23, 379-389. Sadler- Smith E, 1997. Learning style: Frameworks and instruments. Educational psychology. 17, 15-63. Shokri A, Kadivar P, Valiollah F, Sangari A, 2007. The role of personality characteristics and learning approaches in the students’ achievement. Psychological research quarterly periodical. Issue. 9. Vol 3-4. PP. 65-84. Zhang LF, 2003. Does the big five predict learning approaches? Personality and individual differences. 34, 14311446. Zhang LF, Sternberg RJ, 2000. Are learning approches and thinking style related? A study in two Chins populations. The Journal of personality, 134, 469-489. 233 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 234-241, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications The Influence of Teaching Problem-solving Skill on Marital Satisfaction of Mothers Whose Children Suffer from Learning Disorders Mehdi Khodabakhshi 1, Seyyedeh Zahra Emadi 2, Marziyeh NouriFard 3 1-Master degree student of general psychology, psychologist of Sar-allah consultancy clinic center in Arak, Iran 2-Master degree student of clinical psychology, 3- Master degree student of industrial and organizational psychology Abstract problem-solving is a cognitive-behavioral process in which individuals discover effective copingstrategies to deal with problematic situations in their lives.the present research tries to investigate the influence of teaching problem-solving skill on marital satisfaction in mothers who have children who suffer from learning disorders. statistical population of the research included all mothers whose child or children suffered from learning disorders in Arak City. They were 120 people in number and sample size was 30 people who were picked by means of simple random sampling. 15 people were put into control group and 15 people were put into experiment group. Both groups received a pretest by meansof Enrich’s marital satisfaction questionnaire and then, experiment group received 8 sessions of problem-solving skills. Each session took 90 minutes. After teaching course ended, both groups received a posttest on marital satisfaction using Enrich’s questionnaire.SPSS software was used to analyze data in pretest and posttest. Descriptive statistics (mean, standard deviation) ad inferential statistics (covariance analysis) were used for data analysis. Results showed that elimination of the points of variables like personality subjects, marital relationship, solution of conflict, sexual relationships, and marital satisfaction in pretest as covariance variable, the main influence of teaching variable is significant in the posttest.Further, results showed that elimination of the effect of variables like financial management, children marriage, family and friends, and religious orientation in pretest (as covariance variable) does not make the main influence of teaching variable significant in the posttest. therefore, it can be said that teaching problem-solving was effective in marital satisfaction of mothers whose children suffered from learning disorders. Keywords: problem-solving skill, marital satisfaction, learning disorders Introduction: Social harms have had an increasing trend in the lastdecade all over the world. Worrying statistics in this area have made experts to look for solutions for social problems. Investigations show that much social harms resulted from absence of socio-psychological skills which are necessary for confrontation with life problems. Psychologists believe that many disorders and harms have roots in individuals' inability to analyze personal problems correctly, lack of sense of control, and competency in confronting with problems and difficult situations. Family is the most effective and important entity in a society. It is the commonest social unit and social normality and abnormalities depend on family health and all social harms are affected by family. People face many problems across their lives and they should find solutions International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 for their problems (NavvabiNejad, 2007). Problem-solving skill in social life can be very helpful in confronting with problems. People who do not have problem-solving solution may be directed towards ineffective solutions like drug abuse or criminal acts or leaving school in order to solve their problems (KaramiChangizi, 2010). In the past two decades, creative thinking and solving problems in natural and real situations have received a lot of attention. Practical problem-solving can be effective in solving everyday problems and such solutions can be effective in individuals’ well-being (Metalido, 2008). Problem-solving plays an important role in relationships between tense events of life (negative events of life) and health. Effective problem-solving has influence on reducing stress and inappropriate and ineffective approach to solving a problem may increase health (Bell and Dozerilla, 2009). Problem-solving skill is a behavioral-cognitive process which is used by individuals to discover and identify effective coping strategies in problematic situations (Kesidi and Lang, 1996). In general, problem-solving is an initiativebehavioral-cognitive process which is used as a coping strategy to solve problems. In other words, problem-solving is an important coping strategy which increases personal and social abilities and reduces psychological problems (Dozerilla and Sheidi, 1992). Black and Hersen (1995, as quoted from Kahrazei, 2001) believe that successful adaptation to social environment requires a combination of problem-solving techniques. Defective skills of problem-solving may result in various disorders like depression, problems in marriage and raising children. Today, problem-solving techniques are taught in order to help solve different demographic problems. Families of mentally-retarded children should tolerate their abnormal child and simultaneously take responsibility for daily care of their child. A person who has not confronted with a problem should be aware of problem-solving skills in order to be able to deal with the problem in his life (Crussel, Aiden and Tezer, 2010). Parents’ stress has relationship with children inability intensity and their behavioral problems. Mothers of children who have problems experience more stress than fathers. This can be attributed to the fact that mothers are more involved in children problems and experience more pressures (Hastingz, 2003). Therefore, the stress which is formed as a result of having and caring for such children might affect marital relationships adversely within families. Such children have specific problems like need to specific education, high costs of treatment and high emotional need therefore; stress which comes to existence as a result of emotional problems may have negative emotional and psychological effects on marital satisfaction. Therefore, maintaining friendly and emotional relationships within family environment is very important for such families and requires specific skills and techniques Monadi, 2006). Problemsolving skills may help parents confront with problems more effectively and solve life problems with the least stress and this can finally lead to satisfaction. Many studies have been conducted in this regard. Some of these studies are presented in the following sentences for short. Borghandan (1996) conducted a research in the field of effectiveness of teaching problem-solving skills in groups on general health and marital satisfaction of Ahwaz City employees. Results showed that teaching problem-solving improves general health and increases marital satisfaction in experiment group in comparison with control group. Aslani (2004) investigated the role of communications skills in family performance. His research sample contained 16 couples of married students in Tehran University. Results showed that teaching communication skills increases family performance. FatehiZadeh (2005) conducted a research to investigate the role of social skills in marital satisfaction. He concluded that there is significant correlation between communicational-behavioral variables and problem-solving skill and marital satisfaction. Trener et al (2008) conducted a research on teaching life skills like problem-solving and effective communication in teenagers. They showed that teaching was effective in increasing the skills. Hanson and Lend Ballend (2006) investigated the effectiveness of teaching communicational skills and solving conflict to couples who had problems in marital interactions. Results showed that teaching communicational skills and problem-solving improves marital relationships and reduces conflicts. Wit Kin (1983) conducted a research and compared couples' effective communication, problem-solving and marital satisfaction after holding skill workshops. Results showed that couples who received workshop training had an increase in their non-verbal messages. Elliot et al (1999) investigated the effect of teaching problem-solving skill on students' performance. Results showed that there is relationship between the two variables. Boulter and Wampler (1999, as quoted from Berghandan, 2009) investigated 16 studies concerning treatment of couples through teaching communicational competencies. Results showed that teaching communicational skills improved couples communications considerably. Johnson et al (2005) investigated the influence of teaching conflict-solving skills and controlling emotional responses on marital conflicts. They showed that problem-solving, application of emotion and feeling, controlling negative emotion and their mutual influences have important role in reducing conflicts and increasing marital satisfaction. Razavi and Delkoks (2006), asquoted from Mir Kheshti (1996) investigated 92 English couples who had received 4 months of life skills training. They found that after training, the couples reported more friendship and better sexual behavior. Falofield, Lipken and Hall (2004) investigated 25 women and 30 men who had marital problems. They received 3 months of training on communication skills and decision-making and problem-solving. Results of the research showed that their marital satisfaction increased after training (as quoted from Safar 235 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Zadeh, 2004). Gilcherest, Shinke and Maxwell (2005), as quoted from Johari (2007), investigated 13 couples and found that teaching life skills contributes to improvement of self-efficacy, problem-solving skill, establishment of friendly relationship and controlling individual emotions. It seems that lack of familiarity with problem-solving skill causes many problems in marital life of couples and teaching this skill can be effective in marital satisfaction of couples. High ability to solve problems can help mothers of exceptional and mentally-retarded children to have better marital life. Considering the above discussion, the present research tries to investigate the effectiveness of teaching problem-solving skill on marital satisfaction of mothers of mentally-retarded children in Arak City. The main question of the research is: whether teaching problem-solving skill influences on marital satisfaction of such children or not? Research hypotheses Method The present research is an experimental study. Semi-experimental design with pretest-post test format and control group was used. Statistical population of the research included all mothers who had mentally-retarded children in Arak City Education Organization. They were 120 people in number. 30 people were selected as sample size. Each group should be at least 15 people because the present research is a semi-experimental (Delavar, 2001). 15 people were put into experiment group and 15 people were put into control group. After preparing the list of mothers' names and random selection of them, they were put randomly in control and experiment group. Then, research goal was explained for them and Enrich's marital satisfaction questionnaire was given to both groups for conducting a pretest. They were asked to express their ideas clearly. After conducting pretest, experiment group received 8 90minute sessions of training problem-solving skill in one and a half months through cognitive-behavioral techniques. Half of each session time belonged to providing theoretical bases and the other half was allocated to group discussion and practical exercises. After training course, Enrich's marital satisfaction questionnaire was implemented on the respondents in posttest step. Research instrument: Enrich's marital satisfaction questionnaire was used for data collection. This questionnaire is designed to evaluate marital satisfaction. It also concerns changes which take place during human life and is also sensitive to changes which happen in families. Each part of this questionnaire concerns an important area of life. This instrument also can be used as a diagnosing instrument for couples who look for marital consultancy and look for strengthening their marital relationship. This questionnaire has 11 subscales: 1. Marital satisfaction; 2. Personality issues; 3.Marital relationship; 4.Conflict-solving; 5.Financial management; 6. Leisure time activities; 7.Sexual relationship; 8.Children and child-raising; 9.Friends and relatives, 10.Justice-searching roles; 11.Religious orientation. The main form of this questionnaire contained closed-answer questions and 12 subscales and short form of this questionnaire contains 47 questions ad 9 subscales. Reliability and validity: Correlation coefficnet of Enrichs questionnaire with family satisfaction dimensions range from 41% to 60% and correlation coefficient between the questionnaire and satisfaction with life dimensions range from 32% to 41% which shows construct validity. All subscales of this questionnaire differentiate satisfied and dissatisfied couples and this shows that the questionnaire is of acceptable validity (Sanayee, 2000). Results: Table 1 reports experiment group's variables mean and standard deviation in the studied sample. Table 2 also shows control group's standard deviation and mean. Table 3 presents variances equality test and table 4 indicates covariance analysis for effects of teaching problem-solving skill on variables with controlling marital satisfaction variable. Table 1.pretest and posttest mean and standard deviation for experiment group variables Results Table 1.pretest and posttest mean and standard deviation for experiment group variables. variables Pretest Posttest Personality issues 236 Mean SD Mean SD 21 4.5 24 3 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Marital relationship 20.1 4.5 24 3.5 Conflict-solving 13.5 ¼ 15.5 2.8 Financial management 15.7 4.5 18.3 4.5 Leisure time 16.2 4.2 18.3 3 Sexual relationships 14.8 4 19.5 9.1 Marriage and children 15.2 3.3 17 4 Family and friends 16.8 3.2 18,1 3 Religious orientation 16 1.4 17.7 3.2 total 14.3 36.4 172.4 23.9 Table 2.mean and standard deviation of control group variables in posttest and pretest Variables posttest Mean SD mean SD Personality issues 18.8 5 17.6 6.5 Marital relationship 21 5.8 18.3 7 Conflict-solving 17 4.5 15.9 4.6 Financial management 16.5 4.6 16.4 4.8 Leisure time 18 4.5 15.5 5 Sexual relationships 20 3.2 18.5 4.4 15.7 4 15.1 5 Family and friends 18 3.8 18.5 3.5 Religious orientation 15 5.5 16.5 6.4 total 161 34.9 151.3 37.1 Marriage children 237 Pretest and International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Table 3.equality of variances test F df 1 df 2 Sig 0.39 1 28 0.5 Marital relationship 3.5 1 28 0.1 Conflict-solving 1.2 1 28 0.3 Financial management 0.5. 1 28 0.5 Leisure time 6 1 28 0.05 Sexual relationships 2.2 1 28 0.2 0.01 1 28 0.9 Family and friends 0.5 1 28 0.6 Religious orientation 4.7 1 28 0.01 total 3.1 1 28 0.08 Personality issues Marriage children and Table 4.covariance analysis for effects of teaching problem-solving skill on variables with controlling marital satisfaction variable in pretest Control source Ss df Ms Covariance (pretest personality issues points) 204.9 1 204.9 Main influence (treatment) 89 1 90 Remaining error 467 27 17.19 Covariance (pretest marital relationship points) 470.9 1 470.9 Main influence (treatment) 205 1 205 Remaining error 440 27 16.22 210 1 210 153 1 153 Covariance points) (pretest conflict-solving Main influence (treatment) 238 F Sig eta 5.15 0.03 0.16 12.44 0.01 0.32 13.9 0.01 0.345 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Remaining error 290.24 27 10.75 206.7 1 206.7 Main influence (treatment) 43.07 1 43.07 Remaining error 362.7 27 13.48 Covariance (pretest leisure time points) 249 1 249 Main influence (treatment) 199.77 1 199.77 Remaining error 262 27 9.5 Covariance (pretest sexual relationships points) 5.33 1 5.33 Main influence (treatment) 26 1 26 Remaining error 305 27 12.36 222 1 222 Main influence (treatment) 14.9 1 14.9 Remaining error 311 27 10.60 Covariance (pretest family and friends points) 64.7 1 64.7 Main influence (treatment) 6 1 6 Remaining error 223 27 75.3 Covariance (pretest religious orientation points) 75.9 1 75.9 Main influence (treatment) 7.15 1 7.15 Remaining error 455 27 12.8 Covariance (pretest marital satisfaction points) 20279 1 20279 Main influence (treatment) 5838 1 5838 Remaining error 3910 27 142 Covariance (pretest management points) Covariance (pretest children points) financial marriage and 3.24 0.08 0.11 10.45 0.001 0.43 9.28 0.142 0.07 9.27 0.26 0.04 0.71 0.404 0.02 0.41 0.52 0.01 40.20 0.000 0.59 As it can be seen in table 4, it can be concluded that elimination of the effect of the points of personality issues, marital relationship, conflict-solving, sexual relationships, and marital satisfaction of pretest as covariance variable, the main influence of teaching variable of posttest is significant. 239 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Further, results showed that after elimination of the influence of the points of financial management, marriage and children, family and friends, and religious orientation of pretest as covariance variable , the main influence of teaching variable in posttest is not significant. Discussion Considering the results of the present research, teaching problem-solving skill influences increasing personality issues, marital relationship, conflict-solving, leisure time and sexual relationships and marital satisfaction of mothers. Further, results showed that teaching problem-solving skill does not have significant influence on financial management, marriage and child-raising, family and friends and religious orientation. Therefore, it can be said that teaching problem-solving skill was effective in marital satisfaction of mothers. Results of the present research match the results of studes conducted by Hanson and lend Boland (2006), Aslani (2004), Berghandan (1998), Wit Kin (1983), Boulter and Wampler (1999, as quoted from Berghandan, 2009), Johnson et al (2005) and Razavi&Delcoax (2006). Teaching problem-solving skills seems to be necessary for preventing from psychological and physical and social destruction of individuals and families. Couples should be taught under experienced experts. Furthermore, authorities and insiders should try to spread group teaching of life skills because studies show that group teaching increases motivation. Participants of these workshops and courses receive feedback from each other, motivate mutual relationships, practice commitment and responsibility, learn social relationships and reduce social harms and fears. Moreover, educational programmers are advised to plan in macro level in order to hold life skills training workshops before marriage for couples. In-service education can also be planned for teachers and thereby increase their knowledge about application of the influence of life skills. Implementation of instructional workshops by experts, managers and educational planners can be very helpful in schools in order to familiarize students with life skills. References Aslani Kh, 2004. The role of communicational skills on family performance of married students, Social Welfare Quarterly, 4th year; 14; 115-138. Bell CA, Dzurilla JT, 2009. Problem – solving Therapy for depression : Ameta - analysis. Clinical psychology arevier ;29; 348-253. Berghandan M, 2009. Effectiveness of problem-solving teaching in group form on general health and marital satisfaction of employees' wives in Ahwaz City, Master degree thesis, Ahwaz studies and sciences University. Cussidy, M, Long A, 1996. Problem solving style, stress and psychological illness. Journal of Clinical Psychology; 30; 43-47 Dattilio, V.M, Freeman A ,2000. Cognitive behavioral strategies in crisis interven tion. New York: Guilford Perss . Dzurilla, T, Sheedy A, 1982. Problem solving Therapy. A social competence approach to clinical intervention, (2nd ed)New York :spring Elliot,T.R, at et,1999. Caregiver solving abilities and family member adjustment to recent onset physical disability. Journal of psychology; 44; 104-123. FatehiZadeh A, 2005. Investigation f the role of social skills in marital compatibility of employed women in Borujerd City, Master degree thesis,Iran, Arak Islamic Azad University. Jahnson M D, Cohan L C, Davial J, Lawrence E, Rogg,R D, Kanrey BR, Sallivan KT, Bradbury TN, 2005. Problem- solving skills and affective expression as predictors change in marital satisfaction. Journal of consulting and clinical psychology; 73(1); 15-27. Johari S ,2005. Influence of life skills in the form of Albert Bendoura's social learning on self-expression ability of female students of Neyriz first-grade school students, Payam-e-Moshaver Quarterly, 4th year; 7. Hansson K, Lundbland A, 2006.Couple Therapy: Effectiveness of treatment and long term follow up . Journal of family Therapy; 28;136-152 Hastings R P , 2003.Child behavior problem and parental mental health us correlates of stress in mothers and fathers of children with autism –intellect disable Research;47 (4); 231-237. 240 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Kahrazei F, 2001. Investigation of the influence of teaching problem-solving skills on reducing depression in students aged 15-18 in iran, Zahedan City. Master degree thesis, Tehran TarbiyatMoallem University. KaramiChangizini Z, 2010. Relationship between sexual tendency and problem-solving skills and anger among Arak Islamic Azad University students, Master degree thesis, Arak Islamic Azad University. Karasel N, aydon O , Thzer M, 2010. the relationship between mathematics anxiety and mathematical problem solving among primary school students, proceed : a social and behavioral sciences; 2; 584-58-7. Metallidou, P, 2009. pre- service and in – service teacer's metacognitive knowledge about problem solving strategies . Journal teaching and teacher Education; 25; 76-82. Mir Kheshti F ,1996. Investigation of relationship between satisfaction with marital life and psychological health, payam-e-Moshaver quarterly, fifth year; 8. Monadi M, 2006. Family sociology, analysis of every day life and family internal atmosphere.iran, Tehran: Danjeh. NavvabiNejad S, 2007. Consultancy and marriage and family therapy.iran, Tehran: Association of Teachers and Parents. Sanayee B, 2000. Scales for measuring family and marriage. Sayers Sl, Kohen CN, Fresco BM, Ballanch AE, 2002. Effect of solving skills trainingin marital conflict and depression. Journal of Addictions and offender counseling; 22(2); 88-91. Turner, NE, Macdonald J, Somerset M, 2008. Life skills, Mathematic all reasoning and critical thinking: Acurricul for prevention of problem gambling. Journal of Gambling Studies New York; 24(3); 367- 380. Veisi A, 2005. Investigation of the influence of teaching body language techniques on marital satisfaction, Master degree thesis,Iran,Tehran; Allamehtabatabayee University. Vincent.J P, Wises R L, Gray R, 2006. A behavioral analysis of problem solving in distressed and nondistessed marriage and stranger dyads . Behavior Therapy; 6(4); 475-487. Victoria W, Karina W, Rainer K S, 2009. The life skills program IPSY: Positive influences on school bonding and prevention of substance misuse. Journal of Adolescence; 32(6);2011-1401. Witkin ,S,1983. Group training in marital communication .Journal of Marriage and The Family;45 241 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 242-246, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications Relationship between attachment styles and social trust among the college students studying in Bu Ali Sina University of Hamedan City Maryam Abdolahi Moghadam*1, Abolghasem Yaghobi2, Galavizh Alizadeh3 1-Phd student of educational psychology, Bu Ali Sina University, Hamedan City, Iran 2- Associate Professor, Bu Ali Sina University, Hamedan City, Iran 3- Phd student of educational psychology, Bu Ali Sina University, Hamedan City, Iran Abstract Scientific interactions follow the pattern of informal relationship in academic environments and the fundamental foundation is social trust that must be laid in such relationships. Hence, the research purpose is to investigate the relationship between attachment styles and social trust among the students studying in Bu Ali Sina University of Hamedan City. The research sample included 200 university students (90 male students and 110 female students) who were selected through multi-stratified cluster sampling and filled out the attachment styles and social trust questionnaires. The data were analyzed using Pearson correlation and t-test by SPSS19. Results indicated that there is significant positive relationship between secure attachment style, ambivalent attachment style and social trust of students. However, no significant relationship was observed between male and female students. Overall, results indicated that secure attachment style should be strengthened in adults to enhance their social trust. Keywords: attachment style, social trust, college students Introduction One of the most fundamental issues of today’s society and very crucial aspects of human life is the social trust. This concept is related to many of the variables which is desirable for humans. In a personal level, individuals who believe that other people are more trustworthy are more probable to be optimistic about the future, more altruistic and more active in social participations, more hopeful of changing their lives and happier (Soroush, 2011). In a social level, less problems and more welfare are experienced in both cities and countries in which people trust each other more. Trust means individual’s good opinion of other people of the society that can facilitate his/her social relationship with others (Allah Yar Ahmadi, 2013). For want of a better word, trust is the individual’s tendency for acceptance and risking in a social setting that is based on this hypothesis that others will behave supportively and predictably. Most the primary viewpoints of social trust infer that we learn the basic trust in living with our parents not in later stages of life and in mutual relationship with others (Yoslaner, 2000; cited in Ghadimi, 2007). In fact, trust is influenced by individuals’ primary learning in close relationship with their parents. Here, the concept of attachment can be advanced. Attachment is the quality of the relationship with significant others or stable emotional ties with parents and peers (Nelis & Rae, 2008). Bowlby (1980) states that infant’s experience with his/her care giver leads to the growth of functional models from self and others in relationships. These models are International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 exhibited in emotional behaviors and states that can continue throughout adulthood and form the expectations in terms of future relationship (Wearden et al, 2008). In this relationship, a triple model of attachment styles has been introduced that includes secure attachment style, avoidant insecure attachment style and ambivalent insecure attachment style (Stroebe et al, 2006). Secure attached individuals have more trustful beliefs of others (Laible, 2007). Therefore, secure and insecure attachment styles are influential on the nature of social trust. In secure individuals, the threat appraisal brings the care givers’ positive interactions’ thoughts and feelings into mind. In insecure individuals, the threat appraisal can trigger negative, painful and cold feelings that were experienced during childhood (Kesidy & Shiver, 2008). According to the theory of attachment, the child shapes his/her mental models of self and others based on the responses that mother or primary care givers have provided for the child during the early years of life and these models act as a guide in relationship with intimate others in later years of life (Tagay & Karates, 2012). In previous studies on social trust, components such as social relationships, security and social acceptance were significantly correlated with social trust (Abbas Zadeh, 2004 and Salehi Amir, 2008). The results of the research by Amiri et al (2011) on the relationship between attachment styles and social skills have indicated that there is significant and positive relationship between secure attachment style and social skills. Moreover, significant and negative relationship was reported between insecure-avoidant attachment style, insecure-ambivalent attachment style and social skills. Moreover, the results of the research by Oglman & Seven (2012) on the relationship between attachment styles and peers’ relationship indicated that attachment styles have significant predictive effects on the variables of relationship with peers. According to the theory of attachment and its related studies (Shiver & Hazen, 1998; Micolinser and Shiver, 2003, cited in Ayrez et al, 2007), the function of attachment system is of crucial importance in the perception of individual differences in social behavior, including assistance, helping others and providing welfare (Ayrez et al, 2007) that are reflected in all the components of social trust. With regard to the aforementioned literature, the importance of social trust and its significance and status is crystal clear in academic interactions. Scientific interactions follow the pattern of informal relationship in academic environments and the fundamental foundation is social trust that must be laid in such relationships Method and materials The research sample included 200 university students (90 male students and 110 female students) in the age range of 20 to 30 who were selected through multi-stratified cluster sampling and filled out the attachment styles and social trust questionnaires. The research tools included two questionnaires that are described as following: Attachment styles questionnaire was designed and developed by Shiver & Hazen (1987) (cited in Mir Hashemi and Nikkhou, 2007). This questionnaire encompasses three descriptive phrases about individual’s feelings about intimate relationship with others, each of which is indicative of three attachment styles (secure, avoidant and ambivalent). Each subject should select one of the descriptions that best describes his/her feelings in intimate and close relationships. The content validity of this questionnaire is acceptable and all the contents of the items are congruent with structural concepts of attachment theory and its interactive expansion in adults’ relationships. The test-retest reliability of the questionnaire in a one-month time interval equaled .82 which is acceptable (Mirhashemi and Nikkhou, 2007). Social trust questionnaire is a 25-item questionnaire that was designed and developed by Saffari Niya and Sharif (2010) based on the five components of trust, cooperative tendencies, clarity, honesty and assurance. The reliability of the total questionnaire using Cronbach alpha was equal to .954. The Cronbach alpha for the five components equaled .971, .971, .969, and .967, respectively. Results with regard to the validity of the questionnaire and analysis of the main components indicated that there exists only one factor that explains 52.92 percent of the variance and this factor is the first question. 243 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Results and findings The mean, standard deviation and correlation coefficient have been reported in table 1. Moreover, the mean, standard deviation and correlation coefficients and significance level of the subscales of attachment styles have been demonstrated in table 2. Table 1- Mean, standard deviation and correlation coefficients of the variables variables mean Social trust Attachment style *P<.05 95.35 36.67 Standard deviation 7.27 6.93 1 2 3 .273 - - **P<.01 As observed in table 1, there exists significant and positive correlation between social trust and attachment style (r=.273, P<.001). Therefore, the first hypothesis is confirmed. Table 2- Mean, standard deviation and correlation coefficients of the subscales of attachment style Variables mean 1 2 95.35 14.24 Standard deviation 7.27 3.10 Social trust Secure attachment style Avoidant attachment style Ambivalent attachment style *P<.05 3 4 .12 - 10.91 3.33 .01 -.39** - 11.52 4.64 .30** .11 .34 - **P<.01 As observed in table 2, no significant correlation is observed between social trust and avoidant attachment style (r=.01, P>.05). However, significant relationship is observed between social trust and secure attachment style (r=.20, P>.05). Furthermore, social trust and ambivalent attachment style are significantly and positively correlated to one another (r=.30, P<.01). The results of independent t-test for determining the difference between the girls and boys on the studied variables have been presented in table 3. Table 3- Comparison of social trust and attachment style in male and female college students variable Social trust Attachment style mean Standard deviation girls boys girls boys 95.47 37.07 95.16 36.06 7.69 7.25 6.61 6.40 t Degree of freedom Level of significance .1 .29 198 198 .31 .77 As observed in table 3, no significant between-group difference is observed in the two variables of social trust (t=.1 and P<.31) and attachment style (t=.29 and P<.77). Based on the comparison of the 244 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 two groups, it can be concluded that girls score higher on social trust and attachment style and therefore, the research hypothesis is rejected. Discussion and conclusion The research purpose was to investigate the relationship between attachment styles and social trust among the students studying in Bu Ali Sina University of Hamedan City. The results of the present research indicated the significant correlation between social trust and attachment styles. This finding is in line with the results of the research carried out by Ogelman and Seven (2012) and Ayrez et al (2007). However, no significant between-group difference was observed and girls only scored higher on avoidant attachment styles. Therefore, the component of trust is predictable by the secure or insecure attachment styles in them. Trusting others is feelings of security in establishing relationship with others and more positive and secure attachment style will be reflected in the future relationships of adults as positive reflections. In the present research, ambivalent attachment style was also found to be positively correlated to trust. This finding is consistent with the results of the research by Amiri et al (2011). Feelings of doubt and dubiousness (ambivalence) can be attributed to the nature of trusting and cultural differences of students that influence their viewpoints based on their schemas and cultural norms. Therefore, social trust is formed in the process of socialization, learnt during childhood and continues to exist throughout life. In addition, personal experiences of adulthood are effective in its formation and special attention should be devoted to strengthening secure attachment style in the interpersonal relationships of students. It’s recommended that this research be carried out on larger and more diverse samples and other important factors on social trust be investigated. For want of a better word, it’s proposed that the status of trusting in the framework of cultural differences (Kurdish, Turkish and Lor) and the methods of social trust based on its components be investigated in each culture. References Abbas Zadeh M, 2004. The influential factors on the formation of social trust of college students. Journal of Social Welfare. 4(15). Allah Yar Ahmadi R, 2013. Investigation the Role and Effect of Social Trust in Societies Based on Sociological Theories. Journal of Procedia – Social and Behavioral Sciences, 82. 780 – 783. Amiri S, Jahanbakhsh M, Bahadori M H, Molavi H, Jamshidi, A 2011. Relationship between attachment styles and social skills of students in Allameh Tabatabai University. Proceeding of the first Congress of Social Psychology. Iran: Tehran. Bret S L, Janaki G, Nelson D L, Little L M, 2009. Secure attachment: implications for hope, trust, burnout, and performance. Journal of Organizational Behavior. 30(2): 233–247. Cassidy J, Shaver P, 2008. Handbook of attachment: theory, research, and clinical applications. The Guilford Press. Delgado-Márquez B L, Hurtado-Torres N E, Aragón-Correa J A. 2013. On the measurement of interpersonal trust transfer: Proposal OF INDEXES. Journal of Social Indicators Research. 3(1): 433-449. Erez A, Mikulincer M, Marinus, Ijzendoorn H V, Kroonenberg P M, 2008. Attachment, personality, and volunteering: Placing volunteerism in an attachment-theoretical framework. Journal of Personality and Individual Differences. 44: 64–74. Ghadimi M, 2007. An investigation into social trust and its contributory factors among the students of Zanjan University. Journal of Humanities. 53: 325-356. Laible D, 2007. Attachment with parents and peers in late adolescence: Links with emotional competence and social behavior. Journal of Personality and Individual Differences. 43: 1185–1197. Mir Hashemi M, Nikkhou, M R, 2007. Attachment styles and relational deprivations. Journal of Applied Psychology. 2(5). Ogelman H G, Seven S, 2012. Investigating preschool children’s attachment styles and peer relationships. Journal of Procedia – Social and Behavioral Sciences. 47: 765 – 770. 245 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Soroush M, 2011. Individual and social responsibility, altruism and social trust. Applied Sociology. 26(2): 193-211. Stroebe M, Schut H, Stroebe W, 2006. Who benefits from disclosure? Exploration of attachment style differences in the effects of expressing emotions. Journal of Clinical Psychology Review. 26: 66– 85. Tagay O, Karataş Z, 2012. An Investigation of Attachment Styles of College Students. Journal of Procedia – Social and Behavioral Sciences. 47: 745 – 750. Wearden A, Peters I, Berry K, Barrowclough C, Liversidge T, 2008. Adult attachment, parenting experiences, and core beliefs about self and others. Journal of Personality and Individual Differences. 44: 1246–1257. 246 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 247-255, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications The Effectiveness of the Treatment Program on Reading, and Feeling Toward Reading in Dyslexia Student Zeinab Mihandoost Associate Professor of Psychology, Department of Psychology, Ilam Branch, Islamic AZAD University, ILAM, IRAN Abstract This research dealt with the effects of the Persian adapted Barton Reading and Spelling System on reading self-concept, reading motivation, reading attitude and reading skills. The study included 64 students with dyslexia. Half of them were studying in grade four and the others were in grade five in a public elementary school in Ilam, Iran. The subjects were randomly assigned equally to two groups, namely the control and the experimental groups with each group consisting of 32 dyslexic students. The Persian adapted Barton Reading and Spelling system was used as the research intervention for the experimental group. The scales for reading attitude, reading self-concept, reading motivation, and reading skills were employed for the measurement of the respective items, namely reading attitude, reading self-concept, reading motivation and reading skills. Pre and post-scores were analyzed using repeated measure ANOVA and multipart analysis of variance. The results indicated significant differences for reading self-concept, reading attitude, reading motivation and reading skills between the control and experimental groups after the Persian adapted Barton Reading and Spelling System. It was found that the experimental group in this study after the Persian adapted Barton Reading and Spelling system positively developed reading self-concepts, reading attitude, reading motivation, and reading skills. This implies the need for teachers to pay particular attention to the students with dyslexia in the classroom when designing activities that promote reading self-concept, reading attitude, reading motivation and reading skills enhancement. Teachers should devise appropriate strategies in order to make reading more interesting and rewarding for the students with dyslexia. This study supports the importance of the Persian adapted Barton Reading and Spelling system in academic performance. It suggests that reading success can be achieved if the affective needs of students with dyslexia are taken into consideration when reading instruction is given to such students. Keyword: Reading, treatment, dyslexia, attitude, self-concept, motivation Introduction Dyslexia has probably always been present during the history of humankind, even before writing systems were developed. It is possible to imagine a caveman who is unable to understand the paintings in a cave depicting predators, venturing outside only to be devoured by a beast. The primary reference of the term dyslexia occurred in 1872 by a physician called R.Berlin of Stuttgart, Germany. He used the term to describe the case of an adult with acquired dyslexia, that is, loss of reading ability due to a brain lesion. Nevertheless, the history of developmental dyslexia began more than one hundred years ago in Britain, and after that the main core of the study of dyslexia moved from Britain to the United States (Pisecco, Wristers, Swank, Silva, & Baker, 2001). The majority of students with learning disability encounter problems in one or several basic skills. Dyslexia is one of the common issues among students with learning disability. Researches indicated that throughout the world, the majority of people (80 percent) with learning disability have dyslexia (Lerner, 2006; Shaywitz, 2003). Dyslexic students’ failure causes them to be less motivated toward reading. These students embrace more negative self-concepts (Chapman, Tunmer, & Prochnow, 2000), feel more helpless (Valas, 1999), and avoid reading behaviors (Salonen, Lepola, & Niemi, 1998) more frequently than other students. Studies since a few examples have shown that dyslexic students have problems related to motivation, attitude, self-concept and reading skills. Motivation is the powers that energizes and straight one’s drive to complete aims. Students need to have a strong desire to learn in school because many aspects of International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 academic learning require persistent, hard work over a long period of time. Students with learning disability may appear to be unmotivated, while their lack of motivation may actually result from chronic academic failure (McGrady, Learner, & Boscardin, 2001). Moreover, the process of losing motivation often begins when they start to first doubt their own intellectual ability. Then, they start to judge their efforts in trying to gain achievements as futile, eventually asking themselves the question of “why try if you know you are going to fail?”. Therefore, after encountering repeated failures in the classroom, these students begin to develop negative attitudes about school learning. Consequently, they have fewer opportunities to experience personal control over their learning outcomes and eventually begin to doubt that they are in control of their academic destinies (McGrady et al., 2001; Schmid & Evans, 1998). The elementary schools in Ilam, Iran, are facing a serious problem related to a number of dyslexic students who are unable to apply reading skills. This problem is not addressed in usual classrooms by means of basic readers, straight phonics, and whole words (Dyslexia Research Institute, 2003). Students diagnosed with dyslexia need quality intervention programs that are intentionally designed to meet their specific needs. In this study, students are receiving an intervention program based on a Persian version of the Barton Reading and Spelling System. This program systematically teaches letter-sounds, letter words identification, fluency, and understanding phrases and it attempts to reduce the reading problems in students with dyslexia. Earlier studies indicated that the reading problem is directly related to negative attitudes toward reading, low reading self-concept and low motivation toward reading (Bender & Wall, 1994; Elbaum & Vaughn, 2001; Hogg & Vaughan, 2002; Bender & Wall, 1994). However, students with dyslexia may not have the essential reading words, and they may not employ phrases. Objective: To determine the effectiveness of the Persian adapted Barton Reading and Spelling System in improving reading skills, reading selfconcept, reading attitude and reading self-concept of the students with dyslexia in the elementary schools. Research Question: Does the Persian adapted Barton Reading and Spelling System improve reading skills, reading self-concept, reading attitude and reading self-concept of the students with dyslexia in the elementary schools? Hypothesis: There is a statistically significant difference in reading skills, reading self-concept, reading attitude and reading self-concept of students with dyslexia before and after the Persian adapted Barton Reading and Spelling System in the experimental group. Significance of the study: The results of this research will provide significant and important information for dyslexic students, teachers, parents, and learning disability centers, the Ministry of Education and experts in education as well as speech and language pathologists. Parents and teachers should be communicating about the dyslexic child’s progress, and as such the Barton Program being implemented should be used both at home and in school. By teaching the child at home in the same way they are being taught in school, they will have a greater chance of success when it comes to reading. The consistent use of this program will make them more familiar to the child, increasing the chance that the child will use them when trying to read. The Barton approach helps students to learn through the use of all their senses, thus the student’s learning skills (read, spell and write) can be improved. Learning disability centers could play the main and important role for evaluation of dyslexic students referred to them. Therefore, a general view could be planned by analyzing and interpreting the reading and writing errors of the dyslexic students and through awareness of the kinds of dyslexia involved. The Ministry of Education and experts in the field of education could use the results of the current survey to plan teaching strategies, especially in training of reading for dyslexic students in elementary schools while teachers can help dyslexic students if they are familiar with their characteristics of these dyslexic students. Speech and language pathologists: Based on this research, the findings can be useful for speech and language pathologists as well because these students could be categorized according to the different characteristics in their reading and the analysis of the weak or strong points of their performance and consequently, it can help to guide these people in developing the appropriate plan for the therapeutic program. Research Design This study employed experimental design with pretest-posttest control group. This design includes two independent groups of participants. The experimental group receives intervention program between the pretest and posttest. Control group also receives the pretest and posttest but does not receive the intervention program. The pretest and posttest are given to the participants in the experimental and control groups at the same time intervals. Based this design if the pretest affected the performances of participants on the posttest, researcher would expect to find a difference between pretest and posttest scores in both groups. The same could be said for the effects of any other events, unrelated to treatment that might occur between the pretest and posttest administrations: they would be expected to affect the two groups similarly. If researcher found a difference between the pretest and posttest scores in the experimental group then would be justified in concluding that treatment (Bordens & Abbott, 2011). 248 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Threats to internal validity The threats to internal validity are monitored by this design which acts as follows: 1. History: There is possibility for many incidents to happen between O1 and O2 apart from x to cause the differences in the results. If the time lapse between O1 and O2, becomes longer, it is more probable that history will turn into a threat. The control procedure is that the shared history incidents that possibly played a significant role in the O1 and O2 effects in experimental group could also give rise to the O1 and O2 effects in control group. In this research, the solution to history is the randomization of experimental occasions (i.e., balanced in terms of experimenter, time of day, week, and so on). 2. Maturation: Between O1 and O2, students have possibly grown up or the internal conditions have probably altered and so the resulting differences would be related to these changes as opposed to x, and will equally become known in both the intervention and control groups. 3. Testing: The impact of the pretest might affect the results of the posttest and it will equally become known in both the intervention and control groups. 4. Mortality: The differences between O1 and O2 might be related to the rate of dropouts from a certain experimental group, which will result in inequality in the groups. There is an equal rate of mortality in both groups. The contribution of mortality to the results of the experiment cannot be definitely determined because even in the occurrence of mortality, the possibility of complex interactions makes the effects of dropout rates different in both groups. However, both groups should have similar conditions. Population: In this study, the students of the fourth and fifth grades with dyslexia, at first, were identified by using a questionnaire called the “Dyslexia Screening Instrument” or DSI, and two 100-word passages from their textbooks with 10 comprehension questions were selected and assigned to the students to read aloud. Their marks were then scrutinized in the first semester, and it was found that their marks were lower than their counterparts. To examine their IQ, Raven’s Progress Matrix test was performed, and the students with an average IQ higher than 90 made up the population of this research. Researcher assessing IQ in students with dyslexia because she must be sure this students have normal or above normal IQ and they are not slow learner. Finally 138 dyslexic students in the fourth and fifth grades in elementary school in Ilam, Iran were selected. The population included 40 male and 38 female fifth grades students, and 37 male and 22 female fourth grade students. Their age ranged from 10 to 12 years. Sample size: In this study researcher employed both random selection and random assignment. It is possible to have both random selection and assignment in a study. This research investigated the population of students at the fourth and fifth grade in Ilam, Iran. Ilam city has 138 dyslexic students in the fourth and fifth grades. The procedure of sampling followed four steps as elaborated below. In the first step, the researcher randomly listed the dyslexic students in Ilam, Iran. In the second step each student in the list was coded from 1 to 138. In the third step, using a table of sample size, 64 dyslexic students were selected as the study’s sample. That is random selection. Therefore, the study investigated 64 dyslexic students which were randomly assign into two groups. That is random assignment. The experimental group consisted of 32 dyslexic students who qualified to participate in the Persian adapted Barton Reading and Spelling System. The control group also consisted of 32 dyslexic students. Procedures: The students with dyslexia were identified on February, 2010 with Dyslexia Screening Instrument, 100-word passages from their textbooks with 10 comprehension questions and their marks were scrutinized in the first semester. After that employed pilot study for determine reliability in Persian version of reading attitude, reading self-concept, reading motivation and reading scales. Pilot study comes out from 1st to 10th March, 2010. Following determine reliability for Persian version of scales, researcher utilized pretest for experimental and control groups. The next step after determine pretest, students participate in intervention program one-to-one. In this study students received intervention program by four bachelor psychology as a tutors. Tutors received two weeks Persian adapted Barton Reading and Spelling System. Students were taken from class on an individual basis for approximately 45 minutes three times a week during 12 weeks intervention program. Students completed the intervention program, on Jun, 2010. After completed intervention program both experimental and control groups received the posttest that similar to the pretest, this was conducted one-to-one by the researcher. The researcher who collected the data was a female psychology doctoral student and she had two assistants. 249 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Data collection: Before data collection was carried out, a permission letter was forwarded to the educational office in Ilam province, Iran. After that, the Reading Attitude, Reading Self-Concept, Reading Motivation, Reading Fluency, Reading Comprehension and Letter-Word Identification were administered before and after the study. The pretest and posttest occurred during the school year. The researcher administered the test individually. The testing location was in a small room located next to the students’ classroom. The posttest was administered after the end of the 12 week intervention program. The posttest employed for experimental and control groups and were administered the same conditions as the pretest. Instruments: Nine instruments were utilized in this research. They are as follows: 1) the Dyslexia Screening Instrument (DSI), 2) Letter-Word Identification, 3) Reading Fluency, 4) Passage Comprehension, 5) Attitude, 6) Self-concept, 7) Motivation 8) Raven’s Progressive Matrices, and 9) Reading Text. Barton Intervention Program: Based on the Barton Reading and Spelling System and Barton website, the researcher devised a Persian version of Barton Reading and Spelling System. She also kept on corresponding with Susan Barton via e-mail ([email protected]). The next step after making the Persian version of the Barton Reading and Spelling System was to send it to three professors of Persian literature to make the necessary corrections based on the Persian alphabet. Finally, the Persian version of the Barton Reading and Spelling System was ready to use in the elementary schools. Following the Barton Reading and Spelling System (2000) and Barton’s website (http://www.bartonreading.com), the researcher describes the Barton Reading and Spelling System. The Barton Reading and Spelling System (BRSS) is a program which has been inspired by an Orton-Gillingham simultaneously multisensory, clear, and organized phonics program. Every one of these components is defined on Barton’s website. With the use of the students’ visual, auditory, tactile, and kinesthetic senses, the BRSS employs simultaneous multisensory instruction in the learning process. In the Barton Reading and Spelling program, the teacher teaches the rules of the written language one by one to the students until they learn both the reading skill and the spelling of the words. After one rule is taught, the second one follows. So it can be said that the BRSS follows a direct and clear education. It is a cumulative and systematic program. That is to say, first, the teachers present the rules which are basic to make the ground for the written language and then upon these rules they add more rules. This continues until the students can automatically and fluently apply the rules in spelling and reading. Before new rules are given, the old ones are reviewed to be reinforced in the students. The purpose of this cumulative and systematic process is to assist the students in understanding the notion that every one of these rules is logically justifiable in the English language. The Barton program utilizes two items. The first one is the synthetic phonics. Here, based on the individual sounds and letters, the student builds words. The second one is analytic phonics. This refers to the process in which a student is taught to break down the longer words into its component letters and sounds.In addition, the teacher continuously applies diagnostic training in order to evaluate the student’s knowledge of the rules and ability in the application of the rules. In this process, the student gets involved in a dialog where he or she has to explain how a word is spelled and pronounced and why a certain rule is applied The role of the teacher in the situations where the student makes a mistake is to help him or her work out to find the problem and try to solve it. Results: Based on Mann and Prem (2001), the basic assumptions of repeated measure ANOVA are: The variance of the populations are equal (this is determined by Levene’s Test of Homogeneity of variance). In this study, based on Table 1 Levene’s Test of Homogeneity of variance is assumed. Also, the groups or samples drawn from different populations are random and independent. In this study, groups and samples are randomly assigned. In the repeated measure ANOVA, if the observed significance level is equal or greater than .05 levels, then the researcher cannot reject the H0, or H0 is true. This means that the researcher does not have significant evidence to suspect that the variances are unequal. This implies that the variances are the same. In addition, in this study based on Table 1, repeated measure ANOVA is the appropriate inferential statistic for comparing the means of the population or groups. Table 1: Levene's test of Homogeneity of Variances Pretest df1 250 df2 F Posttest df1 p df2 F p Reading Self-Concept 1 59 .15 .70 1 59 .11 .47 Reading Attitude 1 59 .10 .15 1 59 .35 .44 Motivation toward Reading 1 59 .15 .70 1 59 .003 .96 Reading Comprehension 1 59 .20 .66 1 59 .2.38 .13 phonic 1 59 .04 .84 1 59 1.02 .32 Reading Fluency 1 59 .51 .48 1 59 .2.10 .15 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Table 1 illustrated that Levene's test of Homogeneity of Variances. This table showed that the two groups did not differ on either the pretest, or the posttest score. Therefore the homogeneity of variances assumption was met on pretest and posttest scores. As previously described, the first hypothesis was “There is a significant difference in overall reading selfconcept between the experimental and the control groups.” The repeated measures ANOVA was performed to find a significant treatment effect for the reading self-concept. The summary of analysis for repeated measure ANOVA are presented in below. Table 2: Mean and SD of Reading Self-Concept for Control and Experimental Groups Pretest M (SD) Conditions Posttest M (SD) n Control Group 83.63(13.71) 86.63 (26.06) 30 Experimental Group 82.65(14.21) 104.06(13.12) 31 Table 2 shows the mean and standard deviation of reading self-concept for the experimental and control groups. In addition Table 2 demonstrated the increase from pretest (M=82.64, SD=14.21) to post-test (M=104.06, SD=13.12) in reading self-concept scores for experimental group but not for the control group. Table 3: Repeated Measure ANOVA for Reading Self-Concept Between Subjects Group (G) Error SS df MS F p ŋ 1030.52 11002.06 1 59 1030.52 186.48 5.53 .05 .10 Within Subjects Test (T) 4545.6 1 4545.6 18.65 .001 .24 TxG 2586.26 1 2586.26 10.61 .001 .15 Error 14376.77 59 243.67 Table 3 shows the results of repeated measure ANOVA for reading self-concept. The between subjects data in Table 3 shows significant difference between the control and experimental groups, F (1, 59) = 5.53, p = .05. The within subjects data in Table 3 shows a significant difference between the two testing periods, F (1, 59) = 18.65, p= .001. There is a medium effect size (η = .24). Based on Gravetter and Wallnau (2009), ŋ=.01 shows small effect, ŋ=.09 medium effect and ŋ=.25 large effect. Table 3 also shows significant interaction between the test period and group, F (1, 59) = 10.61, p = .001. As previously described, the second hypothesis was “There is a significant difference in overall reading attitude between the experimental and the control groups.” The repeated measure ANOVA was performed to examine the treatment effect for the reading attitude. The summaries of analysis for repeated measure ANOVA are illustrated in below. Table 4: Mean and SD of Reading Attitude for Control and Experimental Groups Conditions Pretest Posttest M (SD) M (SD) n Control Group 47.67 (7.56) 48.07 (12.26) 30 Experimental Group 47.26 (6.99) 67.52 (5.03) 31 Table 4 shows the mean and standard deviation of reading attitude for the experimental and control groups. As illustrated in Table 4 an increase from pretest (M=47.26, SD=6.99) to post-test (M=67.52, SD=5.03) in reading attitude for experimental group but not for the control group. Table 5: Repeated Measure ANOVA for Reading Attitude Between Subjects Group (G) Error Within Subjects Test (T) 251 SS df MS F p ŋ 1381.87 1 1381.87 43.41 .001 .42 1878.32 59 1878.32 3253.14 1 3253.14 42.79 .001 .42 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 GxT 3006.06 1 3006.06 39.54 .001 .40 Error 4485.57 59 76.03 Table 5 shows the results of repeated measure ANOVA for reading attitude. The between subjects data in Table 5 shows significant difference between the control and experimental groups, F (1, 59) = 43.41, p = .001. The within subjects data in Table 5 shows a significant difference between the two testing periods, F (1, 59) = 42.79, p= .001. There is a large effect size (η = .42). According to Gravetter and Wallnau (2009), ŋ=.01 small effect, ŋ=.09 medium effect and ŋ=.25 large effect. Table 5 also shows significant interaction between the test period and group, F (1, 59) = 39.54, p = .001. As previously described, the third hypothesis was “There is a significant difference in overall motivation toward reading between the experimental and the control groups.” The repeated measure ANOVA was employed to compare the intervention program on dyslexic students’ motivation toward reading. Table 6: Mean and SD of Motivation toward Reading for Control and Experimental Groups Conditions Control Group Experimental Group Pretest Posttest M (SD) M (SD) n 120.37 (14.78) 120 (16.62) 121.43 (16.96) 148.52 (16.57) 30 31 Table 6 shows the mean and standard deviation of motivation toward reading for the experimental and control groups. As shows in Table 6, there was an increase from pretest (M=120, SD=16.62) to post-test (M=148.52, SD=16.57) in motivation toward reading for the experimental group but not for the control group. Table 7: Repeated Measure ANOVA for Motivation toward Reading SS df MS F p ŋ Between Subjects Group (G) Error Within Subjects 2720.45 9857.61 1 59 2720.45 167.08 16.28 .001 .22 Test (T) GxT Error 6671.16 5743.69 11500.8 1 1 59 6671.16 5743.69 194.93 34.22 29.47 .001 .001 .37 .33 Table 7 shows the results of repeated measure ANOVA for motivation toward reading. The between subjects data in Table 7 shows significant difference between the control and experimental groups, F (1, 59) = 16.28, p = .001. The within subjects data in Table 7 shows a significant difference between the two testing periods, F (1, 59) = 34.22, p= .001. There is a large effect size (η = .37). According to Gravetter and Wallnau (2009), ŋ=.01 shows small effect, ŋ=.09 shows medium effect and ŋ=.25 shows large effect. Table 7 also shows significant interaction between the test period and group, F (1, 59) = 29.47, p = .001. Multivariate analysis of variance and repeated measures ANOVA were used to distinguish the differences for the mean scores of the reading skills (comprehension, phonics, and fluency). Hypothesis number four was “There is a significant difference in overall reading skills (comprehension, phonic, fluency) between the experimental and the control groups”. For this hypothesis, multivariate analysis of variance was employed, and also in this study repeated measure ANOVA was used to analyses the three constructions in reading skills which are comprehension, phonic, and fluency. The results of a Multivariate analysis of variance are illustrated in below. Table 8: Mean and SD of Reading Skills for Control and Experimental Groups Conditions Pretest Posttest M (SD) M (SD) n Control Group 40.51 (10.38) 41.25 (10.94) 30 Experimental Group 40.68 (9.82) 49.32 (8.48) 31 Table 8 shows the mean and standard deviation of reading skills for the experimental and control groups. As shows in Table 8, there was an increase from pretest (M=40.68, SD=9.82) to post-test (M=49.32, SD=8.48) in reading skills for the experimental group but not for the control group. 252 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Table 9: Pretest Multivariate Analysis of Variance for Reading Skills Test value F p Pillai's .001 .02 .99 Wilks' .998 .02 .99 Hotelling's .001 .02 .99 Roy's .001 .02 .99 Table 9 shows the multivariate analysis of variance which shows no significant difference in reading skills before the Persian Adapted Barton program. Table 10: Posttest Multivariate Analysis of Variance for Reading Skills Test value F p Pillai's 971 6.31 .001 Wilks' .029 6.31 .001 Hotelling's 33.21 6.31 .001 Roy's 33.21 6.31 .001 Table 10 shows the multivariate analysis of variance after the Persian Adapted Barton Program. This table also shows a significant treatment effect for the reading skills (Phonic, fluency and comprehension). Table 11: Mean and SD of Reading Comprehension for Control and Experimental Groups Conditions Pretest Posttest M (SD) M (SD) n Control Group 27.07 (8.70) 27.67 (9.12) 30 Experimental Group 27.23 (9.57) 34.35 (7.26) 31 Table 11 shows the mean and standard deviation of reading comprehension for the experimental and control groups. Furthermore, Table 11 demonstrated an increase from pretest (M=27.23, SD=9.57) to post-test (M=34.35, SD=7.26) in reading comprehension for the experimental group but not for the control group. Table 12: Repeated Measure ANOVA for Reading Comprehension Between Subjects Group (G) Error SS df MS F p ŋ 178.70 4152.35 1 59 178.70 70.38 2.54 .12 .04 Within Subject Test (T) 455.38 1 455.38 41.06 .001 .41 GxT 324.95 1 324.95 29.30 .001 .33 Error 654.34 59 11.09 Table 12 shows the results of repeated measure ANOVA for reading comprehension which is a construct for reading skills. The between subjects data in Table 12 shows no significant difference between the control and the experimental groups, F (1, 59) = 2.54, p = .12. The within subjects data in Table 12 shows a significant difference between the two testing periods, F (1, 59) = 41.06, p= .001. There is a large effect size (η = .41). According to Gravetter and Wallnau (2009), ŋ=.01 shows small effect, ŋ=.09 shows medium effect and ŋ=.25 shows large effect. Table 12 also shows significant interaction between the test period and group, F (1, 59) = 29.30, p = .001. Table 13: Mean and SD of Phonic for Experimental and Control Groups Conditions Pretest Posttest M (SD) M (SD) n Control Group 42.47 (10.88) 42.77 (10.96) 30 Experimental Group 42.26 (9.92) 53.61 (9.38) 31 Table 13 shows the mean and standard deviation of phonic for the experimental and control groups. As well, Table 13 illustrated the increase in mean scores from pretest (M=42.26, SD=9.92) to post-test (M=53.61, SD=9.38) in phonic for experimental group but not for the control group. 253 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Table 14: Repeated Measure ANOVA for Phonic Between Subject Group (G) Error SS df MS F p ŋ 431.30 5876.71 1 59 431.30 99.61 4.33 .05 .07 Within Subjects Test 1035.47 1 1035.47 79.89 .001 .58 GxT 931.6 1 931.6 71.87 .001 .55 Error 764.7 59 12.96 Table 14 shows the results of repeated measure ANOVA for phonic which is a construct for reading skills. The between subjects data in Table 4.15 shows significant difference between the control and experimental groups, F (1, 59) = 4.33, p = .05. The within subjects data in Table 4.15 shows a significant difference between the two testing periods, F (1, 59) = 79.89, p = .001. There is a large effect size (η =. 58). According to Gravetter and Wallnau (2009), ŋ=.01 shows small effect, ŋ=.09 shows medium effect and ŋ=.25 shows large effect. Table 14 also shows significant interaction between the test period and group, F (1, 59) = 71.87, p = .001. Table 15: Mean and SD of Reading Fluency for Control and Experimental Groups Conditions Control Group Pretest Posttest M (SD) M (SD) n 52.03 (11.56) 53.33 (12.73) 30 Experimental Group 52.58 (9.82) 59.68 (8.81) 31 Table 15 shows the mean and standard deviation of reading fluency for the experimental and control groups. Also this table indicates an increase from pretest (M=52.58, SD=9.82) to post-test (M=59.67, SD=8.81) for reading fluency in the experimental group but not for the control group. Table 16: Repeated Measure ANOVA for Reading Fluency Between Subjects Group (G) Error Within Subject SS df MS F p ŋ 181.01 6615.73 1 59 181.01 112.13 1.61 .21 .03 Test (T) 537.46 1 537.46 55.2 .001 .48 GxT 256.15 1 256.15 26.31 .001 .31 Error 574.51 59 9.74 Table 16 shows the repeated measure ANOVA for reading fluency. The between subjects data in Table 16 shows no significant difference between the control and experimental groups, F (1, 59) = 1.61, p = .21. But the within subjects data in Table 16 shows a significant difference between the two testing periods, F (1, 59) = 55.2, p = .001. There is a large effect size (η =. 48). Discussion The research results show that the Persian Adapted Barton program improved the reading skills, motivation toward reading, reading attitude and reading self-concept of students with dyslexia. The students in the experimental group who received the Persian Adapted Barton Program showed better performance in reading attitude, reading self-concept, motivation toward reading and reading skills compared to the control group. With regard to reading skills, the students who had problems earlier could read better now. The control group did not improve which in motivation toward reading, reading attitude, reading self-concept and reading skills. The result revealed that the Persian Adapted Barton Program helped the dyslexic students in their reading skills. Upon completion of the Persian Adapted Barton Program, there were statistically significant increases in the dependent variables from pretest to posttest for the experimental group. Scores on reading self-concept, reading attitude, motivation toward reading and reading skills measures reflected statistically significant increase for students in the experimental group. All interaction effects were statistically significant and Groups x Test interaction effect sizes were 254 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 moderate for the experimental group. Phonic had the highest effect size (.55) and self-concept had the lowest (.15). Students in the experimental group increased their knowledge of reading skills and also increased positive reading self-concept, reading attitude, and motivation toward reading. This study illustrated that dyslexic students can significantly improve their reading self-concept, reading attitude, motivation toward reading and reading skills if they participate in the intervention program. The first research hypothesis is: There is a significant difference in overall reading self-concept between the experimental and the control groups. The first research hypothesis is accepted at p =.001. In this study, it is shown that the employment of the Persian Adapted Barton Program improved the reading self-concept of the students with dyslexia in the experimental group after the intervention program. The main purpose of this research is to investigate the reading skills of the fourth and fifth grade dyslexic students. One of the limitations of this study is the use of only one intervention program, while other intervention programs could also be applied to teach dyslexic students. Finally, it is concluded that the Persian Adapted Barton Program is a suitable program for students with dyslexia in Iran. In this study, the obtained results indicate that the Persian Adapted Barton Program is successful in improving reading skills in dyslexic students. The main objective of this research is the provision of an educational method based on the Persian Adapted Barton Program for the improvement of reading skills, motivation toward reading, reading attitude, and reading self-concept in dyslexic students in Ilam, Iran. It can be concluded that the intervention program was a suitable method for helping students with dyslexia. References Bordens, K. S., & Abbott, B. B. (2011). Research design and methods. A process Approach (Vol. 8). New York: McGraw-Hill. Chapman, W., Tunmer, E., & Prochnow, E. (2000). Study about reading skills, self-concept and progrss in school self-concept. Journal of Educational Psychology, 92, 703-708. Lerner, J. (2006). Learning disability and related disorder, characteristic and teaching strategy. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Mann, V., & Prem, S. (2001). Introductory Statistics (4 ed.). New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. McGrady, H., Learner, J., & Boscardin, M. (2001). The educational lives of students with disability. Boston: Allyn and Bacon. Pisecco, S., Wristers, K., Swank, P., Silva, P. A., & Baker, D. B. (2001). The effect of academic selfconcept on ADHD and antisocial behavior in students. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 34(5), 450-452. Salonen, P., Lepola, J., & Niemi, P. (1998). The development of first grad reading skills as a function of pre-school motivation orientation and phonemic awarencess. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 13, 155-174. Schmid, R., & Evans, W. (1998). Curriculum and instruction for students with emotional and behavioral disorder. Reston, VA: Council for children with Behvioral Disorders. Shaywitz, S. (2003). Overcoming dyslexia: A new science based program for reading problem. New York: Alfred A Knopf. Valas, H. (1999). Students with learning disability and less achieving student: peer acceptance, loneliness, self-esteem and depression. Social Psychology of Education, 3, 173-192. 255 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 256-260, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications Studying the Intentional Organizational Forgetting and its Dimensions in University of Sistan and Baluchestan 1 Mohammad Mahmoudvand Abdulwahab Pourghaz 2 1-MA of Educational Management, University of Sistan and Baluchestan, Zahedan, Iran 2- University of Sistan and Baluchestan, Zahedan, Iran Abstract The present research has been conducted to study intentional organizational forgetting and its dimensions in University of Sistan And Baluchestan. Method: the research method was surveyapplied type. Its statistical population includes all directors of educational and non-educational departments of University of Sistan And Baluchestan which was 89 persons. Since the sampling method was of census type, total statistical population (89 persons) was studied. Research instrument included researcher-made questionnaire with 14 questions and 5-choice Likert scale adapted from components of intentional organizational forgetting pattern provided by Holan, Philips, and Lawrence(2004) . Validity of the questionnaire was of content type and its reliability has been estimated using Cronbach's Coefficient Alpha. For statistical analysis of data, descriptive statistics and inferential statistics including one- Sample T Test, independent t-test and one-way ANOVA were used. Results of one- Sample T Test showed that all of the studied directors of University of Sistan and Baluchestan have mean of intentional organizational forgetting which is higher than medium level. It means that directors of the university have high intentional organizational forgetting. Results of independent t-test showed that there was significant difference between female directors and male directors in organizational forgetting. In other words, male directors apply more intentional organizational forgetting than the female directors. But results of independent t-test didn’t show Any significant difference between intentional organizational forgetting and education and also results of f test didn’t show significant difference between intentional organizational forgetting and records of directors. Results: all of the studied directors in University of Sistan and Baluchestan have mean of intentional organizational forgetting which is higher than medium level. It means that directors of the university have high intentional organizational forgetting. Keywords: organizational forgetting, Learning bleaching, bad habits avoidance Introduction Organizational forgetting is an important and vital phenomenon which has not been perceived well. Organizational forgetting was first discovered in a research on forgetting in psychology and is defined as process of giving up, substituting and decline of knowledge with emphasis on change of knowledge (Holan and Philips, 2004: 426). Organizational forgetting has potential to add new and important dimension to our understanding of organizational knowledge. According to Holan and Philips, 2004, organizational forgetting is ability to exclude out of date and inefficient knowledge intentionally and is regarded as an important part of knowledge in organizations (quoted from Haji Azizi et al., 2009: 329). Like organizational learning, organizational forgetting is not only an important form of learning but also complements learning (Jiang and Fu, 2010:2). Different researchers and scientists have emphasized International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 on importance of organizational forgetting and all have mentioned that organizational forgetting is very important vital phenomenon (Salvador, and Casanova, 1993; Bowker, 1997; Holan and Philips, 2004; Miller, 2004; Holan et al., 2004; Zeng, and Chen, C.(2010), Casey and Olivera, 2011; Smith, and Lyles, 2011). Holan and Philips( 2004) believe that organizations not only learn but also forget(quoted from Rabie and Moshabaki , 2009: 194). In fact , we always emphasize on learning and knowledge protection in organization but our ability to forget is important as well (Dipper , 2005: the same source ). In other words, organizational forgetting is as important as organizational learning. According to Holan and Philips(2004: 1611) , forgetting is an important management concern in today’s changing world. Types of Organizational Forgetting From The Viewpoint of Holan , Philips and Lawrence Holan , Philips and Lawrence(2004: 49) divide organizational forgetting into two general classes ; unintentional forgetting and intentional forgetting . Since the most important type of organizational forgetting is its intentionality from the strategic viewpoint, intentional organizational forgetting is considered in this research. Figure 1 clearly shows types of organizational forgetting. Figure 1- Types of organizational forgetting from the viewpoint of Holan , Philips and Lawrence(2004) Knowledge storage Decay of memory Learning bleaching Knowledge source Inability to understand Bad habits avoidance Newly innovated Intentional Types of forgetting Unintentional Research questions What situations do directors of University of Sistan and Baluchestan have in organizational forgetting? Is there difference in organizational forgetting in terms of demographic characteristics of people (gender , education , management record )? Research method Decision about the research method depends on the goals of the research and nature of the studied problem. Considering the research question, the present study is a survey research and can be regarded as the applied research in terms of goal. In this research, statistical population includes all the educational and non-educational directors (deans of faculties and educational vice-chancellors) of University of Sistan And Baluchestan which is totally 89 persons. Sampling method in this research was census method. To determine the sample size, the sample size was determined 73 persons for population of 89 persons. The sample size is close to the population size. Therefore, total statistical population was studied but some of the uncompleted questionnaires (4 copies) were put aside. Information was analyzed based on 85 questionnaires relating to 73 male directors and 12 female directors. In this research, organizational forgetting questionnaire which included 14 questions and components of intentional organizational forgetting pattern presented by Holan, Philips and Lawrence (2004)were used . This questionnaire with 14 questions has Likert 5-choice scale (from I fully agree to I fully disagree). To determine validity of the questionnaire, content validity method was used in the present research. To calculate and determine reliability of this questionnaire, Cronbach's Coefficient Alpha was 257 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 used. Its reliability was 0.86. It is necessary to note that data analysis has been done with spss software , version 17. Research findings Table 1- Results of one- Sample T Test relating to Intentional Organizational Forgetting and its Dimensions sig df t 0.00 84 9.92 0.00 0.00 84 84 9.91 8.75 TESTVALUE Standard Deviation 42 8.79 21 4.52 21 4.84 MEAN Variables 51.47 Organizational Forgetting 25.87 Learning bleaching 25.60 Bad habits avoidance Results of the above lower case Table indicate that mean of the organizational forgetting of the studied sample is equal to 51.47 which is larger than mean of test (42). This difference is significant with t=9.92 and df=84 and sig=0.00 in level of 99%. Therefore, it can be said that directors of University of Sistan And Baluchestan have mean of intentional organizational forgetting which is higher than medium level. Mean of Learning bleaching as one of the dimensions of intentional forgetting is equal to 25.87 which is larger than mean of test (21) and this difference is significant with t=9.91 and df=84 and sig=0.00 in level of 99%. it can be said that directors of University of Sistan And Baluchestan have mean of Learning bleaching above medium level when applying intentional organizational forgetting and also mean of bad habits avoidance as another dimension of intentional forgetting is equal to 25.60 which is larger than mean of the test (21) and this difference is significant with t=8.75 and df=84 and sig=0.00 in level of 99%. It can be said that directors of University of Sistan and Baluchestan have mean of bad habits avoidance above medium level when applying intentional organizational forgetting. Table 2- Results of t-test relating to organizational forgetting in terms of directors’ gender Significance level Degree of freedom 0.00 83 t 2.78 Standard Deviation 9.05 Mean Number Gender Variables 45.16 12 Female 52.50 73 Male Organizational forgetting 8.37 Table 3- Results of t-test relating to organizational forgetting in terms of directors’ education Significance level Degree of freedom 0.99 83 t 0.007 Standard Deviation 8.38 8.86 258 Mean Number Education Variables 51.50 4 51.46 81 Bachelor’s degree Organizational forgetting Master’s degree International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 above Table 4- Results of one-way ANOVA relating to organizational forgetting in terms of directors’ record SIG F 0.70 0.46 Mean Squares Sum Of Squares 36.47 109.43 78.91 6391.74 DF Intergroup Variable 3 Intragroup Organizational forgetting 81 Discussion and Conclusion Main goal of the present research is to study intentional organizational forgetting and its dimensions among directors of University of Sistan And Baluchestan. Results of this study using oneSample T Test showed that all studied directors of University of Sistan And Baluchestan have mean of intentional organizational forgetting and its dimensions which is higher than medium level (Learning bleaching and bad habits avoidance). It means that directors of the university have high intentional organizational forgetting. Findings of this research are in line with results of research by Smith, E.M and Lyles,(2011), Miller (2004), Zeng, and Chen(2010) , Holan and Philips(2004) , Agon et al.(2007) and Philips et al. (2004). Results of independent t-test showed that there was significant difference between female and male directors in intentional organizational forgetting. In other words, male directors apply more intentional organizational forgetting than female directors but results of independent t-test didn’t show significant difference in intentional organizational forgetting in terms of education and also results of f test didn’t show significant difference between intentional organizational forgetting and record of directors. References Bowker C,1997. Lest we remember: organizational forgetting and the production of knowledge. Accting and MGMT and info Tech; 3; 113- 138 Casey J, Olivera f, 2011. Reflections on organizational memory and forgetting. Journal of management inquiry; 1; 1- 6 Holan P, Philips N, 2004. Organizational forgetting as strateg. Sage publications; 2; 423-433 Holan P, Philips N, 2004. Remembrance of things past? The dynamics of organizational forgetting. Management science; 50; 1603- 1613 Holan P, Philips N, Lawrence T, 2004. Managing organizational forgetting. Mit sloan management review; 45; 45-51 HajiAzizi N, Esmati M , Moradi S, 2009. Organizational forgetting: New Approach in Knowledge Management. Journal of Information Sciences and Technology; 60; 317-330 259 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Jiang Y, Fu q, 2010. Management of organizational forgetting in constraction of organizational absorptive capacity. E-product E-service and E-Entertainment; 3; 1-6 Miller G, 2004. Learning to forget and forgetting to learn. Development and in organizations;18; 26- 29 Smith E, Lyles M, 2011. In praise of organizational forgetting. Journal of management inquiry; 1; 1-6 Salvador C, Casanova G, 1993. Organizational forgetting and information systems Scand. J MGMT; 9; 29-44 Zeng J, Chen C, 2010. The relationship between intentional organizational forgetting and organizational innovation: the mediating effect of organizational learning capability. Advanced management science;7; 47-53 260 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 261-266, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications Male and female students’ religiosity and its relationship with anger management Seyed Reza Balaghat1, Mohammad Mahmoudvand2 1- University of Sistan and Baluchestan, Zahedan, Iran 2-MA of Educational Management, University of Sistan and Baluchestan, Zahedan, Iran Abstract During the preceding decades, spiritual and religious issues have generated intense and considerable controversy, specifically in educational and psychological realms. The present research aimed to investigate male and female students’ religiosity and its relationship with anger management. Hence, the research employed a descriptivecorrelational method. The statistical population included all the second-grade, junior high school students of the first borough in Zahendan, out of which sample of 354 was selected. The research tools included a 90-item religiosity assessment questionnaire designed and developed by Azarbaijani (2006) and an 8-items questionnaire of anger management by Hajati et al (200). The questionnaires’ content validity of and reliability were assessed using Cronbach alpha. One group t-test, Pearson correlation coefficient, enter regression test and t-test were used to analyze the data. Results of Pearson regression analysis indicated that, there exists significant relationship between religiosity and students’ anger management (r=.29). Independent-t test indicated no significant difference of anger management among male and female students. Furthermore, results of regression analysis indicated that religiosity can predict 0.08 of the anger management among the students. Overall, religiosity and anger management are of crucial importance in students. Keywords: anger management, religiosity Introduction Aggressive behaviors and belligerent manner has always been prevalent in human societies. A quick glance at the demonstrated statistics of articles and other scientific resources demonstrate that murder and committing suicide is quite rife and pervasive (Ross, 1997). From childhood to adulthood, the most observed quantity of aggressive behaviors is seen during the adolescence (Walker and Roberts, 2001). Being confronted with various psychological and social problems is due to the lack of the ability to manage aggression, emotions and aggressive behaviors in this period. Lack of emotional control and disruptive behavior inhibition of some students have resulted in violation of the customs and ethics of society. These violent behaviors may lead to others’ harassment causing parents’ and school officials’ conflict with them and getting expelled from school. Aggressive behaviors are some of the observed issues in students and adolescents which will ultimately result in irreparable personal and social damages. Therefore, it can be stated that, uninhibited aggression endangers individuals’ adjustment and health. Based on the aforementioned reasons, taking into account the factors which can prevent the occurrence of such issues in adolescents and assist them in this realm is of crucial importance. International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 In the preceding decades, theological, spiritual and religious issues have received close and serious attention. Experts, particularly in psychology emphasize on the miraculous role of religion and spiritual values in responding to the developmental needs of human and treatment of psychological and mental disorders and strains. With regard to what was mentioned and the importance of the subject, the present research aims to investigate male and female students’ religiosity and its relationship with anger management. The research attempts to provide an answer to this question, whether or not there is significant relationship between students’ religiosity and their aggression. Apparently, carrying out this kind of research leads us in perceiving the importance of religiosity in anger control and inhibition. Additionally, the results derived from this research can be applied as an applied and practical factor in solving the existing problems among the students of the country. Religion exists in its particular form in each culture (Wulff, 1997). Religion is a unifying principle that allows humans to overcome their selfish desires (Rad and Moniri, 2009). According to Davis (1964) religion is a moral force that compels the individuals to behave in accordance with social values. On this basis, religiosity is to accept fully or relatively, the beliefs, ethics and religious practices in a way that the religious person knows himself/herself as to be expected to comply with and abide by that (Heshmat Yaghmayi, 2001). A religious person is somehow related to a source that impacts on human life and the natural affaires. Najafi (2003) contends that religiosity and spirituality strongly influence identity formation of adolescents and contributes to the integrity of their character. Aggression is one the other variable that has been addressed in this study. Aggression stands amongst the most important family problems in the past century which has created many problems for the adolescents and their families (Lisa, 2003) and is a negative phenomenological state that comes with inner emotions, physiological and cognitive deficits. Taylor, Novaco& Gillmer (2002) define aggression as both a gratifying and destructive emotion. From O'Neill's viewpoint (2006), anger is an emotional state or internal feeling evoked by of physiological arousal, cognition and malice-related thoughts. Anger is considered as a response to mental stress. People who have difficulty dealing with anger management do not have the required psychological resources for coping with stress. They must learn how to effectively cope with stress and to manage it (Finch, 1994). Anger management is related to the decrease of aggression levels and increase of social and emotional adequacy and competence (Hendern, 1998). In general, the adverse effects of aggression influence the individual both internally and externally. Inability to control anger not only brings about personal distress, impaired general health and interpersonal relationships but also has detrimental impacts of aggressive conflicts and behavior. Research shows that adolescents can learn to manage and control emotions such as anger (Nicholson, 2003). Research conducted in this area also shows the importance of religion and spiritual matters in controlling anger and aggression. Pour Gholami et al (2011) in their study titled relationship between religion and students’ anger management stated the importance of religion in people's lives and concluded that there exists significant and positive relationship between religiosity and controlling anger. Watson (1995) stated the importance of spirituality in his research and investigated the relationship between internal control and religion. He concluded that there is significant relationship between internal control and religiosity (Hashemian et al, 2008). He also investigated the effectiveness of anger management skills in personal and social adjustment of students and asserts that anger management training has increased individual and social performance of students. Mirkouhi and Khormayi (2004) assessed the relationship between students’ mental health with emphasis on the effectiveness of religiosity on the adolescents’ health. He concluded that religiosity is an important contributing factor in determining general health. Benson (1973) points out that there is significant relationship between religiosity and locus of control. Mohammadi and Honarmand (2006) carried out a study titled the relationship between religious attitude and locus of control that, and assert that there is significant and positive relationship between religious attitudes and internal locus of control among female individuals. Maleki et al (2011) in their 262 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 research titled the effectiveness of anger management in students’ aggression concluded that group anger management training is effective in students’ aggressive behaviors. Asgari et al (2009) investigated the religious faith and beliefs and its impact on students’ mental health and assert that religious faith and beliefs can significantly improve the students’ mental health. The research questions were as following: 1- What is the state of students in terms of religiosity? 2- Is there any significant relationship between students’ anger management and religiosity? 3- Is there any significant difference between male and female students’ anger control? 4- What is the extent to which religiosity can predict students’ anger control? Method and materials The research attempts to investigate the relationship between religiosity and students’ anger control through describing, recording, analyzing and interpreting the existing situation (Best, 1990). Therefore, we employed a descriptive-correlational method. The statistical population included all the second-grade students of the first borough in Zahendan (N=4383), out of which sample of 354 was selected. From among the collected questionnaires, 31 copies were eliminated due to incompletion. The data analysis was based on 323 copies which were gathered from 242 male students and 81 female students. The research tools included a 90-item religiosity assessment questionnaire designed and developed by Azarbaijani (2006). It’s scored on 5-point Likert scale from too little to too much. The other data gathering tool was the 8-items questionnaire of anger management by Hajati et al (200). The content validity was used to assess the validity of the data. Therefore, some of the experts and specialist were asked to give their opinions on the research questionnaires. The reliability of religiosity questionnaire and anger management questionnaire were equal to .78 and .86, respectively. The results were analyzed using SPSS19. One group t-test, Pearson correlation coefficient, enter regression test and t-test were used to analyze the data. Results and findings The research first question: What is the state of students in terms of religiosity? Table 1- Results of t-test in terms of students’ religiosity Variable Mean SD Test-Value T Df Sig Religiosity 288.57 42.70 225 26.75 322 0.00 Results of table 1 indicated that the mean of religiosity in the research sample was equal to 2888.57 which is lower than the test value and this difference is significant at 99% with t=26.75, df=322 and significance level of 0.00. Therefore, it can be concluded that the religiosity level of second-grade junior high school students of the first borough of Zahedan city is above average. Therefore, the students have high religiosity level. The research second question: Is there any significant relationship between students’ anger management and religiosity? 263 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Table 2- Pearson correlation coefficient between religiosity and students’ anger management Variables Number R Level of sig. Religiosity 323 .29 0.00 Anger management 323 Table 2 indicates that correlation coefficient of religiosity and anger management is equal to r=.29 which is significant at 99%. That is to say that, there is significant, positive relationship between the second-grade junior high school students and their religiosity. Research fourth question: Is there any significant difference between male and female students’ anger control? Table 3- independent t-test in terms of anger management based on students’’ gender Variable anger management Gender Female Male Number 81 242 Mean 29.06 28.20 SD 11.74 11.98 T -.57 Df 321 Level Of Sig. .56 In terms of students’ anger management and as it can be observed in table 3, the mean and standard deviation of female students equal 29.06 and 11.74, respectively. Moreover, the mean and standard deviation of male students are equal to 28.20 and 11.98, respectively. However, this difference is not significant with t to be equal to -.57, and degree of freedom of 321 at 95%. Therefore, it can be inferred that, there exists no significant difference between male and female junior high school students in terms of anger management. Research fourth question: What is the extent to which religiosity can predict students’ anger control Table 4- regression of religiosity and anger management Variable Religiosity R .29 R2 .08 F 30.03 standard B .29 T 1.12 Level of sig. 0.00 Durbin-Watson 1.90 Results of table 4, indicates that religiosity can predict the variable of anger management. The determination coefficient is equal to .08 between the criterion and predictor variables which demonstrates that .08 percent of anger management (criterion variable) can be explained through religiosity. The relationship between religiosity and students’ relationship is significant at .99 with estimated Beta of .29. Discussion and conclusion One of the most widespread issues among adolescent individuals is lack of anger management and exhibiting aggressive behaviors which have given rise to a multitude of social and educational problems and have endangered adolescents’ physical and mental health. Aggression is the predictor of substance abuse, alcohol assumption, low adjustment at school, academic failure, depression and other disorders among the students. Evidently, there is crucial necessity for a factor such as religion with attitude toward the miraculous role of mysticism and spiritual values in responding to human’s developmental needs and 264 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 treatment of physical and mental disorders and strains. On this basis, the research purpose was to investigate the level of religiosity and its relationship with second-grade, junior-high school students’ anger management. Results of t-test indicated that second-grade, junior high school students of Zahedan City rate high on religiosity. This result was in line with the research results carried out by Asgari et al (2009). Moreover, the results of Pearson correlation coefficient indicated the significant and positive relationship between religiosity and students’ anger management. Results of this study are congruent with studies carried out by Pour Gholami et al (2011), Watson (1995), Mir Kouhi and Khormayi (2004) and Mohammadi and Honarmand (2006). However results do not support the results of Benson’s study (1973). T-test indicated no significant difference in terms of anger management among male and female individuals. This finding is not in line with the study done by Gholami et al (2011). Moreover, regression analysis indicated that religiosity can predict the variable of anger management. The determination coefficient of 0.08 between the two variables indicates that .08 percent of anger management (criterion variable) can be explained through religiosity. The relationship between religiosity and students’ relationship is significant at .99 with estimated Beta of .29. This finding is consistent with a study done by Mir Kouhi and Khormayi (2004). As a result of this study, it is hoped that this will spur future research to focus more the career path. It’s also recommended that counselors, psychologist and students carry out studies in spirituality and religiosity which are very important concepts. Moreover, it’s hoped that, the accurate and practical methods (formal an informal) of enhancing the religiosity and spirituality are implemented in academic counseling centers. It’s also suggested that, school authorities conduct anger management skills training to prevent the occurrence of aggressive behaviors which give rise to physical, psychological and social devastation. References Asgari P, Sigaroudi E, Heidari A, Yousefian F, Marashiyan F, 2009. Effect of teaching scientific life of the Prophet on religious thought, religious beliefs and mental health of female high school students in Ahwaz, knowledge and Research in Applied Psychology. 40: 14-25. Azhdari Fard P S, Ghazi Gh, Nourani Pour 2010. Relationship between the effect of mysticism and spirituality training on students’ mental health. New Journal of Science Education. 5(2): 106126. Benson, P. (1973). God image as a function of self-steem and locus of control. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion.Vol.12, pp,297-310. Davis K, 1964. Human society, New York: Macmillan. Finch M, 1994. Cognitive- Behavior procedures with children and adolescents Hashemian F, Shafi Abadi A, Soudani M 2008. Effectiveness of anger management skills training in the social and individual adjustment of students studying in the first grade of high schools located in Mahshahr Province. Journal of Knowledge and Research in Psychology. Islamic Azad University. Khorasegan Branch (Isfahan). 35: 1-14 Hendern R, 1998. Impulse Control disorders in adolescents. American review. Heshmat Yaghmayi M T, 2001. Factors affecting adolescents’ religiosity. MA thesis. Tehran Allameh Tabatabai University. Lisa R, 2003. Anger in adolescents, Nursing Research. 2(1): 2-11. Maleki S, Fallahi Khoshknab M, Rahgui A, Rahgozar M, 2011. Effectiveness of group anger management skills training in male student aged 12 to 15 years old. Journal of Nursing and Midwifery, Tehran University of Medical Sciences. 24(69): 35-26. Mir Kouhi M, Khormayi E, 2004. Relationship between religiosity and mental health in adolescents. Journal of Behavioral Sciences. 3(3): 116-131. Mohammadi S D, Honarmand M, 2006. Relationship between locus of control, gender and religious attitude. 9(3, 4):47-64. Nicholson S, 2003. Anger management revolution studies distribution, company inc. O’Neill H, 2006. Managing anger (2nd. Ed.), John Wiley & Sons, Ltd Pour Gholami F, Farashbandi R, Zarei H, Fatehi Y 2011. Relationship between religiosity and agressio control among the pre-university students of Farashband Province (Fars). Proceedings of National Conference on Youth Pathology. 12-1. Rad F, Moniri R, 2009. Comparative study of psychological and social factors associated with the level of student religiosity. Sociology. 1(2): 31-51. Ross A, 1997. Personality psychology theories and processes. Tehran: Ravan. 265 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Taylor G J, Novaco R W, Gillmer B 2002. Cognitive behavioral treatment of anger intensity among offenders with intellectual disabilities, Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities. 15(1): 151-165. Walker C D, Roberts M C, 2001. Handbook of clinical child psychology, 3rd ed. London: Wiley, pp: 393. Watson P J, Milliron J T, Morris R J, Hood R, 1995. Locus of control within a religious ideological surrounding. Journal of Psychology and Christianity.14: 234-239. Wulff D M, 1997. Psychology of Religion: Classic and Contemporary Views. New York: John Wiley. 266 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 267-276, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications The relationship between demographic factors and behavioral disorders of students in the primary schools of Rasht BahmanAkbari*1, Zahra Pasandideh2, Mahnaz Ghiasi3 1. AssistantProfessor, University of Islamic Azad, Rasht Branch, Rasht, Iran 2. MA. Student of Psychology, Islamic Azad University- GilanScience and Research Branch, Rasht, Iran 3. PhD student of Psychology, Department of Psychology, University of Alzahra, Tehran, Iran Abstract Students’behavioral disorder exerts negative effect on person’s life in the long-term and it disrupts education process.The purpose of this research was to study the relationship between demographic factors and behavioral disorders ofstudents in the primary schools of Rasht. 750 students (375 girls and 375 boys) were selected by multi-stage cluster sampling and evaluated by Rutter Behavioral Disorders Questionnaire- Teachers Specific Form.The data were analyzed using MANOVA and multi-regression. There was a significant difference between behavioral disorders in two groups of boys and girls. Social class and income had meaningful effect on behavioral disorders. Also subscales of hyperactivity, anxiety-depression and conduct-antisocial behavior, significantly, were the best predictors of behavioral disorders. In conclusion, the factors of hyperactivity, anxiety-depression, conduct-antisocial behavior, social class and income have significant role on behavioral disorders in students. Keywords:Behavioral disorders, Academic Achievement, demographic Factors, primary school students Introduction Children with behavioral disorders constitute a part of the community and increase the prevalence of some disorders in the community; it seems that the root of most behavioral disorders refers to the combination of genetic, biological and psycho-social factors.There is a variety of evidence which suggests that, biological factors and childhood’s psycho - social negative experiences are effective in the process of behavioral disorders in children. The negative experiences could be acquired at home, school, or community. Children, who are biologically more vulnerable, would be more vulnerable if placed in an unsuitable environment (Rutter, 1999). International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Children with behavioral disorders cannot do their homework at a level that satisfies their parent. They suffer from the educational problems related to the levels of advancement and specific skills, particularly reading.Such children are often uninterested in school, have no desire for continuing education and are careless about their future job. As compared with their identical peers in terms of age, social - economic status and demographic variables, they experience the dropout earlier and in adulthood they have high tendency to have aggressive behaviors. Therefore, by early identification of the problem of such children, such behaviors can be prevented from continuing (Gondwin, Pacey, Grace, 2007). According to the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders,the prevalence of psychiatric disorders such as conduct disorder have increased in recent decadesIV-TR), and is more common in urban areas than rural areas. Conduct disorder vary widely in terms of diagnostic methods and population. And in the total population it is estimated at 1 to 10 percent (Kaplan andSadock, 2007; Rezaei translation, 2009).Mehryar and Yousefi’s research (1991) on children referred to clinics in Shiraz city showed that middle class families in Iran are more stressed and are seeking professional help to treat behavioral problems in their children. Dezhgam’s study (1992), as quoted by Shams Esfand, 2001) in the city of Qom demonstrated that the prevalence of behavioral problems is 13 percent among fourth grade students and 10.5 per cent among the fifth graders. The study of Ahmadi (1994) on students showed that collaborative problem was quite prevalent and more than 2.3 percent of the referred students had delinquency such as vagrancy, aggression, stealing, running away from school and were restless. Research ofMirzai (2000) on 6 to 12-year-old elementary school students in Qazvin showed that the overall prevalence of behavioral disorders in Qazvin is 4.5 percent. The frequency of these disorders in female individuals is 2.53% and 5.85% in male individuals. These figures show that behavioral disorders in boys aretwice more in contrast to girls. Very and Govey(1971; cited in Sakai and Vamasaki, 2004) in a study concluded that, the mean scores of behavioral problems among the non-clinical populations, for a sample of 926 males was 11.4% percent and 7.6 percent for a sample of 827 girls.In Rajabi’s study,(1990), cited inMirzaei, (2000) regarding the prevalence of different kinds ofbehavioral disorder injunior high school of Qazvin, behavioral disturbances in eight categories were as follows: affection 9.8 percent, obsession 8.3% percent, isolation 4% percent, paranoid 4.2% percent, depression 4.2 percent, aggression 1.4 percent, restlessness 2.2 percent and anti-social tendencies 6.9 percent. Nekapota (1991, cited in Barrett, 2001) showed that children with behavioral disorders in countries like Ethiopia, Sudan and India ranged between 3 to 11 percent and this figure is more among boys than girls.In the study of Gadite (2001), the amount of mental and behavioral disorders in children was 4.29 percent. In the study byBarlow (1995; cited inSeifNaraghi and Nadery 1995), from the teachers' point of view, the percentage of students with behavioral disorders in schools was significantly higher than 2 to 3 percent, which was accepted as the official figures by the educational system in America.Veyalba’s study (2001, cited inSimic and Fambone, 2001) showed that, the behavior of mothers with eight-year-old children with behavioral problems are more negative, more conservative and less patient as compared to the mothers of normal children. However, these childrenwere more negative and aggressive as compared to their mothers These findings support the relationship between the aggressive behaviors of children with their mother’s conservative behavior. Such mother’s behaviors can exacerbate behavioral problems in their children. Lahay et al (1999, 2001, cited inSimic and Fambone, 2001) have shown that children in younger ages who suffer from this disorder show more behavioral problems as compared with children who are suffer from this disorder in older ages, particularly physical aggression, vandalism, repeated lying. 268 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 In a longitudinal study of Lambert (2001), 5- to 7-year-old children with behavioral disorder showed to have the highest scores on issues such as internalizing problems, depression and isolation. Massara (2001, cited in Sham Esfand, 2001) in examining the causes of behavioral disorders came to the conclusion that factors such as lower economic – social class, taking risks, reduction in educational attainment, poor parenting relationship, lack of class consciousness, the large number of children, family stresses and disintegration of family can be good predictors of behavior disorders. Simic and Fambone (2001) in their study stated that depressed people who also suffere from behavioral disorders, have less level of aggression and violence as compared to those who only had a behavioral disorder. And it has been reported that, they are less abused. Barkely and Edwards (2003) showed that, the effects of educational failure on anti-social behavior are mutual and reciprocal and would rapidly increase. Also, children with developmental language impairment may have problem in necessary phonological processes required for the skill of reading and in constant communication with family, peers and in many of the behavioral patterns. Moreover, evidence suggests that early educational failure worsens the previous behavioral tendencies outflow. Biederman, Mick, Farane and Barickhave reported that the age at which rates of depression among adolescent girls increase is different. Mayers,Ostevart and Borun(1998; as quoted by Barclay and Edwards, 2003) found that low socioeconomic status and parental educational level are associated with the prevalence and higher risk of anxiety disorders in childhood. Evidence relating to the different status indicates that the location of the facility should be obtained from various sources. Barkely and Edwards (2003) found that the prevalence of hyperactivity is different in a large sample of Canadians regarding the performance of children, gender, chronic health problems in family functions, lower socioeconomic status of family, developmental disorders, and urban life. Lambert (2001; cited in Kazdin, 2007), found that when parents, teachers and clinicians have complete agreement in the diagnosis, there is little difference in the prevalence of hyperactivity; However, when only two sources are in agreement with each other, the differences in the prevalence of disorder are obtainedin low social class. In general, attention deficit- hyperactivity disorder, lower social classes are seen more than the upper classes. Most children with this disorder have problems with school performance and obtain lower scores on tests of educational achievement. However, the differences are observed in preschool children with hyperactivity - attention deficit disorder. Several studies have reported a higher incidence of anxiety disorders in girls. In a study, 44.30% of the sample were girls with social phobia. (Lasst, 1992; Biddle and Turner, 1995; cited in Lang, Davis and Avhman, 2000).Halgin and whitboume studies (2003, translated by Seyed Mohammad, 2007) showed that most of the family environments of children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder were disturbed. Given that behavioral disorders show remarkable stability over time and during a long time adversely affects the lives of both suffering individuals and other individuals, understanding the amount of the prevalence and factors affecting it among the elementary studentsis necessary for the prevention and treatment of these disorders. Therefore, the present study aimed to determine the relationship between factors such as educational attainment, social class, gender and behavioral disorders among elementary school children in Rasht. Method and materials 269 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 The present research was of causal–comparative type, and the statistical population included all the students of elementary schools in Rasht, studying in academic year of 2007-2008, being a number of 43237 students. The research sample consisted of a number of 750 students (375 girls and 375 boys); In other words, the students in the research sample were equally selected from the first to the fifth grade, each of which a number of 150 students. The research sample was selected by the use of the multi-stage cluster sampling method, in such a way that at first, the city of Rasht was accidentally divided into some districts, and then one of these areas was selected. Next, a list of all the male elementary schools (a single-sex school, only for boys) and the girl elementary schools (a single-sex school, only for girls) was provided, among which, a number of 8 elementary schools (4 boy schools and 4 girl schools) were chosen. Finally, the sample group subjects were accidentally selected from among the students at these schools. Rutter’s Behavioral Disorders Questionnaire- a form, Specified for The Teachers: In this study, Rutter’s Behavioral Disorders Questionnaire- A form, specified for the teachers was used, by which the students’ behaviors in the class are measured by the teachers. It includes 30 questions that a number of 24 questions have been directly derived from Rutter’s Questionnaire, and the other 6 questions have been added to it based on the Iranian culture. This questionnaire measures the students’ behaviors based on DSM-IV in dimensions of Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, anxiety-depression, antisocial behavior– behavioral disorders andmaladjusted behaviors. The validity of the 6 added questions were confirmed by the specialists. YusofiandMahriar (1991) reported the correlation coefficient of this questionnaire by Gestal- Bender test as 0.96. By use of re-test and split-half methods, Adl (1993, cited in Shams Esfand, 2002) reported the correlation coefficient of this questionnaire as.68 and.85, respectively. Results and findings To analyze the data, the statistical-descriptive method, Multi-Variate Variance Analysis and MultiVariate Regression-with the help of SPSS 15 software- was used. Table 1- mean (M)andstandard deviation (SD) of behavioral disorders, based on gender gender girls boys total Statistical characteristic M SD M SD M SD Anti-social behaviorbehavioral disorder 2.59 2.70 4.74 3.5 3.6 3.3 Hyperactivityattention deficit 4.19 3.25 6.4 3.22 5.21 3.41 Anxietydepression 3.11 3.03 4.35 3.58 3.7 3.35 Maladjustive behavior 3.48 2.79 5.41 3.01 4.38 3.05 As observed in Table 1, the highest mean among the male students was related to anxietydepression and the highest mean among the female students was related to attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Table2- Analysis of the differences of behavioral disorders, based on gender Variables Anti-social behavior-behavioral disorder Hyperactivity-attention deficit 270 Sum of squares df Mean of squares F 855 1 855 89/15 888 1 888 85.11 Sig. 000*. 000*. International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Anxiety-depression maladjustive behavior p<.05* 283 693 1 1 283 693 26.11 82.88 000*. 000*. Considering the results of Table 2, it is observed that there is a significant relationship between anti-social behavioral disorders- behavioral disorders, hyperactivity-attention deficit, anxiety-depression andmaladjusted behaviors among both boy and girl groups (p<.05). Table3-Mean and standard deviation of behavioral disorders, based on social class Social class Low Social class Average Social class High Social class unanswered total 271 Anti-social behavior-behavioral disorder Hyperactivityattention deficit Anxietydepression Maladjusted behavior M 5.306 6.753 5.3 5.8 N 150 150 150 150 SD 3.481 3.047 3.628 2.88 M 3.161 4.74 3.18 3.93 N 322 322 321 322 SD 2.98 3.54 3.07 3.2 M 2.07 3.92 2.38 3.47 N 57 57 57 57 SD 2.62 3.27 3.457 3.077 M 3.45 5.194 3.68 4.307 N 221 221 221 221 SD 3.267 3.159 3.153 2.89 M 3.59 4.217 3.69 4.381 N 750 750 748 750 SD 3.27 3.41 3.35 3.040 Statistical characteristic International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Considering the results of Table 3, it becomes clear that the score mean related to the behavioral disorders in low social classes is higher than that of the behavioral disorders in other social classes. Table 4- Analysis of difference between the prevalence of behavioral disorders among the students, based on social class Dependent variables Anti-social behaviorbehavioral disorder Sum of squares 633.65 F Sig. 3 Mean of squares 211.22 21.28 .000* df Hyperactivity-attention deficit 515.338 3 171.77 15.66 .000* Anxiety-depression Maladjustive behavior p<.05* 567.97 41.94 3 3 189.32 136.98 17.99 15.61 .000* .000* Based on the results of Table 4, it is observed that the influence of social class has been significant on the prevalence of the behavioral disorders among the students. With regard to the value of F, the intensity of influence, from right to left, is as follows: maladjusted behavior, hyperactivity-attention deficit, anxiety-depression, anti-social behavior- behavioral disorder. Table 5- Mean andstandard deviation of prevalence of behavioral disorders among students, based on level of income Maladjusted behavior 5.4819 Anxietydepression 5.8313 Hyperactivityattention deficit 6.4940 Anti-social behaviorbehavioral disorder 5.3614 83 83 83 83 Number of Standard deviation 5.24737 4.06598 3.43360 4.23855 Average Income level 4.2807 3.5273 8.447 3.2543 367 366 367 367 Number of Standard deviation 3.09507 3.0588 3.48304 3.01700 High Income level 3.6271 2.8136 4 2.5593 59 59 59 59 Number of Standard deviation 3.0955 3.4764 3.2642 2.787 unanswered 4.3402 3.4292 5.6432 3.7593 Income level Low Income level mean mean mean 272 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 mean 2.241816 240 241 241 Number of Standard deviation 3.87056 3.2165 3.1539 3.164 total 4.3813 3.6952 5.2173 3.5047 750 748 750 750 3.0503 3.35266 3.41394 3.2744 mean Number of Standard deviation On the basis of the findings in Table 5, the highest score mean, related to prevalence of behavioral disorders is generally observed in the group with a low income. Table 6- analysis of difference between prevalence of behavioral disorder, based on income level Dependent variables Anti-social behavior-behavioral disorder Hyperactivity-attention deficit Anxiety-depression Maladjusted behavior p<.05* Sum of squares 369.5 318.3 451.9 137.1 F Sig. 3 Mean of squares 123.16 11.982 .000* 3 3 3 106.1 15.63 45.7 9.446 14.106 4.99 .000* .000* .000* df With regard to the results of Table 6, it is observed that the level of income significantly influences the prevalence of behavioral disorders. The effect intensity, based on each disorder, is as follow, respectively: maladjusted behavior, hyperactivity-attention deficit, anti-social behavior- behavioral disorder, and anxiety-depression. Table 7- Regression analysis for predicting academic achievement, based on behavioral disorders Predictor variables Anti-social behavior-behavioral disorder Hyperactivity-attention deficit Anxiety-depression Maladjusted behavior p<.05* Beta -.282 -.046 -.210 .110 T -4.273 -.709 -4.036 1.385 Sig. .000* .000* .000* .16 Based on Table 7, the elements of anti-social behavior- behavioral disorder, hyperactivityattention deficit and anxiety-depression can predict the academic achievement as 28%, 4% and 21% variances, respectively. Among these variables, anti-social behavior- behavioral disorder was of the highest effect. 273 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Table 8- Regression model between behavioral disorders and academic achievement Correlation Coefficient .461 Justification Index .212 Standard Error .203 Estimated Error 2.32306 Table 8 shows that the correlation coefficient is as r=.46 in the model and that one unit of change in predictor variables only justify.21 unit of variation in the academic achievement. Discussion and conclusion As it was mentioned before,the aimof thepresent study wasto determinethe relationship betweenfactors such asacademic achievement, socialclass, income level, gender,parental education with behavioraldisordersamongschools’ elementary studentsin Rasht. The result of the analysis of the relationship between demographic factors and behavioral disorders suggeststhatthere is arelationshipbetweengender andbehavioraldisorders. Andmore boys thangirlsare affected bybehavioraldisorders. Greatest difference was in behavioral disorder. Consideringthefact that thedisorderaffects boysmorethangirls or is with a ratioof threeto oneortwo-to-one, thishypothesisisconsistentwith previous findings. Inmany cases,ADHD disorder symptoms are associatedwith behavioralsymptomssuch asbehavioral disorder, hysteria, and alcoholism, andalsoexplain gender differencein other variables (anxiety, discordand behavioral disorder). Thesefindings are consistent with finding ofKalin’sandMonaza (1991), Varyey and Godey (cited inMirzaei, 2000). Also, thestudyshowed thatthere is arelationship between students’ social class and behavioraldisorders and thelowerclasshas ameaningfulimpacton creatingbehavioraldisorders in students. Theresult is consistent with thestudy of Masara(2001) that has considered socialclassasone of thepredictorsofbehavior disordersin children. However, these findings are inconsistentwith the study ofMehryarandYousefi(1991) andKoler(1995; cited inShams Esfand, 2001). However, this findingwas obtained that, there is significant difference betweenbehavioraldisordersbased onparentalincome. Thesefindings are consistent with the results of the research by Kalantari(1993) andMasara(2001) but are inconsistentwiththe study ofMehryarandYousefi(1991). Considering this general principleis essential that child'sbehavioral problems are a resultofinteractionwithhissurroundingsand thatthe family as the main socialinstitution by which the child has the most interactionwith. And anydefects ormalfunctionsresulting from anormalfamily would reflect through behavioral symptomsrelatedtothoughts, actions, emotionsandeducational performance. An overview of thefactors contributing to theemergence ofbehavioral disorders in childrenshowed that factors such as lowsocio – economic,low educational achievement, poorrelationof parent- child, poor verbal intelligence,a large numberof children, Familystress, collapseof the family,parents' educationallevelare factors thatcan begoodpredictors ofbehavioraldisorders(cited inShams Esfand, 2001). In addition, this studyfound that, the four examinedcategories ofbehavioral disorders, anxietydisorders, depression andantisocialbehaviorandconduct disorderwerenegativelycorrelatedwithacademic achievement. However, behavioral disorders have a 274 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 negativeimpact on the interactionof childrenwithparents and teachers, and make individuals school truancy and impair their performance.Accordingto the results,children withbehavioraldisorderscannotdohomeworkat a level of parental satisfaction.They probably sufferfrom deficienciesin theareas ofeducational achievementandspecial skills especiallyinreading.Such childrenare oftenuninterestedin school, have nodesire forcontinuingeducation and are careless about their career; theyusuallyfail and showlower levels ofachievement. The above findings are in line with theresearchresultssuch asRutter(1976), MonshiTousi(1996) andKenin et al(1999) which showthatthere is a negativerelationshipbetweenbehavioral disordersandeducational achievement. Behavioraldisordersinthepresentstudy were consistentwith the study of Mirzaei(2000) andRajabi(2000), cited inMirzaei, 2000). Among thelimitationsof this study itcan bepointed outthat, due tothe broadnatureof the research community, it was difficultto evaluate allthe factors associated withbehavioraldisorders. Due toprevalence of behavioral disorders, it is recommended to provide significant ways to reduce the incidence of behavioral disorders by the aim of prevention. Although itis important totreatbehavioral disorders, butthe need forthe prevention programsto preventbehavioraldisordersismore important. Prevention in this context can be done in the form of primary and secondary prevention. Primary preventionprograms areaimedat preventingtheoccurrenceof new casesthrougha proactiveconsideration before the occurrence oftheproblems.Interventions as a primaryprevention can focus on four centers ofchild, family, school and community. The nature ofthe secondary prevention is timelydiagnosis ofproblems andappropriatemedicalintervention before the problemsturn into psychologicaldisorders. Persistence of behavioral disorders in life, the importanceof earlyinterventionexplains not onlythe reduction of thesuffering of childrenandadolescents but also,itaims toprevent the spread ofa wide rangeofpsychological problemsinadulthood. Acknowledgment We would like to express our profound gratitude to all people who participated in this research. References Bart SA, 2001. Sources of carination among attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, oppositional behavior disorder and conduct disorder, the Importance of shared environment. Journal of Abnormal Psychology. Barkley RA, Adwards G,2003.An instructive case of Attention-Deficit Hyper Activity disorder. In Halgin, R. P., Whitbourne, S. K. (Eds). A Case Book in Abnormal psychology. From the files of experts (PP– 212-235). New York: Oxford University Press. Barkley RA, Russell A, Mash E, 2003.Child psychopathology. New York: Oxford University Press. Barlow DH, 1995. Abnormal psychology an integrative approaches Brooks. Publishing Company New York. Biederman G, Mick E, Farone SV, Burback M, 2001. Patterns of remission and symptom decline in conduct disorder. Journal of American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. 40: 290–298. Goodwin T, Pacey K, Grace M, 2007.Children: Violence in preschool setting. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatric.33: 589-600. 275 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Halgin RP, Witboren SK, 2007.Psychological Pathology (the 2nd volume).Translated by Seyyed Ali SeyyedMuhammadi. Tehran: Ravan. (Date of publication in the original language: 2003). Kaplan H, Sadock B, 2009. A psychiatric summary.Translated by Rezaie, F. Tabriz: Zoghi. (Date of publication in the original language: 2007). Kozden A, 2007. Conduct disorder and hyperactivity across the lifespan. In.sLuthar, Y., Burack, D., Civvhetti, W. (Eds). Developmental Psychology: Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Lambert MV, 2001.Attention–Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder.Scintific American. 66: 279–710. Lang PJ, Davis M, Ohman A, 2000. Fear and anxiety: Animal models and human cognitive psychophysiology. Journal of Affective Disorder. 61: 137–159. Mahriar A, Yusofi F, 1991. Diagnosis and Treatment of childrendiseases. Tehran: Badr. Mirzaie M, 2000. Analysis of prevalence percentage of types of behavioral disorders among the children of 6-12 years in Tehran, Iran. Rutter M. 1990.Psychopathology and development.Childhood Experience Development.Australine and Newzaland.Journal of Psychiatry. 18: 314–327. and Personality Rutter MA, 1999. Children Behavior Questionnaire for completion by teachers per luminary finding. Journal of Psychology and Psychiatry, 8 L-11. Sakai A, Yamasaki K, 2004.Development of the proactive and reactive aggression questionnaire for elementary school children.Japanese Journal of Child Family Studies. 10: 181-197. SeifiNaraghi M, Naderi A, 1991. The behavioral disorders among the children and their Recovery methods, Tehran: Badr. Shams EH, 2001. Prevalence of the behavioral disorders among the primary school students in the city of Zanjan, Iran. Tehran: research Council of Education Organization. Simic M, Fom Bonne E, 2001. Depressive conduct disorder: symptom patterns correlates in referent children and adolescents. Journal of Affect Disorder.62: 3. 276 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 277-284, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications The effectiveness of group psychotherapy based on the choice theory in the marital satisfaction and quality of life of married women Masoumeh Sharafi*1, Shahram Mami2, Sattar Kaikhavani3, Kourosh Sayeh Miri3 1-MA of General Psychology, Science and Research, University of Ilam, Iran 2-Associate Professor, Science and Research University, Ilam, Iran 3-Associate Professor, University of Medical Sciences, Ilam, Iran Abstract Marriage and initiation of family life is one of the most important phenomena that can cause growth and development of capabilities as well as fulfilling various human needs and providing psychological comfort; however, what seems more important than the marriage and establishment of family is the durability of marriage and marital satisfaction. Marital satisfaction influences different aspects of personal and social lives of couples and is the foundation of the family performance. The desirable quality of life has always been the wish of the human beings. The research purpose is to assess the effectiveness of group psychotherapy based on the choice theory in marital satisfaction and quality of life of married women living in Ilam in 2013. The study consisted of 30 women who were selected using purposive sampling and assigned into two experimental and control groups (N=15 subjects) and matched control group (15 subjects) were replaced by the two groups. Both group were tested in the pre-test and post-test. Subsequently, the women in the experimental group received 10 sessions on the choice theory. The research data gathering tools included Enrich marital satisfaction questionnaire and quality of life. The data of pre-test and post-test were analyzed using descriptive and inferential statistics (Wilcoxon test). Results indicated that there is significant difference between the experimental and control groups (P<.05). It can be concluded that, reality therapy with emphasis on the choice theory can improve the marital satisfaction and quality of life of house wives. Keywords: choice theory, marital satisfaction, quality of life, housewives Introduction Without a doubt one of the most important decisions in the life of every human being is selecting a life-long partner. A type of relationship is formed with the vow of marriage that is unique and unparalleled as compared to other human relationships. Other human relationships cover one aspect of life, but marriage encompasses various physical, emotional, social, and mental aspects and environmental, economic, emotional and psychological relationship is established between husband and wife. One of the most important aspects of this relationship is the satisfaction that is experienced by wife and husband. International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 One of the most important factors that influence the effective performance of the family is the satisfaction of different members of the family specially the satisfaction with spouse (Sinha & Mukerjee, 1990). In addition to marital satisfaction, desirable quality of life has always been one of the wishes of the human being. At first, the greater welfare and length of life meant the quality of life. However, nowadays, quality of life is considered as the opposite of the quantity and is defined with regard to the wide aspects of health and means the years of life lived with satisfaction, happiness and delight. Quality of life is a dynamic and broad concept of health (Ghasemi et al, 2011). One of the theories that explain and deal with the problems of marriage and family’s behavior is the choice theory of William Glasser. This theory in its evolution was called reality therapy, control theory, and then choice theory. In this theory, it is believed that every human being needs to fulfill five basic needs, including the needs of surviving, love and belonging, entertainment, freedom and power. These needs become demands, actions and reactions ( (Carey, 1998; Sharf, 1996; Krsyny, 1998 Shafiabadi, 2002, and Bolding, 2001; Ellis, 2003 cited in Avaz Zadeh, 2012). The cornerstone of this theory behavior is selective and optional and not influenced by environmental pressures and conflicts of childhood (Glasser, 1998, cited in belonging, 2004 cited inDorbai, 2007), and this means focusing on the freedom of the person. The main part of choice theory considers some pre-assumptions. Each of our movement is a behavior; we select our behaviors; we're biologically motivated to satisfy the basic needs of survival, entertainment, freedom, power, love and belonging. The first objective in the choice theory that constitutes a significant part of reality therapy is to prevent problems before they occur. Glasser's Choice Theory expresses ways to control one’s life. Choice theory rests on the idea that individuals are responsible for their own choices, decisions, goals and satisfaction in their lives. External events and others have no control on us unless we allow them to control (Thompson & Rudolph, cited in Avaz Zadeh, 2012). The psychology of choice theory replaces the internal control based on human relations with the psychology of external control. Paradigm of choice theory asserts that we as humans have mastery over our lives more than what we imagine, but unfortunately, a significant part of these controls are ineffective and inefficient and we haven’t learned how to make right and wise choice. People who are not satisfied with their life exercise control and employ a series of stereotyped behaviors to change the behavior of their spouses that is called the seven deadly habits of controlling by Glasser, Including: 1- criticizing, 2-blaming, 3-complaining, 4- nagging, 5- threatening, 6- punishing and 7-bribing, rewarding to control. These habits are destructive and destroy the marital life if employed in the long run. Some couples may demonstrate such habits every day but do not sue for divorce, however, they will surely be in a difficult situation and breaking of such habits is the first step in the long way toward the revival of life on the verge of collapse. The important factor is not only getting out of such deadly habits and the choice theory should be replaced with such habits. We should pay attention and see what we can do to improve our relationship if we have unsuccessful relationship and we must consider that we can’t change other individuals. 278 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Approximately in all the cases, if we do not exercise controlling, our spouse will change; however, the choice theory is beyond the freedom from controlling (Glasser and Glasser, 2012). Glasser (2005) has explained the increasing or strengthening behaviors. According to him, the seven caring habits should be replaced with seven deadly habits. Seven caring habits include supporting, encouraging, listening, accepting, trusting, respecting and negotiating differences (Glasser, 2012). The carried out studies in the choice theory indicate the effectiveness of this therapeutic approach. A study carried out by Russel et al (Dorbai, 2007), aimed to investigate the effectiveness of group cognitive-behavioral group therapy with religious approach and classic cognitive-behavioral therapy in the marital satisfaction of women and quality of marital relationship. The results of this study indicated that classic cognitive-behavioral therapy was significantly effective in the increase of the marital relationship and improvement of women’s communicational styles Pound&Duchac (2009). cited in Avaz Zadeh, 2012). Dorbai (2007) in a study investigated the effectiveness of the axioms of the choice theory and techniques of reality therapy in the increase of maladaptive couples’ intimacy. 6 couples referring to the counseling centers were selected using voluntary sampling and tested by intimacy and marital adjustment test. The experimental group underwent 8 sessions of choice theory and reality therapy techniques. Results indicated that choice theory training and reality therapy techniques decrease the maladjustment of couples and their total intimacy increased in the post-test and follow-up stages. Avaz Zadeh (2012), in a study entitled the effectiveness of William Glasser’s choice theory training in communicational patterns of maladaptive, married housewives referring to the health centers of Tehran Municipality. A sample of 30 was assigned to the experimental and control groups and received 10 sessions of choice theory concepts’ training. Results indicated that reality therapy with the approach of choice theory could improve the quality of marital relationship. Padash et al (2012) indicated the effectiveness of psychotherapy based on the quality of life in the marital satisfaction of married men and women. Method and materials The study consisted of 30 married women in the age range of 20 to 35 years with 1 to 10 years of marriage duration who were selected using purposive sampling and assigned into two experimental and control groups (N=15 subjects) and matched control group (15 subjects) were replaced by the two groups. Both group were tested in the pre-test and post-test. Subsequently, the women in the experimental group received 10 sessions on the choice theory. The research data gathering tools included Enrich marital satisfaction questionnaire and quality of life. Enrich Marital Satisfaction Questionnaire: This scale has 47 items and assesses the marital satisfaction. This questionnaire has 9 subscales of personal issues - marital relationship - conflict resolution - financial management - leisure activities - sexual relationship - marriage and children - family and friends – religious direction. Olson and Olson (1997) have estimated the validity of the questionnaire to be equal to 92%. The internal consistency of the long form and short form questionnaire was reported to be 93% and 95%. The Cronbach alpha of this questionnaire in the present research equaled 87%. 279 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Quality of Life Questionnaire which has 36 items and 8 subscales (physical performance, general health, role limitations due to physical reasons, role limitations due to emotional reasons, bodily pain, social performance, vitality, mental health). The sum of scores is divided to mental and physical aspects. Each of these 8 aspects has score from 0 to 100. The higher score indicates better performance. The standard mean of the mental and physical aspects is equal to 50. Scores higher or lower than 50 is indicative of higher and lower performance. In a study by Montazeri et al (2006), the analysis of the internal consistency indicated that except for the subscale of vitality (65%), all the other subscales of the questionnaire have reliability standard of 77% to 90%. Moreover, the convergent validity was estimated to be .4. The test-retest reliability in a two week interval was estimated to be 75% in the study by Dehdari et al (2007). The Cronbach alpha of the questionnaire in the present research equaled 78%. Results and findings The data of pre-test and post-test were analyzed using descriptive and inferential statistics (Wilcoxon test) by SPSS20. The data of the research were analyzed using descriptive statistical methods and the differences between the experimental and control groups were investigated using inferential statistics. The normality of the data was investigated was investigated by either parametric or nonparametric statistical tests. H0=the distribution of the data is normal----level of significance ≥ .05 H1=the distribution of the data is not normal----level of significance < .05 Kolmogorov-Smirnov test was performed to test out the above hypotheses and its results are presented in the table below. Table 2- normality test of the variables of the research components Level significance of result Quality of life .19 the distribution of the data is normal Marital satisfaction .24 the distribution of the data is normal As observed in the table above, the level of significance in both of the variables is more than .05, therefore, the null hypothesis cannot be rejected at lower degree of %5. Put it differently, the null hypothesis which indicates the normality of the data is confirmed. The number of the experimental and control groups was 30 individuals (each of which is 15 individuals). The sample size is less than 40 individuals. Therefore, the data show the normality of the test; however, the Wilcoxon non-parametric test was used that can be employed for normal data. 280 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 The research hypotheses were as following: Choice theory will be effective in the marital satisfaction of the married housewives referring to the counseling centers of Ilam. Choice theory will be effective in the quality of life of the married housewives referring to the counseling centers of Ilam. Scale Marital Satisfaction Group Stage Mean Standard Deviation Experimental Pre-Test 111.78 4.43 Post-Test 170.9 23.80 Difference 59.12 .37 Pre-Test 109.6 22.86 Post-Test 118.14 21.80 Difference 8.54 1.06 Pre-Test 260.8 25.95 Post-Test 353.31 34.87 Difference 92.51 9.08 Pre-Test 262.47 26.17 Post-Test 261.58 27.46 Difference .89 1.29 Control Quality of Life Experimental Control Level Sig. of .000 .08 .00 .75 With regard to the results of the above table, it was indicated that the error level in the control group is more than the level of standard error (.05); therefore, the difference between the experimental and control group is not significant in the pre-test and post-test. The estimated level of error is less than the standard error level (.05), and the null hypothesis is rejected at level of less than %5; therefore, the mean of marital satisfaction in the pretest and post-test is significantly different. On the other hand, estimated level of error is less than the standard error level (.05), and the null hypothesis is rejected at level of less than %5; therefore, the mean of quality of life in the pretest and post-test is significantly different. Put differently, choice theory is effective in the increase of the quality of life among the housewives referring to the counseling centers of Ilam. Discussion and conclusion 281 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 The researcher could witness the effectiveness of choice theory intervention in the increase of marital satisfaction and quality of life. Results indicated the employed training program can increase the rate of marital satisfaction and quality of life of housewives. The results of the present research are in line with the studies carried out with the approach of Glasser in marital satisfaction and quality of life of house wives, including Farah Bakhsh and Hashem Abadi (2006), Bokharayi (2006), Dorbai (2007), Asgari (2008), Hossein Abadi (2008), Rajabi (2011), Avaz Zadeh (2012), Padash et al Saleh Zadeh Abar Ghouyi (2008), Ebtehaj Fard (2011) and Khosravi (2010). The effectiveness of choice theory training decreased the marital conflict, feelings of intimacy and closeness, negative feelings of such relationship, significant decrease in feelings of depression, anxiety and increase of the quality of life. According to the researcher, the features of the choice theory that have produced these results include gratification of the basic needs and the quality world of spouse, acquaintance with external control methods, the destructive habits of communication and awareness of the mechanisms and their consequences, familiarity with caring habits and behaviors that strengthen the relationships and advantages of using them, teaching problem solving with this regard that the educational process of this theory is learning life problem-solving, familiarity with the concept of creativity and how to foster and strengthen the relationship by creativity, familiarity with the concept of conflict, personal responsibility, abstaining from mind reading, identifying the needs’ profile, understanding the differences and similarities of the needs and challenging the thoughts in relation to finding ways to reach an agreement in resolving conflicts, dialogue, understanding and adequate skills of speaking. According to Glasser, people marry to gratify their basic needs (Glasser, 1998). According to him, when the spouses develop different and unrealistic expectations about the gratification of their basic needs or the intensity of needs differ among them, the problems exacerbate. Glasser claims that, if couples are taught about basic needs, awareness of needs and effort to satisfy the basic needs of the spouse can exert significant effect on their satisfaction; As a result, training the axioms of the choice theory means enhancing the awareness of spouses about the intensity of their needs and establishment of sense of responsibility in individuals to gratify their needs that can cement the intimate relationships. Choice theory emphasizes the flexibility of thinking and acting, responsibility, assessment of behavior, testing the reality, emphasis on the difference of perception in different people, focusing on the here and now, not accepting the excuses, the circle of conflict resolution etc. are some of the concepts and techniques which are considered by other approaches such as emotion-focused approach and behavioral approach. Some of the other concepts that are very effective in changing the relationships and their growth are the psychology of internal control and caring habits which are against external control psychology and deadly habits. Some of the destructive habits and key basic elements of the destruction of relationships are factors such as intimidation, humiliation, blaming, criticizing, and bribery. In other words, the communication styles improve by avoiding harmful habits and choosing caring habits such as sympathy, support, listening, respect, acceptance, trust, encouragement and discussing problems. Couples find the opportunity to express their desires, beliefs and opinions and evaluate data to finally tend to change themselves. The most important and distinguishing concepts of Glasser are the basic needs, differences and intensity of these needs in individuals that help the individuals develop their understanding from each other and clarify the differences. Completing this process and sharing the quality world creates an environment replete with trust, deep intimacy and sense of belonging between the couples. It can be concluded that the simplicity of such concepts does not decrease their depth and let the individuals reflect upon their existential aspects (cognitive, emotional,…) and develop their autognosis and guide themselves responsibly. 282 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 References Asgari F, 2008. The effectiveness of group therapy in reducing maternal anxiety of first-year students studying in the elementary schools in the second borough of Tehran. MSc Thesis, Islamic Azad University, Tehran Science and Research Branch. Avaz Zadeh M, 2012. The effectiveness of training the concepts of choice theory of William Glasser in the communication patterns of married housewives, MA thesis, University of Social Welfare. Corey G, 2006. Art of Integrative counseling (First Edition). Translated by A Etemadi, Zh Hashemi Azar. Tehran: Fararavan Publications. Darbari M, 2007.Effectiveness of the concepts of choice theory and reality therapy techniques in the increase of couples’ intimacy. MA thesis, University of Welfare and Rehabilitation Sciences of Tehran. Ebtehaj Fard M, 2011. Effectiveness of group therapy based on life expectancy and well-being of families of schizophrenic patients admitted to the psychiatric hospital in Sanandaj, MS Thesis, Tehran University. Farahbakhsh K, Ghanbari Hashem Abadi B A, 2006. Examining the effects of Glasser’s couple therapy on the decrease of stress and increase of the intimacy of individuals suffering from posttraumatic infidelity of the spouse. Journal of Education and Psychology Studies. Ferdowsi University of Mashhad. 7(2). Ghasemi N A, Kajbaf M B, Rabeei M, 2011. Effectiveness of group therapy based on the subjective wellbeing, mental health and quality of life. Journal of Clinical Psychology. 3(2). Glaser W, 2012. Reality Therapy (First Edition). Translated by A Sahebi. Tehran: Sayeh Sokhan Publication. Glasser W, Glasser C, 2010. Common strategies for a happier life and a happy marriage (first edition). Translated by A Jafari. Tabriz: Hadi Press. Glasser W, Glasser C, 2012. Marriage without failure (seventh edition). Translated by S. Khosh Niyat Nikou. Hosseini Ghafari F, Ghanbari Hashem Abadi B A, Agha Mohammadian Sherbaf M R, 2008. The effectiveness of group psychotherapy based on choice theory and systematic motivational enhancement therapy in the increase of marital satisfaction . Third National Congress of Family Pathology - May 2008. Khosravi Zadeh B, 2010. Correlation between hope and quality of life in HIV patients visiting the Welfare clubs in Tehran and Kermanshah. MA thesis, University of Social Welfare. Montazeri A, Gashtasbi A, Madani Niya M A, 2005. Determining the reliability and validity of the Persian standard tools of 36 - SF. Quarterly of Payesh. 5(1). Olson D H, Defrin J, Olson E K, 2009. Marriage and effective marital relationship. Translated by A R, Bahirayi, and N, Fathi. Tehran: Psychology and Art Publication. Olson D H, Olson A K, 1997. Enrich Canada, Ins. Journal of orientation. Journal of Social Psychology. 130: 633-639. Padash Z, 2012. The effectiveness of quality of life treatment based on marital satisfaction. Journal of Behavioral Sciences Research. 10(5): 363-372. 283 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Pound P, Duchac N, 2009. Driven by goals: Choice theory and the HELP method. International Journal of Reality Therapy. 2: 5. Saleh Zadeh Abar Ghouyi M, 2008. The effectiveness of group cognitive - behavioral therapy in depression and quality of life of patients with drug-resistant epilepsy in Isfahan. MA thesis, University of Isfahan. Sinha P, Mukerjee N, 1991. Marital adjustment and space. Skevington S M, Mac Atthur P, Somerset M, 1997. Developing items for the WHOOL: An investigation of contemporary beliefs about quality of life related to health in Britain, British Journal of Health Psychology. 2: 55. Taniguchi S T, Freeman P A, Taylor S, Malcarne B, 2006. A study of married. Theories of Counseling and Psychotherapy (Tenth Edition). Tehran: Center for Academic Publication. 284 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 285-288, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications The investigation and comparison of individuals’ risking under treatment of MMT and normal individuals in Khoramabad city Mohamad Shahkarami 1 , Sirous Moradizadeh 2 , Leila Mirzaie 3 , Atefeh Veiskaramian 4 1-M.A student in family counseling, Tehran Kharazmi University 2-M.A OF Educational Psychology and Counselor of counseling center in Education, Lorestan province 3-M.A student in General Psychology, Arak Science and Research University and the authority of Khoramabad Sedigh old aged house 4-M.A student in General Psychology, Borujerd Science and Research Campus Abstract The fundamental aim of the current study is the investigation and comparison of individuals’ under treatment of MMT and normal individuals in Khoramabad city. The present study is a descriptive study which was conducted by random selection sampling from among those sick under treatment individuals referring to Khoramabad addiction abandoning centers which included 40 under treatment and 40 normal residing near those centers with regard to age and education level. They were evaluated by using a 21 questions questionnaire content. The data were analyzed by T-test. The results of the data revealed that there was a meaningful difference between the risking of MMT individual under treatment and the normal individual in Khoramabad city in the level of p<0/005. Keywords: risking, the addicted individuals under treatment, normal individuals Introduction Today, addicting to Opium and Heroin phenomenon is one of the intricate difficulties in the world and has engaged the mine of scientists as the fourth problem in the world after nuclear crisis, population explosion, and environment pollution. Till before 1964 this phenomenon was called addiction but as the WHO recommended this name was replaced by the above mentioned names (Saduk 2007).Controlling the dependence to addiction is very important to our country. Iran is in the borderline of Pakistan and International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Afghanistan as the main producers of poppy and opium in the world and is in the rout of transit of these materials to Europe and as a result is in the more probable risk (Shusudefeski, Pooya translation 2003). Despite this, it is considered as one of the painful issues for society and as a threat for social, economic and hygienic dimensions in society (Momtaz, 2002). Heritage capacity, sensitive adolescence period, personal threatening factors, personality factors, and the positive attitude to addiction are among those factors. However, these factors should be taken into account seriously. It has been emphasized that the acceptance from friends has resulted in addiction increase (Gorgin, 2006). Dependence and abusing the addiction result in chronic biological, cultural,metal, social and behavioral effects (Walace, 2003 cited from Haji Alizadeh Naziri and Modares Qoruri, 2008). Among the effectives ways affecting the addicted person positively is the mental recognition of the addicted person and treating him/her (Marmani et al, 2007). The efficiency of Methadone in heroin addicted persons has been repeatedly verified in various experiments (Jiajomozi et al, 2002). Using Metadon as a botanic material in treating the addicted persons is a contributing factor (Ardeliank, 2001). The international approach treatment has been known as an effective method for treatment of individuals (WHO, 2004). It is believed that that Metadon not only helps in treating the addicted but also affects mental and physical aspects of individuals (Mosteshari, 2011). Kar, Gorg and Goror (2003) define risking as the behaviors that increase the probable negative and destructive psychological and social effects. Actions like asperity, auto biting, spot, common injection, and unprotected sexual behaviors are among these factors. Naturally, prevention and correct and applied can result in reducing these behaviors. Human is in the risk more than any creature (Lorner & Kerner, 2001). Despite attempts made in the last two decades in relating to increasing general awareness toward the dangerous behaviors (Soleimaninia,2005). Researches done in the field of addiction have presented numerous guidance relevant to family tension, educational problems, depression, personality disorders, peer addiction, the earlier time of addiction to cigarette (Saduk and Saduk ; translated by Rafiee & Rezaiee, 2005). The researches done by Loliz et al (2000) showed that there is a meaningful risk difference among three groups by using narcotic and Methadone and then the under-treatment individuals with Methadone users and the normal persons. Gossop (2002) Dolan et al (1998) in a study showed that the under treatment with Methadone were in less risk in comparison to addicted persons and use common ampoules less and less. Meanwhile, in a study done by Broyer et al, it was shown that Methadone can prevent diseases like AIDS and HEPATIT and can be effective (Broyers, 1998). Method This descriptive research was conducted with random sampling participation of 40 under treatment and 40 normal persons residing near the abandoned centers based on age and educational level in Khoramabad city. Instruments To measure the risky behaviors, the Yrbss questionnaire designed in American disease controlling centers was used (Bakhshani et al, 2007). The form used in the research had 21 parts which measured the intensity of risky behaviors related to asperity (cold weapon carting and participation in physical struggle), addiction abuse, alcoholic abuse, mental disorder drugs, risky sexual intercourse, nourishment 286 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 and physical movement, and unfit friends. Berner et al obtained the result by using this questionnaire in two weeks distance and Kappa correlation for all the items between 236 to 90.5 percent. In Iran also Bakhshaiee wt al (2007) with measuring Kappa correlation, estimated the reliability of all the items 85 percent. Dr. Kajbaf et al, (2008) in a study estimated the reliability of this questionnaire on 377 subjects 79 percent. Results Research hypothesis: there is a meaningful difference between the under treatment individual with MMT and the normal persons. Table 1: A summary of t-test results and the difference between normal and under treatment individual with MMT. P 0.000 df 78 T 3.08 SE Mean 5.29 15.43 7.31 24.17 Groups Normal group under treatment Group As it is seen in the above table, the t-test estimated there is a meaningful difference between the under treatment individual risk and normal persons with df =78 in p<0.000. Viewing the mean of the two groups, the under treatment group have a higher mean of risk, therefore the research hypothesis is verified. Discussion The aim of conducting the present research is investigating the comparison of the risk between the two groups, .i.e., the normal and under treatment with MMT groups. The hypothesis stated that there is a meaningful difference between the normal and under treatment group individuals. The results revealed that there is a meaningful difference between under treatment individual with Methadone and normal bodies. And the under treatment individual with Methadone were in more risk comparing to the counterpart group. As mentioned before, the health threatening behaviors are one of the challenges related to the mental-social and hygienic dimensions of society in most of the societies of the world and have caused numerous problems in the world. Despite attempts made in the last two decades for awakening the general knowledge of the society with regard to the threatening factors in the society, we witness the increase in such behaviors in society. This can also increase the risk of addiction. However, the current research was done for more clarification though in a limited area and in a specified time therefore it has its own limitations. It is recommended that for more reliability and validity similar researcher be done somewhere else so that a remedy can be found to prevent addiction because it is a threatening factor in the society for people particularly for the youths. 287 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 References -Bakhshani,N, Lashkaripour.K,& Hosseinber, M (2007). The spread of relevant behaviors in line with intentional and unintentional students’ harms in Sistan Baluchestan ,Tasbib e Shargh,9(3);199-208. -Saduk, B & Sasduk, V. A summary of mental behaviors-clinical psychiatry, translated by Pourafkari Nosratolah.Tasbriz:Shahrab.2003. --- -Soleimaninia, L. Jazayeri, A. Mohamadkhani,P.(2005). The role of mental health in presence of youth’s risky behaviors, social welfare .5(19) p.p. 75-90. -Dolan KA, Wodak AD, Hall WK. Methadone Maintenance treatment reduces heroin injection in New South Wales prisons. Drug Alcohol Rev. 1998; 17(2):153-8 -Sadock BJ, Sadock VA. Synopsis of psychiatry. Behavioral science/clinical psychiatry. Newyork: Williams & wilkins 2007:10(2). -Shusudefeski Mishel. Gozideie az ketab Jang wa Jahani shodan teryak wa heroien, toolid anbooh margbartarin selah dar Afghanestan. Tarjomeh Ja'far Pooya, Tehran; az entesharat dabir khaneh setad mobarezeh ba mawad mokhader, 2003. -Brener ND, Kann L, McManus T & et al, (2002). Reliability of the Youth Risk Behavior Survey Questionnaire, Journal of Adolescent Health, 8, (31): 336-342. -Brener ND, Conins J, Kannl L & et al, (1995). Reliability of the youth Risk Behavior survey , questionnaire. -Broers B, Junet C, Bourguin JY, perrin L. Hirschel B. prevalence and Incidence rate of HIV, hepatitis B and C among drug users on methadone maintenance treatment in Geaeva between 1988 and 1995. Aids 1998: 22 (15): 2059-66 American journal of Epidemiology, 1995, 141(6).575-580. - Conrad KM, Flay BR, Hill D. Why children start smoking cigarettes: predictors of onset. British Journal of Addiction1992; 87(12): 1711-24. - Grekin ER, Sher KJ. Alcohol dependence symptoms among college freshmen: prevalence, stability, and person–environment interactions experimental and clinical psychopharmacology. Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, 2006; 14(3): 329-38. -Lerner, J. S., & Keltner D. (2001). Fear, anger and risk. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,81, 146-159. - Momtaze S. Family and addiction. 1st ed. Zanjan: Mahdis Publication; 2002. p. 19-23. - Vazerian M. Opium, the drug that become poison. 1st ed. Tehran: Jam Jem Publication; 2003. p. 1-12. 288 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 289-296, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications Qualitative evaluation of the role of family structure and history of family violence on the severity of adolescents’ delinquency in Ilam Nabi Allah Gholami*1, Sakineh Soltan2,i Morteza Alizadeh3 1- MA student of Criminal Law and Criminology, Tehran University, Tehran, Iran 2- PHD of Psychology , Azad University , Ilam , Iran 3- BA student of Psychology, Semnan University, Semnan, Iran Abstract The family is the first institution in which the individual is a member from the birth and has several functions which influence the actions of the individual in society. Violence is one of the components that exert negative effects on the mind and soul of children. Hence, the present research aims to investigate the role of family structure and history of family violence on the severity of delinquency of juveniles in Ilam. The study sample consisted of 20 subjects drawn from a larger population of adolescents between 16 and 18 years who had a history of committing crimes in the city of Ilam and were selected through convenience sampling. Questionnairesof this study included domestic violence (PourNaghash Tehrani, 2004) and surveys of family functioning and family structure (Khosravi, Kiyamanesh, Banijamali and Nik Manesh,2007). Data were analyzed using ttest and Mann-Whitney U Test and results identified the effect of family performance, family structure and family aggression on the severity of delinquency. Keywords: Family performance, family structure, history of family violence, delinquency Introduction Family is the first and foremost responsible social institution for the socialization of children and creating a safe and secure environment for the children's growth and fertility. According to many experts, the family is largely effective in shaping the actions and lives of individuals and children’s socialization. If the family is faced with numerous problems, the process of the socialization of family members will be impaired (Salahi, 2009). The conducted studies indicate that children are more vulnerable to the domestic aggression as compared to adults and this vulnerability is to the extent that children are not only affected by mental and physical aggressions but also observe the parents’ aggressive behaviors that exert detrimental effects on them. There is no significant difference between children who observe the domestic aggression and children who are the subject of such aggressions (Sigle, 2003). The tension and aggression between parents and aggressive behaviors toward children is quite common among the different strata of the society and does not belong to a specific stratum. Family is a still a private setting in many of the cultures and this issue poses many problems for the external agencies to prevent family violence (Moazzami, 2012, 22).Aggressive behavior is one of the major social problems in a community and special attention is devoted to that due to the importance of such behaviors in childhood and especially in adolescence (Layer and Haye, 1997; cited in Pakaslahti, 2000, 467). The International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 important thing in the realm of criminality includes examining the structures of hostility, anger, and aggression(Hovlez and Riyte, 1978, 73). Studies show that maladaptive emotional reactions of delinquent adolescents are different and this type of emotional connection is the predictor of criminal behavior (Andrews and Hops, 1997, 10). In spite of the variety of statistics in Iran, studies show that about 5 to 10 percent of the criminals commit 50 to 60 percent of the crimes. Professional criminals who comprise an insignificant percent of all the criminals commit a huge part of the crimes and have a major contribution in the occupation of the different institutions of criminal justice, including police, prosecutors and courts. Establishment of juvenile courts and implementing misdemeanor Security Act require adopting strategies and applying other knowledge and developingdifferent numerous mechanisms. Assessment of the dangerous state and controlling the risks, forecasting the crime and the possibility of repeating the offense, the formation of specialized records related to the condition and circumstances of the offender including establishment of the juvenile institution for children, irresponsible criminals’ asylum, exile of habitual criminals, agricultural and industrial workshops and establishment of treatment centers for the offenders who are addicted to smoking, alcohol and drug are the other necessary condition for the implementation of educational reform approach in the law court of delinquent children and Security acts. Regarding this approach كشاورزيregardless of its success or lack of success in comparison with other criminal justice system, despite the recent emphasis of the fifth paragraph of Article 156 in the Constitution regarding the appropriate action to reform criminals, this has been historically ignored in Iran. Administrative regulations law of the establishment of juvenile courts of delinquent children was prepared nine years after such condition and very few number of correction and rehabilitation centers existed before the revolution in Iran. Establishing the security act with the establishment of security centers related to the irresponsible habitual criminals and industrial workshops have been generally forgotten. In addition, using other moderating institutes of punishment and criminal approach such as conditional release and suspension of punishment has never been welcomed by the judges. Undoubtedly, one of its main reasons is the scientific, educational and cultural tendency toward the punishments and also the lack of alternative mechanisms of punishment in this regard (Gholami, 2009, 47). Disorganized families These families are characterized by actions and behaviors such as conflict between parents. The parents are present but the family environment is replete with lack of attention to children, lack of kindness, maladjustment between parents and conflict between parents in the presence of children (Salahi, 2009, 130). Studies indicate that weak and inadequate bond between children and parents is correlated to children’s running away from home and many other crimes such as stealing and prostitution (Moazemi, 2009, 220). Violence against children According to the reports of international organizations, only 16 countries obey the law, based on which any kind of physical punishment is forbidden and there is no such law in other countries. At least, in 30 countries, children are whipped by sticks or lashes in the correctional and rehabilitation centers. In many of the countries, punishment and aggressive actsare legal in correctional and protective centers (Peaneruo, 2008, 7). The term of "family abuse" in the family includes those acts of family that are followed by emotional, mental, sexual or physical abuse of a member (or members) of the family with other member (or members). Lovinson has provided a list containing forty types of violence (Lovinson) 1989, 26). The list includes issues such as child sexual abuse, rape the wife, abuse the elders, child physical abuse, and physical violence between spouses or against the spouse. Penhale has proposed one of the clearest and comprehensive definitions within the misbehavior toward the elderly that can also be used in other cases.He writes, "Most of the definitions from the abuse includes these items: physical 290 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 abuse, sexual abuse, psychological and social abuse (including emotional and verbal abuse, harassment, isolation and withdrawal, leaving home and monetary abuse)" (Penhale, 1993, 96). According to the theory of behaviorism, individuals are affected by nurturing environment and enter the field of crime and demonstrate violent behavior, therefore, the criminal behavior is learned over.Principally, the rate of crime goes up in societies that have higher rates of delinquency. From the perspective of Bandura, humans attack one another because of the past experiences and learning violent reactions. They expect various reinforcements for such behaviors or their social and environmental conditions drive them toward aggressive behaviors (Kaplan and Sadock, 2000, 78). According to Bowen, aggression toward the spouse is transfered from one generation to another. This theory considers the marital aggression as a learned social behavior (Hotaling and Sugarman, 1989; cited in Rosen, Haring and Stith, 2001, 137). Theory of the failure of violence puts forward that the failure of individual’s attempt in attaining the goals gives rise to aggression and this arises a self or other destructive behavior and the emergence of aggression decreases such issues (Kaplan and Sadock, 2000, 89). In the cognitive theory, the aggressive tension is derived from the unfair imaging of the undesirable phenomena. The basic assumption of this theory is that the way of thinking about the aggression results in aggression (Gartner, Gollan and Jacobson, 1997, 129). In the theory of mental pathology, aggression stems from factors such as psychological illness, personality weakness, mental pathologies and other abnormal intrapersonal factors (ShahniYeilagh, 1997, 27). The main goal of this research is to investigate the role of family structure and history of family violence on the severity of delinquency of juveniles in Ilam. The alternative goal is to assess each of the variables as contributory factors of delinquency in adolescents. The first hypothesis proposed that the family performance exerts effects on the severity of adolescents’ delinquency. Our second hypothesis put forward that, the family structure affects the severity of adolescents’ delinquency. The third hypothesis put forward that the history record of family aggression affects the adolescents’ delinquency. Method and materials The study sample consisted of 20 subjects drawn from a larger population of adolescents between 16 and 18 years who had a history of committing crimes in the city of Ilam and were selected through convenience sampling. The data gathering tools include structured interviews on the axes risky behavior, family functioning and structure of the family. Interview forms were designed on the axes of family structure (age, education, parental education, occupation and income level) and risk behaviors (use of illegal substances, including tobacco, alcohol and drugs, relationships with the opposite sex, suicide). To obtain the validity of the interview forms, several of the experts were asked to assess it and correct the related flaws. Then it was performed as an experiment on the subject. The 5-point rating scale was used to quantify and illustrate the findings.The score of 1 refers to the lowest severity and the score of 5 indicates the highest level of severity. Domestic Violence Questionnaire: in the present study, Domestic Violence Questionnaire was used to investigate domestic violence. This questionnaire has 40 items and was developed by Pour Naghash Tehrani (2004). 13- item of this questionnaire assess the psychological violence (verbal insults, sexual disconnection, debunking your work and humiliating you in front of others), 24 items evaluate physical aggression (pushing, hitting, squeezing the throat, pulling hair and kicking) among the couples and the last three items assess the being victim or witness of violence (whether or not you have been the subject or victim of the parents’ violence). The range of the responses in this questionnaire rates on a four -point Likert scale from often to never. This questionnaire with measures of conflict was conducted in a group of 50 couples and the correlation between the results of the questionnaire and average score of the scale equaled .81. It represents the convergentvalidity of the domestic violence questionnaire. The 291 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 validity of the questionnaire based on Cronbach's alpha coefficient was equal to .87 (Pour Naghash Tehrani , 2005). Each of the subjects completed the family violence questionnaire and participated in the interview of family structure and severity of risky behaviors with no knowledge of the ultimate goals of the research. Data were analyzed using t-test and Mann-Whitney U Test. Results and findings The sum of the scores in each column is a minimum of ten and maximum of 50. The 5-point rating scale was used to quantify and illustrate the findings. The score of 1 refers to the lowest severity and the score of 5 indicates the highest level of severity. The score of 1 indicates the lack of risky behaviors. The score of 2 refers to the tendency toward committing risky behaviors and the score of 5 is indicative of severe risky behaviors. Table 1- The table of delinquent behaviors among the subjects of the study Relationship with aggression suicide Substance abuse Offenders with sever risky behavior 1 2 3 4 5 variable 4 2 3 4 4 hookah 3 3 5 2 3 cigarett e 2 2 1 3 2 alcohol 3 3 2 3 3 drug 3 3 5 4 4 threat 3 3 3 2 4 action 4 3 5 4 3 verbal 3 4 4 4 3 Physic al 3 3 3 4 2 Nonsexual relation ship 3 2 3 3 3 Sexual relation ship 6 7 8 9 10 Offenders with mild risky behavior 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 5 2 4 3 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 3 3 4 1 4 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 4 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 4 3 5 5 4 1 3 4 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 3 4 3 3 4 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 4 4 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 Table 2- The table of the family structure of the subjects based on the severity of risky behavior 292 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 diploma employee business Teacher House wife employee 6 4 3 900 900 800 700 900 diploma bachelor employee 5 900 6 second bachelor diploma employee 5 business second AD diploma employee 800 diploma second diploma diploma 5 diploma third diploma House wife House wife House wife teacher Father’s job Offenders with mild risky behavior Offenders with severe risky behavior second second employee second bachelor TGJH business diploma third diploma TGJH diploma second TGJH second TGJH 900 16 business 4 16 TGJH teacher 16 TGJH teacher 16 third bachelor 17 business bachelor 16 diploma 800 16 TGJH 5 16 second teacher 17 worker employee 15 diploma diploma 17 diploma 900 16 third 3 17 worker business 17 diploma 700 17 diploma 4 16 third 800 16 employee 6 16 TGJH 700 17 diploma 5 1 6 TGJH 900 20 employee 5 19 TGJH 900 18 bachelor 6 17 TGJH 800 16 bachelor 6 15 TGJH 800 14 business 5 13 elementar y illiterate 900 12 TGJH 5 11 business 10 second 700 9 business 6 8 TGJH 700 Average of salary 7 diploma 7 Number of house 6 third House wife House wife House wife House wife House wife House wife House wife House wife House wife House wife House Mother’s job 5 Mother’s education 4 Father’s education 3 education 2 age 1 sample 293 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 Physical aggression 1 sample Offenders with mild risky behavior Offenders with severe risky behavior Table 3- questionnaire of family aggression of the research subjects based on the severity of risky behavior International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Mental aggression 3 3 3 4 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 Witnessing aggression 4 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 2 *the sum of scores on this test is minimum of 3 and maximum of 1 The first hypothesis, the intensity difference between the two groups of risky behavior related to the substance abuse is equal to 112 in people with severe risky behavior and 48 in those with mild risky behaviors. The suicide rates in people with severe risky behaviors and mild risky behaviors are equal to 64 and 38, respectively. The opposite sex relationship with severe risky behaviors and mild risky behaviors are equal to 59 and 38, respectively.Violence in severe risky behaviors and mild risky behaviors are equal to 76 and 51, respectively. Mann-Whitney U test results between the two groups show no significant difference between groups at .001. The second hypothesis, in studying the family structure, parental education and adolescent risk behaviors are lower while the dropout rates are higher. They have more modest income and more number of family members. The third hypothesis of this study examines the impact of family violence on the severity of the criminal behavior of students and t-test has been used to review the significant differences of the mean comparison. The results of the table shows that the mean of the group with the experience of violence in childhood was higher, t=4.78 which is bigger than t table with 18 degrees of freedom. Therefore, significant between-group difference is observed between the two groups. Discussion and conclusion The results of this research are in line with some other studies. Based on the articles and studies, we have confronted with growing and increasing pathology (Abdollahni, 2002). Studies indicate that the abuse of drug, smoking and suicide are increasing (Sedigh Sarvestani, 2003; Raghibi, 2002; and Hosseini, 2002). Stansfield and Kirsteim (2005) state that adolescence is the period of high-risk behaviors and increase of exploration and curiosity. For example, drinking alcohol even for a short period of time poses educational, driving and delinquency problems. Parental processes such as controlling and monitoring role of parents (Santrak, 2005; Hubber and Howel, 2003; Goudarzi et al, 2002), family solidarity (Rostami, 2002), parent-child relationship and parenting style (Golchin et al, 2001; Shahsavari, 2003) are effective factors in the prevention of delinquent behaviors. Moreover, studies indicate that belligerent children are usually grown in families with low levels of skills in solving the problems and paradoxical discipline (Sigle, 2003, 202). In a longitudinal study (Ferguseh and Linzeki, 1998; cited in Wadzby, Svedin and Sydsjo, 2007; 148), it was indicated that inadequate educational style prolongs the consistency of maladaptive behaviors in adolescents. Therefore, it can be concluded that discipline, education and prevention of the decline in individual and society have significant role. The science of criminology that has promoted such teachings in the past 200 years and has somehow owed the religious teachings. Special attention is devoted to the criminology of prevention that deals with reaction actions for the prevention of delinquency (Najafi Abrand Abadi, 2008, 49). Planning to decrease social pathology requires the establishment and development of preventive programs and each scientific and wise plan can exert profound effects on the decrease or suspension of social problems. Based on the results of this research, it’s proposed that adolescents and parent be 294 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 encouraged to participate in life skills workshops. It’s also proposed that psychological and legal support is offered to families that have children with risky problem behaviors. It’s also proposed that this research be carried out on a larger and more diverse population and other contributory variables to the adolescents’ delinquency. References Abdollahi J, 2009.Child and adolescent delinquency. Tehran: Mizan. Abdollahi M, 2002.Social pathologies and its evolutionary process in Iran. Proceedings of the First National Conference of Social Harms in Iran, Tehran, Iranian Sociological Association. Anderews, Hops, Duncen, 1997. Adolescent modeling of parent Substance use. Journal of Family Psychology. 1(11). Farrell A D, Flannery D J, 2006. Youth violence prevention، Are we there yet? Journal of Aggression and Violent Behavior.8. Gartner E, Gollan J K, Jacobson N S, 1997. Psychological aspects of perpetrators of domestic violence and their relationships with the victims. The Psychiatric clinics of North America. 20. Gholami H, 2005.Strict penal policy. Journal of Police Science. 7(4). Gholami H, 2011. Introduction to the pathology of criminal policy toward the prevention of repeating the delinquency and victimization in Iran. Criminal Law Doctrines, Razavi University of Islamic Sciences: 1. Golchin M, Nasiri M, Najmi B A, Bashar Doust N A, 2001. The relationship between family functioning and certain psychological characteristics of boys and girls. Research in Medical Sciences. 6. Hosseini S R, 2002. Review of the crime statistics in 1997-2000, Proceedings of the First National Conference on Social Harms in Iran, Tehran, Iranian Sociological Association. Huebber A J, Howel L W, 2003. Examining the relationship between adolescent sexual risk- taking and perception of monitoring communication and parenting styles. Journal of Adolescent Health. 33. Kaplan H, Sadock B, 2000. Summary of psychiatry and behavioral sciences. Translated by N. Pour Afkari. Tehran: Shahrab Press. Levinson D, 1989. Family violence in cross-cultural perspective. California، Sage. Moazzami SH, 2012. The impact of domestic violence on children and youth delinquency. Quarterly of Crime Prevention. 22. Najafi Abrand Abadi A H, 2011. The pleadings of the course criminology (prevention), written by Mehdi. Seyyedzadeh Sani, sixth edition. Pakaslahti L, 2000. Children’s and adolescents aggressive behavior in context، the development and application of aggressive problem-solving strategies, Journal of Aggression and Violent Behavior, 5 (5). Penhale B 1993. The abuse of elderly people، considerations for practice. British Journal of Social Work, 33 (2). Pinerou P S, 2008. World report on violence against children. UNICEF press. PourNaghashTehrani S S, 2005. Family aggression in the families in Tehran. Bimonthly of Daneshvar-e Raftar. 13. Raghibi M, 2002.Epidemiology of suicide and attempting suicide in Sistan-Baluchistan province. Journal of Human Sciences, University of Sistan and Baluchistan, Special Education and Psychology (3). Rostami E, 2002. Studying the adolescent attachment to parents and peers in the Iranian society and its relationship with the components of social adjustment. MA Thesis Tehran, Tehran University. Rozen K H, Bartle-Haring S, Stith S M, 2001. Using Bowen theory to enhance understanding of the intergenerational transmission of dating violence. Journal of Family Issues. 22 (1). Santrock J W, 2005. Adolescence. The McGraw. Hill Companies. www. Mhhe. Com/Santrockalo. Sedigh Sarvestani R A, 2003.Evaluation of risk factors in Iranian adolescents and young adults with drug abuse. Social Science Journal, 11 (2). Shahni Yeilagh M, 1997.The relationship between demographic factors and men's violence toward their wives. Educational Sciences and Psychology. 3(2). 295 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Shahsavari M H, 2003.Relationship between family interactions, moral and ethical judgments of male students in the city of Arak. MA Thesis. Tarbiat Moallem University. Sigle L, 2006.Criminology. Translated by Y. Seif Allahi. NAJA Office of Applied Research, Tehran. Stansfield K H, Kirsteim C L, 2005. Nero-chemical effects of cocaine in adolescence to adulthood. Developmental Brain Research. 159 (2). Wadzby M, Svedin G, Sydsjo G, 2007. Children of mothers at psychosocial risk growing up, A follow up at the age of 16. Journal of Adolescence. 30. 296 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 297-304, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications Mediating Role of Emotional Intelligence in the Relationship between Family Communication and Life Satisfaction among Women Managers in Shiraz four Educational Districts Area Fatemeh Darenjani Shirazi1 Masoumeh Fallahi2 Ali Akbar Khubiyari3 1-Master degree in general psychology, Islamic Azad University of Marvdasht 2-Master degree in organizational and industrial psychology, Islamic Azad University of Marvdasht 3-Master Degree in educational Planning, Isfahan University Abstract Introduction: since family is the main unit of a society, social conservation depends on family conservation. Individuals grow in families and a society's existence and strength depends on individuals’ existence. Goal: the present research was conducted in order to investigate mediating role of EI in relationship between family communications and satisfaction with life in women managers in four educational districts of Shiraz City. Methodology: the present research is a correlation study. Statistical population of the research included all women managers in four educational districts in Shiraz City. 225 people were selected by means of multi-step cluster sampling method. Data were collected by means of family communications questionnaire, Diener's satisfaction with life questionnaire and Schutt's EI questionnaire. Results: results showed that EI plays a significant mediating role in relationship between family communications and satisfaction with life in women managers. Results also showed that there is positive relationship between EI and satisfaction with life and conversation communication model. Further, EI plays a mediating role in relationship between family monotony communication model and satisfaction with life. Conclusion: EI and also family communication (conversation orientation and monotony orientation) result in satisfaction with life. Keywords: EI, satisfaction with life, family communication model Introduction Intelligence has always been considered as a basic characteristic for differentiating between people. However, intelligence has usually referred to cognitive aspects like memory, problem-solving and thinking while non-cognitive aspects of intelligence like emotional, excitement, personal and social aspects of intelligence are also considered as important and used in prediction of an individual's ability to succeed in life (Wang, 2003). EI is the newest concept in the field of understanding relationship between emotion and thinking and is considered as a trigger for a large revolution in psychological hygiene area. EI refers to fundamental aspects of an individual's behavior which are completely different from intellectual abilities (Braberi and Garous, 2007). EI is a combination of non-cognitive abilities, skills and knowledge which influence on the ability to overcome environmental pressures successfully (Bar-en, 1997; Sharifi Daramadi, 2007). According to studies, EI dimensions are good predictors of psychological well-being indicators like satisfaction with life and inter-personal performance (Extermera and Fernandez, 2005). Satisfaction with life is a condition in which individuals feel satisfied with each other. Satisfaction is created through mutual interest, care for each other, acceptance, understanding each other and satisfaction of needs (Bradberi and Garious, 2007). Diener (1985) defined satisfaction with life as International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 personal judgment of luckiness and well-being. Satisfaction is an internal expereicne which contains positive emotions and does not contain negative feelings. Mehyer and Diener studies showed that satisfaction with life is correlated with high psychological health. As satisfaction increases, positive emotions and feelings are more possible (reported from Bakhshipour, 2005: 81). Family is made up of transactions which organize the family environment. These transactions indicate family's ability to adjust and regulate new needs and adaptation to new conditions. This dimension contains capabilities like communication skills, coping strategies, problem-solving skills, decision-making, flexibility, and growing children (Elliot, 1993). Family communication concept is defined as a scientific structure of apparent world of a family and is based upon family members communications and what they talk about and what they do (Fitzpatrik and Koerner, 2004). Fitzpatrick and Richi (1994) believe that conversation orientation and monotony orientation are two key dimensions of family members’ communications in this theory. Monotony is a type of family communication model which exerts pressure on members to make values, attitudes and beliefs similar. Families which receive higher points in this dimension emphasize on monopolizing beliefs and attitudes. This kind of orientation is based on coordination, avoiding conflict and dependence and struggle and attachment. In such families, communication reflects obeying parents (Koerner and Fitzparker, 2002). Such families have traditional structures and hierarchical system. Communications within family environment are considered more important than outside family. Parents expect everything to be done according to their desire (Fitzparker, Koerner, 2004). In contrast, families with low monotony point do not have traditional structure and pay little attention to hierarchy and traditions and customs. Such families on disagreements in beliefs and independence of members is recognized (Koerner and Is, 2000). Another dimension in this model is conversation. It refers to the level of free and relaxed atmosphere provided by family for members' participation and expression of beliefs. Such families spend a lot of time on mutual communication and discussing different topics. Members of such families share their individual activities, thoughts and feelings and members make decisions in common (Fitzparker, Koerner, 2004). In families which have a low level of this dimension, members have little communication with each other and not all members participate in decision-making process (Koerner and Is, 2000). Four types of families are possible based upon the combination of low and high levels of the two dimensions: consensual family, pluralistic family, supporting family and Laissez – faire family. Pluralistic families have a low level of monotony and a high level of conversation. Their feature is open and non-restricted interaction. In such families, individuals take part in decision-making and children are independent. Consensual families have high levels of conversation and monotony (Koerner and Fitzparker, 2002). In consensual families, communication is a reflection of tension between beliefs and open communication and pressure for supporting family hierarchy (Koerner and Mackey, 2004). Parents make the final decisions in a family in addition to loving their children (Koerner and Fitzparker, 2002). Protective families have high levels of monotony but low levels of conversation. In such families, acceptance of parents' power and obeying them is important. Protective families emphasize on obeying and pay little attention to communicational skills. Laissez – faire families have low levels of monotony and conversation. In such families, there is very little communication between parents and children and children are susceptible to be affected by their environment considerably (Fitzparker and Koerner, 2004). Ahadi et al (2009) showed that there is positive and significant relationship between EI and satisfaction with life. Considering close relationships between satisfaction with life and variables like spiritual intelligence, EI and coping strategies, the following sentence deal with definition and explanation of these variables. EI is a combination of non-cognitive abilities, knowledge and skills which influence on successful confrontation with environmental pressures (Bar-En, 1997; Sharifi Daramadi, 2007). Maltaby et al (2004) found that individuals with higher levels of satisfaction with life have more appropriate levels of coping strategies, emotions and deeper positive feelings and have high general health. Rahimi and Kheir (2007) conducted a research titled "relationship between family communications patterns and life quality in high school students of Shiraz city" and concluded that family conversation orientation is positive and monotony orientation is negative in all four dimensions of life quality i.e. physical health, psychological health, social communications, and life environment perception. Keshtkaran (2009) conducted a research titled "relationship between family communication models and resiliency in Shiraz students". They picked 200 freshmen students. Results showed that conversation is a positive predictor for resiliency. However, monotony is a negative predictor of resiliency and resiliency level is different in four types of communication patterns in families. Tajalli and Latifiyan (2008) conducted a research titled: "the influence of family communicational dimensions on psychological health, a mediating role of teenagers' EI". They concluded that conversation orientation is a positive predictor of children psychological health and monotony orientation is a negative predictor of psychological health. Moreover, conversation orientation is significant in comparison with monotony and EI has a mediating role in relationship between conversation and psychological health. Yar Mohammadiyan and Bonakdar Hashemi 298 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 (2011) investigated the influence of teaching EI and life skills on young couples marital compatibility and concluded that teaching life skills and EI has significant influence on marital compatibility and its dimensions (mutual satisfaction, mutual agreement, mutual correlation and kind comments). Further, mutual agreement and kind expressions did not show any significant difference in life skills teaching and EI teaching. Therefore, EI has a close relationship with psychological health and it can predict psychological health (Zareian and Bakhshipour, 2007; Astean, 2005). The present research tries to investigate the mediating role of EI in relationship between family communicational model and satisfaction with life in women managers in four educational districts f Shiraz City. Research hypotheses EI plays a significant mediating role in relationship between family communication and satisfaction with life in women managers. Satisfaction with life Family communication model Figure x: Research conceptual model Research methodology The present research is a correlation study. Statistical population of the research includes all women managers (manager and assistant) in girls’ secondary schools and high schools in Shiraz four educational districts (645 people). 240 people were picked as sample size by means of multi-step cluster sampling. First, two districts were selected randomly. Then, 40 girls schools (20 secondary schools and 20 high schools) were selected from each of the two districts randomly and questionnaires were distributed among women managers. Totally, 240 questionnaires were distributed and because 15 questionnaires were received in badly-filled formats, the remaining 225 questionnaires were analyzed. Data collection instrument: a) Scutte's emotional intelligence scale: this questionnaire was designed by Schutte et al (1998) based on Saloui and Mayer's EI theoretical model (1990). It was first designed for measuring teenagers EI level. They used factor analysis and analyzing main dimensions of 316 respondents to reach 62 questions and four factors. The first factor (the present questionnaire) contains 32 questions and its Eigen value was 10.79. Second to fourth factors had Eigen values EIual to 3.58, 2.90, 2.53, respectively. 33 questions which were contained in the first factor measured Saloui and Mayer's conceptual model of EI. Three categories were observed in the 33 questions: evaluation and expression of emotions had 13 questions (such as: I think it is difficult for me to understand others' non-verbal messages). Regulation of emotions had 10 questions (such as: I look for activities which make me happy). Utilization of emotions had 10 questions (such as: when I feel a change in my emotions I like to reach new ideas).moreover, subdimensions of each category were also specified.33 questions were used for preparation of final scale. Factors which are measured in this test include: first factor: regulation of emotion, which means ability to confront with negative and adverse emotions compatibly through self-regulation methods which improve such emotions length. Second factor is appraisal and expression of emotions, which means ability to recognize and understand one's and others' emotions based upon situational clues. Third factor is utilization of emotions which includes ability to use emotional information in thinking, action and problemsolving (Javid, 2001). Results of the Peterdis and Frenham's research (2000) showed that which questions measure which factors (correlation between each of the questions with corresponding factor was more than 0.30) regulation of emotions factor: 2, 3, 10, 14, 12, 16, 17, 20, 21, 22, 23, 28, and 31. Appraisal of emotions factor: 9, 15, 18, 19, 22, 25, 29, 32, 5. Social skills factor: 1, 4, 6, 8, 11, 13, 16, 24, 26, 30, And 33. Utilization of emotions factor: 6, 7, 17, 20, 27, 31. Some questions are observed in more than one sub-scale or factor which is expectable in factor analysis. Therefore, assignment of point to these questions should be done in both sub-scales. 5-point Likert scale was used to answer the questions (1= completely incorrect, 2= incorrect, 3= relatively correct, 4=correct and 5=completely correct). Then, 299 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 the points of each question are added and each sub-scale (factor)'s point is calculated separately. Sum of the points in each of the four sub-scales will make up the total EI point of respondents. Questions number 5, 28 and 33 were answered in reverse order (5=completely incorrect to 1=completely correct) (Khosro Javid, 2001). In the present research, Cronbach's alpha was calculated 0.84 for reliability of EI. b) Life satisfaction scale: this scale has five questions and was designed by Diener et al (1985) in order to measure satisfaction with life and is considered as sense of happiness indicator. Satisfaction with Life Scale (SWLS) has been designed for measuring an individual's judgment about life and compares life conditions with pre-determined standards. Since individuals may have different ideas about a good life, SWLS measures general satisfaction with life. SWLS measures positive aspects of individuals' experiences instead of negative emotions. This scale first contained 48 questions. The number of questions was reduced to 10 questions after factor analysis. The final version of SWLS reduced to 10 questions due to meaning similarities (Torabi, 2012). Questions were based on 5-point Likert scale from completely agree (point 1) to completely disagree (point 5). In the present research, reliability was measured by Cronbach's alpha for satisfaction variable (0.84). c) Family communication model: in order to investigate dimensions of family communication models i.e. conversation and monotony, adjusted family communication model which was presented by Richi and Fitzparker in 1994 was used. This instrument was a self-reporting questionnaire and measured respondents' success or failure with 26 items concerning family communications. It was also based on 5point Likert scale. The first 15 items (questions) are related to conversation dimension and 11 next items are related to monotony. This instrument has a strong theoretical base and therefore it has acceptable construct validity. Reliability coefficient was measured by Cronbach's alpha for conversation communication model (0.88) and monotony (0.92). Results Table 1 depicts descriptive indicators for variables. Variables matrix has also been provided in table 2. conversation monotony Satisfaction with life EI 85.3 64.3 80.3 68.3 95.53 88.26 90.24 23.121 Standard deviation 0/56 0/57 0/45 0/57 12/22 10/10 6/09 15/70 Cronbach’s 0/69 alpha 0/78 0/65 0/68 0/88 0/92 0/84 0/84 conversation monotony of mean indicator Social skills utilization emotions variable Optimism/reg ulation of emotions Appraisal of emotions Table 1: mean and standard deviations for variables optimism/regulation 1 300 EI Satisfaction with life Utilization of emotions Social skills of Appraisal emotions Optimism/reg ulation of emotions Table 2: correlation matrix for research variables International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 of emotions Appraisal emotions of **0/58 Social skills 1 **0/63 **0/52 1 of **0/70 **0/48 **0/59 1 conversation **0/35 **0/33 **0/25 **0/30 1 Monotony -0/03 -0/02 0/01 -0/07 **-0/43 1 **0/21 0/14 **0/23 **0/23 -0/26 ** 1 **0/78 **0/82 **0/76 **0/40 -0/04 **0/20 Utilization emotions Satisfaction life EI with *0/19 **0/89 1 Path analysis through step-by-step regression was used for testing the mediating role of EI in relationship between family communication model and satisfaction with life by means of Baron and Kenny method. In this process, the two independent variables of the model (conversation and monotony) were inserted into Equation for predicting model's dependent variable (satisfaction with life). In the second step, mediating variable (EI) was inserted into the Equation. Results of this research shows that R-squared value is Equal to 0.09in the first step (F(2, 213)=10.74, p<0.001) and in the second step, R-squared value is Equal to 0.11 (F(3, 212)=8.60, p<0.001). Table 3: step-by-step regression coefficients step variable β t P< F R2 df P< 1 conversation 0.17 2.36 0.02 10.74 0.09 213.2 0.001 monotony -0.19 2.62 0.009 conversation 0.10 8.60 0.11 212.3 0.001 monotony -0.21 2.94 0.004 EI 0.15 2.01 0.046 2 1.20 NS(0.23) Table 4 shows the influence of independent variables on mediating variable. Table 4: the influence of independent variables on EI Independent variable β t P< F R2 df P< EI conversation 0.49 7.30 0.001 26.90 0.20 2215 0.001 monotony -0.17 -2.49 0.013 Dependent variable 301 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Figure 1 shows different paths in this analysis. conversatio n Satisfaction with life EI monotony Figure 1: various paths of model Table 5 shows direct and indirect influence of independent variables and mediating variable on dependent variable. Table 5: direct and indirect influence of independent variables and mediating variable on dependent variable variable Direct influence Indirect influence Independent variable conversation - monotony -0.21 0/03 Dependent variable EI 0.15 - Through EI 0/07 Conclusion and discussion Results of the present research showed that there is significant relationship between EI and satisfaction with life and it can predict satisfaction with life. EI is a combination of non-cognitive abilities, skills and knowledge which influence on the ability to overcome environmental pressures successfully (Bar-en, 1997; Sharifi Daramadi, 2007). Previous studies also showed that EI is a good predictor of psychological well-being indices like satisfaction with life. Results of the present research match the results of studies conducted by Ahadi et al (2009) and Extremera & Fernandez (2005) it can be said that EI can control temperament, psychological conditions and is a motivating factor. EI is considered as a skill and is an important ability because individuals who have high levels of EI skills are satisfied with their lives and are usually efficient and productive. Many studies showed that EI can increase well-being, wealth, success, love and happiness. Studies show that more than 50% of success depends on EI and individuals who use EI in their lives are more successful, express high self-confidence and are aware of their abilities. Some studies indicate that EI is a main predictor for psychological well-being indices (satisfaction with life) and improves inter-individual performance. Further, results verified positive relationship between EI and conversation communication model. Families which have higher points of conversation have more free communications among members. Members of such families respect each other's feelings and emotions and encourage each other to state their thoughts or feelings (Elwood & Schrader, 1998; Regi, 1991). Consequently, family members learn to express their feelings and understand others' emotions. In such families, thoughts and feelings are shared and many different subjects are discussed freely (Fitzparker, 2004). Members of such families 302 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 learn to manage their emotions. these factors result in increasing EI. Families which have high level of monotony emphasize on similarity of beliefs and attitudes, avoiding conflict and getting along with others in communications. Members of such families cannot express their feelings well. Weakness in such skills results in EI weakening. Results verified the mediating role of EI in relationship between family communication model and satisfaction with life in women managers. In families with high level of monotony, communications and interactions emphasize on listening to parents and elderly and communications between two generations reflect obeying parents. Disagreement with family members may result in serious conflicts. Self-concepts of such family members are determined by others' expectations of them. Therefore, their life may be filled with dissatisfaction. In fact, when monotony exists in a family and members cannot express their feelings well, they are not satisfied with their lives and cannot plan, lead and manage and they do not have coping strategies to interpret tense conditions. Results of the present research are limited to education system managers in Shiraz city. Therefore, the results should be generalized carefully. Results were also affected by family socio-economic situation variable which is another restriction. Because EI and communication models influence on satisfaction with life and because they can be learned through education, managers' are advised to hold training courses so that participants of the courses can adapt well to their family and working environment. References Ahadi, Batoul, Narimani, Mohammad and Abolghasemi, Abbas 2009. Relationship between EI, selfefficacy and satisfaction with life in women, psychological and educational studies; 20th year; 1; pp: 117127. Bakhshipour Roudsari, Abbas, Peiravi, Hamid and Abdin, Ahmad 2005. Relationship between satisfaction and support for social life and psychological health in students, journal of psychological hygiene; number 27 and 28. Tajalli, Farhad and Latifiyan, Mohamamd 2008. The influence of family communications models dimensions on psychological health, mediating role of teenagers' EI, journal of family studies, year 1; 16; pp: 22-40. Torabi, Bita and Fallahi, Masoumeh 2012. Relationship between working life quality and "satisfaction with life and job satisfaction, scientific journal of novelties in industrial and organizational psychology; number 7. Khosro Javid, Mahnaz 2002. Investigation of construct vaidity and reliability of Schutt's EI scale in teenagers, master degree thesis in psychology. Humanities faculty, Tehran Tarbiyat Modarres University. Rahimi, Mohammad and Kheir, Mohamamd 2007. Relationship between family communication models and life quality in high school students of Shiraz City, educational and psychological studies, 1st year, number 1, pp: 5-20. Zareiyan, Mohammad and Bakhshipour Roudsari, Asef 2007. Relationship between EI and problemsolving styles and general well-being, journal of psychiatry and clinical psychology, 13th year, 2; pp: 166172. Sharifi Daramadi, Parviz 2007. EI and spirituality, Tehran; Sepahan publications. Keshtkaran, Tahereh 2009. Relationship between family communication models and resiliency in Shiraz University students, journal of knowledge and research in applied psychology, number 11, pp: 43-53. Yar Mohamamdian, Mohammad Hosein and Bonakdar Hashemi, Nazanin 2011. The influence of teaching marital points to young couples on EI and marital skills, journal of knowledge and research in applied psychology, 12th year; number 2. Bradbry, T. &Greaves, J.(2007).WhyEIismore Printing,PublishingNawandish. important thanIQ. Hadi Ebrahimitranslation, Diener, E., Emmons, R. A., Larsen, R. J., & Griffin, S. (1985). The satisfaction with life scale. Journal of Personality Assessment, 49, 71-75. Elwood ,T.D. & Schrader, D.C. (1998). Family communication patterns and communication apprehension. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 13(3).493-502. 303 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Extremera, N., & Fernandez, P. (2005). Perceived emotional Intelligence and life satisfaction: Predictive and incremental validity using the trait meta- mood scale. Personality and Individual Differences, 39, 937-948. Ferrari, J.R. & olivette, M.J. (1993). procrastination of parental control and the development of indecision a mog late adolescent females. Internal and higher Education, 8. 299. Fitzpatrick ,M .A, & Koener, A.F. (2004). Family Communication schema effect on children`s resiliency running head: family communication schemata, The evolution of key mass communication concepts: Honoring Jack M.Mcleod,115-139. Fitzpatrick, M.A. & Ritchie, L.D. (1994).Commnication schemata within the family: Multiple perspectives on family interaction. Human Communication Research,20,275-301. Koerner, A.F. & Fitzpatrick, M.A. (2002). Understanding family communication patterns and family functioning: the roles of conversation orientation and conformity orientation.Communication Studies, 48,59-78. Koerner, A.F. & Maki, L. (2004).family communication patterns & social support in families of origin & adlt childrens subsEIuent intimate relationships. Paper presented at the International Association for Relationship Research Coference, Madison,Wi,July 22-25. Koerner,A.F. & Eis, M. (2000). The influence of conformity on communication pattern in family conversations. Rnning head: communication MCN aughton. Maltaby J, Day L, Mccutcheon LE, Gillett R, Houran J, Ashe DD.( 2004). Personality and coping: A context for examining celebrity worship and mental health. British Journal of Psychology, 95 , 411428. Schutte. N. S. Malouff. J. M. Hall. L. I. Haggerty. D. J. Cooper. J. T.. Golden. C. J. el al.(1998). Development and validation of a measure of emotional intelligence. Personality and Individual Differences.41. 1089-1705. Wong, C.S., & Law, K.S. (2003). The effects of leader and follower emotional intelligence on performance and attitude: An exploratory study. The Leadership Quarterly, 13(3), 243-274. 304 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 305-311, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications Contemplation on National University Entrance Exam (Konkoor) in Iran 1 2 3 Seyyed Ali khaleghinezhad Farzad Hakimzadeh Hassan Maleki 1. PhD Candidate of Curriculum Development, University of Allameh-Tabatabai, Tehran, Iran 2. PhD Candidate of Curriculum Development, University of Tarbeyat Modaress, Tehran, Iran 3. PHD of Curriculum Development, University of Allameh-Tabatabai, Tehran, Iran Abstract The method of entry into higher education from high school has a spectacular situation in personal and social dimensions given the need for contemplative and creative humans. The issue has been solved in other countries but, unfortunately in Iran it has always been considered a challenging problem for parents, families, and planners. the aim of the present study has been contemplating on national entrance exam of the higher education (konkoor). The type of this study is documentary- descriptive and the method of gathering the information is that of a library research. the literature of konkoor in Iran has showed that assessing the cognitive lower levels instead of higher ones, imposing more mental pressure on families and students, creating problems in teaching methods and, leading students to play passive roles in learning are of concerns. Conclusion: Considering a lot of cost and pressure that imposing in Iranian students and families, and to be a qualified human capital, we need to change in procedure of adapting students. Analysis of National University Entrance Exam in Iran and other nation idecated that the best way for jouding about students’’ abilities and competencies to enter higher education institutes is overall diploma average. Keywords: National Entrance Exam (Konkoor), High School, Mental Pressure, Student, Cost Introduction How can we improve our society’s future human capital? There is no doubt that one of the main goals of each educational system as the center of cultivation of human resource for its nation is students’ academic guidance in a direction that meets the needs of individual and society. Accordingly, higher educational institutes have a significant place for parents, students, planner and politicians in meeting the two abovementioned needs. There are few decisions in youngsters’ life that have an effective impact on their life like selection of university major (gay, 2005). In various societies, Youngsters go to university with different motivations. In Iran, they enter universities due to career motivations, scientific and academic tendencies, social International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 interactions there in (Mohammadi, Rozbahani, and Taremi, 2005). In Japan, instructional quality of higher education is one of the most important factors for obtaining good jobs and social status (Veyoo, 1993). The study of Western Virginia in the U.S. revealed beside career motivations for university entrance, interaction with academic environment is another reason for them to enter university (Adams, 1997). Also, in Australia, university entrance is to obtain better jobs and more income (Maxwell, and colleague., 2000). Considering various motivations, for all students the decision to enter higher education have been became important priority in the most of nations. One of Important problem in many of educational system (for example, Iran) is usually the process of selecting and guiding high school students toward university commensurate with abilities, capabilities, and interests of them. Additionally, makeing decision based on accuracy and utility in selecting best students is another challenging policy for curriculum planners. Thus, selecting of university majors have to completely match with aforementioned concerns. Regarding enter the higher education institutes, Keravly ( 2004) believes unawareness decisions about that may imposed negative impacts such as dissatisfaction about selective discipline, dropout, mental problems and squander of time and costs on students. In Iran, konkoor is the main strategy of government for adapting students in the most of universities such as public and private institutes. Thus, we can say the result of konkoor for high school students is usually determining factor in forming their job and specialist, mount of income, and their social condition. In Iran, this role of konkoor has made it as important subject for all of Iranian families and students. Accordingly, the aim of present study is contemplation on konkoor in Iran. Method The design of present study is descriptive- analytical that is doing via library researches. Descriptive - analytical research defined as type of research that “researcher clarify what thing is available now, illuminate and explain reason of how is it, and account for problem dimensions” (Hafezneya, 2008: 62). The present study is composed of three stages: (1) the review of konkoor in Iran. (2) The review of konkoor in other countries. (3) The criticism of Iranian konkoor. The history of Konkoor in Iran In Iran, at the beginning of establishing university, the numbers of university volunteers were lower than university capacity. Thus, the indicators for selecting university discipline were individual diploma type and their intelligence. The history of first konkoor turn to 1938 that hold by decentralized way. From that year the kokoon has become a challenging word for Iranian people. “Konkoor” is French word (meaning competition) that has become familiar word for Iranians, because each year hundreds of thousands of high school graduates compete in this difficult exam to enter public universities (Farrokhi-Khajeh-Pasha et al. 2012). In 1969, with an establish higher education and science ministry, konkoor became hold by centralized way and multi-choice questions. Main reason for avoiding use of explanation questions was problem of correction this type questions (Mardi, 2004). Three years after 1978 the Islamic Revolution and the closure of the all Iranian university, no changing happened in the construction of konkoor. In 1979, first of konkoor held by two centralized and decentralized ways without any age limitation. In 1361, konkoor was only held in the medical, engineering, agriculture, and theology disciplines. Also, since 1995, the admission of students to enter higher education institutes would be done based on the result of konkoor by decentralized way. 306 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 In higher education ministry, Sanjesh Organization is responsible agency in charge of evaluating’ competency and ability of Iranian students. This organization formed in 1968 and their charts were confirmed in February 1968 as a test center. This organization has a wide duties and typically, entire of educational system is associated with it, somehow (Yadegarzadeh, Mogiemi, Paran, & Bahrami, 2008). The analysis of konkoor volunteers showed that we had experienced grow 9 times from 1981 with 1234387 volunteers until 2013 konkoor with 1086613 volunteers. Furthermore, the study, Tlgyny and colleagues (2002; cited in Mohtamedi at ell., 2004) posit that 63% of the konkoor volunteers had a rest lower than 8 hours; approximately, 60 % of volunteers had a study nearly 4 and 6 hours each day. Konkoor in other countries Konkoor is not only limited to Iran. In other countries (for example, Brazil, Turkey, Afghanistan, China, Japan, Mexico, and etc.), this exam used as filter in various form to enter higher education. For example, in Brazil, there is private and public universities that quality of public universities is better than Private University and students do not pay any tuition scholarships for their academic period. Thus, there is more competition to go public universities (Cavalcanti, Guimaraes, & Sampaio, 2012). In Japan, many of students go to university by written exams. There are two types of exam to enter university: First, holding simultaneous of centralized exam by the National Center throughout of Japan. This exam concludes of English language and special subject exam which are basis of admission in public universities and some private universities. Second, is special exams which each university has?. In this exam, grade of English lesson is important part of whole exam (Kitao, & Kitao, 2008). In Japan, Bossy (2000) analyzed pressure of university entrance exam on Japanese’s students revealed that imposing pressure from teachers, peers, and parents leading to deep mental damages for students. In U. S. universities, there are particular approaches for selecting students. They categorize students in 4 groups. First group is 10% upper average of diploma, second group is 20% after first group, third group are people who has diploma average between B and C. forth group have diploma average lower than C (Kreempour, 1996). Isaacs (2000) also, introduce this subject that more than 66 % of junior students have a tendency toward higher education institutes. In Mexico, receipting of students in universities has a specific problem. Arce-Medina and Flores-Allier (2012) believed that success in Mexican university entrance exam for Youngsters is an appropriate tool to access better life. Thus, students hardly attempt to go top universities. Additionally, there is a lot request to enter top Mexican universities and each year has rejected nearly 10 thousand requests. Criticism to konkoor in Iran Considering outcomes of konkoor, Psychologists have spoken about imposing mental pressures at the end of high school on students; Educational experts warn about creating harms due to use testing skills instead of important learning skills; Economics have introduced more compensating costs on families by private institutes of konkoor; and higher education specialist emphasize on inability of used assessment method in guiding students (Mardi, 2004). Moehtame (2004) uttered that entering students to universities aren’t the end of their problems because imposed pressures led to damages on next stages of their life. Therefore, compensated damages on konkoor volunteers are bitter reality that encompasses both of students’ admission and non-admission that we have to accept. 307 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Allocating the grade more or lower than students’ ability, both are unacceptable. Judging about personal abilities during several years is even subject that we have to deep analysis and contemplation about characteristics ascribed to individuals. The following to access sound analysis, unsuitable result of konkoor are introduced: 1) Assess lower levels of students ‘cognitive knowledge Does konkoor has an ability for evaluating upper level of students’ cognition (for example, creativity, critical thinking, synthesis, analysis, etc.)? Henson (2010: 314) believed that there is not any exam declaring all things to us and measuring whole of students’ abilities because our exams not be able measuring all information of students. Thus, we need various measurements of students to measure academic achievement during several years. According to (Sobhani,& Shahidi, 2007; Mardih, 2004; cited in Farrokhi Khajeh Pasha et al. 2012) Konkoor is very difficult because students are usually so heavily prepare themselves to participate in it at the last years of their academic period in high school. This subject creating disorder in "higher-level" cognitive functions, such as creativity and critical thinking. The Results of a study by Athari and colegous (2009) revealed that the scores of students’ critical thinking who went university were not desirable prediction and their rank in the university entrance exam were not deal with this skill. They suggested that teaching and promoting critical thinking skills in the university educational planning is necessary. Etesami (2011) after examination and criticize to questions of etiology in mathematical science and experimental science majors believed that remembered questions is opposite of lesson objectives; konkoor question stimulates students to recall subjects and measuring “lower- level” cognitive functions. Noorshahi (1999) posits that during 1370 until 1374 at the average 73/32 % of konkoor valentours with 19 to 20 total averages were rejected. Also, Farrokhi Khajeh Pasha et al. (2012) believed that Konkoor alone or in combination with GPA, has not suitable ability to predictor of medical students’ academic performance, and its predictive validity declines over the academic years of medical school. They declared that admission criteria have to consider both cognitive and non-cognitive factors, to identify the best applicants to become "good doctors" in the future. 2) Imposing more mental pressure on students and their families Preparing to admission in university is stressful experience; process of students’ admission in college creates more stress for family and student; stress can be dilemma and may be has impact on students relationship with their friends, parents, and school activities (Schachter, 2007). In Iran, konkoor is vital exam that each student have to pass it. Because according to konkoor, academic and career condition in future result will be determined. Report of Iranian students’ families in 2002 year revealed that 43 % of families were more sensitive to admission or non-admission their children; 30 % of student who rejected suffer from mental pressure; and 44 % of families who rejected its student involvement in mental pressure (cited in Mardi, 2004). 3) Selecting university course no based on talent and interest Gathering suitable information from university courses by konkoor volunteers leads to academic satisfaction and success to them. Also, caused more commitment to job that they will be select in future (Crowley, 2004). In Iran, research results ( zandippor, 1991; shayan, 19943; abdi, 2007) showed Iranian students have few understanding about university course who are studding now; this subjects make an astonishment and withdrawal of university. 308 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 3) Imposing more cost on families In four seasons of year, we can see advertisement of konkoor institutions in all of Iranian cities; after more, more of long history of konkoor in Iran, konkoor class is well known name in Iran. The thought metric center (2004) estimate income of konkoor institutions close to 284 million dollar; also, in 2013 year (hashari newspaper, 2013) refer to institutions’ 700 billion toman income. This incomes are evidence of imposing cost on Iranian families. These costs instead cultivate creativity in Iranian younger applying to kill creativity of them. 4) Disorder in teachers’ teaching methods Most experts and stakeholders in the education system are aware of effectiveness of evaluation type on other components of curriculum development. In the other words, instructional objectives and contents, teaching-learning methods, instructional materials, spaces, teacher and other educational elements will be changing via evaluation type. More tendency of High school students to master in testing skills, have been change teacher thoughts about teaching methods. So, all the activities of teacher should be doing to prepare students for entry to university. For example, study result of razmjo (2004) revealed that more of pre-university teachers emphasize on reading, translation English text to Persian text, and vocabulary and grammar; usually regardless to listening skills and pronunciation; they attempted to match their teaching methods with a konkoor exam. In Japan, murphy also utters his protest to konkoor. He believed “I was very disappointed that teachers thought English was just a tool for entrance exams” (Murphey, 1998, p. 23). Conclusion The aim of this research was contemplation in konkoor with consideration of various aspect of it. Survey of literature indicate that trying to access better social condition and career skills has become impressive priority to enter higher education institutions. This subject no belongs to specific culture and more of societies engage in it. Entering higher education institutions doing based on two approaches. First, academic background was used to judge about students’ competency and ability. Result of selection this approach attracted more of countries in the world to adoption it as important foundation for entering higher education institutes; this orientation has processing view for evaluating students. In this orientation, upper level skills are considered valuable and evaluation doing to identify those skills. Second, one exam hold in a centralized situation and simultaneous time to make a decision about how much each student has ability and competency to enter higher education institutes. Adaptation of this view in several countries leads to impose inappropriate consequence on families, students and societies. In sum, review of experimental literature in Iran and other nations about konkoor showed that assessing of lower skills students’ cognition, selection of university discipline regardless students interest and talent, imposes more costs on families, disorder in teaching methods were had been available criticize on konkoor. In Iran, parliament of Islamic republic with considering weak capacity of konkoor result confirm law in 2007 year that it declared choosing students to enter university doing based on diploma and academic background. This law has estimated done in 2010 year. Unfortunately, this law is not excavation and it is not any hope for doing this law as soon as possible doing in Iran. Considering 309 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 experience more than 70% of world countries in this issue indicate of be performing of this orientation. Thus, the best way for sending Iranian students to go university is overall diploma average. References Abdi, B. (2007) the survey of accepting information by konkoor volunteers about university disciplines. Journal of Research and Planning in higher education, vol.44, 132-149. Arce-Medina, E., & Flores-Allier, I. P. (2012). Stress Impact on Applicants Trying to Gain Entrance to Public Universities. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 69(Iceepsy), 1938–1944. Athari Z, Sharif M, Nematbakhsh M, Babamohammadi H. (2009) Evaluation of Critical Thinking Skills in Isfahan University of Medical Sciences' Students and Its Relationship with Their Rank in University Entrance Exam Rank. Iranian Journal of Medical Education, 9(1): 5-11. Bossy, S. (2000). Academic pressure and impact on Japanese students. MCGILL Journal of Education, 35, 71-89. Cavalcanti, T., Guimaraes, J., & Sampaio, B. (2010). Barriers to skill acquisition in Brazil: Public and private school students’ performance in a public university entrance exam. The Quarterly Review of Economics and Finance, 50(4), 395–407. Etesami, M, M. (2010) national entrance exam in the critical balance. Journal Islamic theology. 2(3), 1417. Farrokhi-Khajeh-Pasha Y, Nedjat S, Mohammadi A, Rad E, Majdzadeh R, Monajemi F, Jamali E, Yazdani S.( 2012). The validity of Iran’s national university entrance examination (Konkoor) for predicting medical students’ academic performance. BMC Med Educ 12:60. Guay, F. (2005). Motivations underlying career decision-making activities: The Career Decision-Making Autonomy Scale (CDMAS). Journal of Career Assessment, 13, 77-97. Henson, K, T. (2010). Curriculum planning: integration multiculturalism, constructivism, and education reform. Waveland press.inc. Fourth edition. Iranian students’ polling agency (2005) Economical analysis of University entrance exams. Isaacs, T. (2010). Entry to university in the United States: The role of SATs and advanced placement in a competitive sector. Assessment in Education, 8, 391–406. Kareempoor, H. (1996) the academic level of higher education in different nations. Publication of the Department of Student Assistance. Kitao, S. K., & Kitao, K. (2008). An Analysis of Japanese University Entrance Exams Using CorpusBased Tools. Maheen, S. (1373) the examination of impressive factors on selecting academic discipline of students of 1372-1373 academic year. Research design, Allameh Tabatabaei University Mardiha M. (2004) Pathology of university entrance examination. Journal of Research and Planning in Higher Education.;10(1):91–130. Maxweell, D. & collegue (2000). How people choose vocational education and training programs. NCVER publ, Australia. Moetamedi, A. (2006) the impact of konkoor on general health, self-esteem, and sings of mental disorders in non-accepting students. Journal of Research and Planning in higher education, vol.40, 55-72. Mohammadi Rozbahani, k., Tarami, A. (2005) the motivation factors of konkoor volunteers to enter university. Journal of Research and Planning in higher education, vol.36, 104-126. Murphey, T. (1993, January). Why don’t teachers learn what learners learn? Taking the guesswork out with action logging. English Teaching Forum, pp. 6–10. Noorshahi (1999) trend of students’ selective system for university and Public higher education institutions in Iran with emphasize on transitions among 58 to 76 years. Psacharopoulos, G. (1999). Returns to investment in education: A global update. World Development, 22(9), 1325-l343. Razmjoo, S, A., (2004) the impact of English questions of konkoor on teaching methods of pre-university teachers. Journal of humanistic and social science of Shiraz University. Vol. 21, 56-67. Schachter, R. (2007). Enhancing performance on the scholastic aptitude test for test-anxious high school students. Biofeedback, 35(3), 105-109. Tagharrobi, Z., Masoudi Alavi, N., Fakharian, E., Mirhoseini, F., Rasoulinejad, S. A., Akbari, H., & Ameli, H. (2013). Frequency and Predictors of Courses Repetition, Probation, and Delayed Graduation in Kashan Faculty of Nursing and Midwifery. Nursing and Midwifery Studies, 2(2), 89–96. 310 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Wu, L. E. T. (1993). Japanese University Entrance Examination Problems in Mathematics. Mathematical Association of America. Zandipoor, T. (1370) Tearing of job and academic planning for high school student. Research design, Allzahra University. 311 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 312-319, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications Quality of life role in dormitory students’ self-esteem Abdolnaser Kor1, Zeynab Mohammadali Pour2, Nilofar Esmaeeli3, Zakie Karbakhsh Ravari4 1 3 Master of School Counseling, Shahid Beheshti University 2 Family Counseling PhD student, kharazmi University Master of Educational Psychology, Shahid Beheshti University 4 Master of Family Counseling, Shahid Beheshti University Abstract Self-esteem or self-worth is one of the most basic psychological- social human needs that affect many different aspects of life. Having self-esteem is connected with many cognitive, emotional and behavioral variables. People with high self-esteem than those with low self-esteem are less anxious and depressed, have more social skills and ultimately their quality of life is much better. This study aims at evaluating the relation between self-esteem and life quality in students. The method of this study is a correlational descriptive one; the population is all graduates dormitory students of Shahid Beheshti University. A sample of 185 students (92 girl, 93 boy ) are chosen by a cluster random sampling method. Rosenberg self-esteem questionnaire and quality of life questionnaire ( WHO- QOL- BREF ) are used. Data analyzing was performed throw descriptive statistics, Pearson correlation, simple regression, multivariate variance analysis and LSD post hoc test. Hypothesis test results show that there is a significant correlation between quality of life components ( mental health, physical health, social health and environmental health ) and selfesteem ( p≤ 0/001 ). According to the findings, there is a significant different between the boys and girls quality of life mean in community health component ( p≤ 0/001 ). While such a difference to other components of life quality and self- esteem is not mentioned. We can say that self-esteem has acted like a mediator and had a significant role in upgrading the life quality of students in dormitory environment that are far away from their family. Note that there is no significant difference between most of boys and girls quality of life components ( mental health, physical health, social health and living environment health ). Keywords:Self-esteem, quality of life Introduction: Bamister ( 1993 ) just like Allport, Ragers and Teser and Campbell, claimed that many of traditional and contemporary psychological theories confirmed the fact that people have a strong and pervasive need to self-esteem. He further noted that the self-esteem is a human vital need, a valuable sense that reduces the sensitivity of individual against anxiety. In Mayers ( 1998 ) point of view, people with high self-esteem than those with low self-esteem are less anxious, depressed and suffer from substance abuse, have more social skills and also their interest style is likely to be safe. Despite this need to the self-esteem is a basic psychological need, but only few researches have addressed that under what conditions the selfesteem will develop, how does it help to person and what mechanisms are involved. International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Due to the importance and comprehensive range of quality of life, affecting factors has been always investigated. In fact, quality of life is a summary of the entire health care goals that assess the impact of health on life (Goth and Henkel, 2003). The World Health Organization (1974) claimed that Quality of life is not just the absence of disease, but also is complete physical, mental and social welfare, and since then this organization tried to define “ quality of life “ variables ( quoting Kastching et. al, 1998) that aimed at positive psychology and psychological growth and health manifestation. Tenyson and Vinderman ( 2002 ) found that there is a significant positive relation between the life quality of children and their self-esteem, meaning that increasing the quality of life for children , results in increasing their self-esteem. Rezaee Aderiani et. al ( 2007 ) in their study reported that 33.2 % of students have high and 4.9 % of students have low quality of life. Ghasemizad, Berenjian Tabrizi , Abedi and Barzideh in 2009 showed that there is a significant and positive relation between the quality of life and self-esteem. Bashlide and Hashemi ( 2010 ) observed that negative self-esteem had an impressive impact on mental health and exhaustion and finally concluded that the absence of worries and concerns about self can protect the mental health much better than having good feelings about self. Although several studies conducted on the quality of life relation with self-esteem, but only Zaki ( 2007 ) has examined the role of life quality in self-esteem. He found that three components of life quality, interpersonal relationships , paranormal ( spirituality ) and function are the most powerful predictor of selfesteem , but no significant difference in life quality of Isfahan University students, was reported . Living in dorms has its own problems and dormitory students are more vulnerable to stress and harm, so the aim of this study is determining the role of life quality in dormitory students’ self-esteem. Assume that the overall score of life quality and the score of every dimension of it ( physical health , psychological health , social health and living environment health ) can predict the self-esteem. In other words, increasing the overall score of life quality, results in increasing self-esteem. This study also aims at answering these questions : 1 ) which dimension of life quality can predict self-esteem better? 2 ) Is there any significant difference between dormitory boys and girls in life quality dimensions and self-esteem? Methods: Due to the nature of this research, correlational research design was used. The data was analyzed using these statistical methods: Pearson correlation, Regression, M-Box, Multi -way analysis of variance and post hoc LSD tests. Population, Sample, Sampling: The population included all male and female graduate dormitory students of Shahid Beheshti University in 90-91 academic year. A sample of 185 university students ( 92 girl, 93 boy ) that are chosen by a cluster random sampling method according to the previous study variance. Data collection tools : 313 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 The quality of life questionnaire (WHOQOL-BREF): For the first time, the quality of life questionnaire was translated and validated by Nejabat ( 2006 ). The questionnaire contains 26 questions and the four physical, psychological, social and environmental - aspects of quality of life that inscribe the positive and negative aspects of life quality. Questions based on the Likert scale rating of 5, a score of 1 indicates a negative and low perception and the score of 5 indicates a positive and high perception. The validity of this questionnaire, with the potential to differentiate the device in healthy and patient groups using linear regression, has been evaluated. Intracluster correlation in all domains of the questionnaire is upper than 0/70 , but this amount in the field of social relations is 0/55. The reliability of the test was 0/77 ( Karimi Zadeh, 2009). In this study , the reliability of the questionnaire was calculated using Cronbach 's alpha and Bisection, the total scale were 0/89 and 0/83. The Rosenberg Self-esteem Scale: This scale consists of 10 self-report items and any proposition of this scale, consists four items ( from totally agree to totally disagree). Mohammadi (2005) reported the coefficient Cronbach’s alpha ( 0/69 ) and split half Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale ( 0/68 ) for Shiraz students, test-retest reliability coefficients of the scales, with intervals of one week 0/77, two weeks 0/73 and three weeks 0/78 is reported. In this study, Cronbach's alpha ( 0/69 ) and Bisection ( 0/65 ) methods are used for determining the reliability of the questionnaire. Findings: In this section, the data is evaluated using different scientific methods. The purpose of data collection and categorization is variables cognition and the relations among them to the objectives of the study be summarized and concluded appropriately. In analytical part, Pearson correlation coefficient, multiple regression and multivariate analyzes were used. 2 1 1 ** Table.1 Pearson correlation coefficients between quality of life ( total score ) and selfesteem 1 0/5 r r Quality of life Self-esteem 1 2 N= 185 α=0/01** Table.2 Pearson correlation coefficients between the components of life quality and self-esteem 314 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 5 4 1 ** 1 0/269 3 2 1 1 r 1 ** 0/486 1 0/505 ** 0/628 ** ** ** 0/630 0/482 ** 0/458 r r r ** ** ** r 0/393 0/584 0/392 Physical health Mental health Social health Living environment health Self-esteem 1 2 3 4 5 N=185 α=0/01** According to Table ( 1 ) since r = 0/05 , we can say that there is a positive and significant relation between the quality of life ( total score ) and self-esteem ( p ≤ 0/001 ). The quantity of “ r “ in Table 2 shows that there is positive and direct relation between components of life quality and self-esteem ( p ≤ 0/001 ). Among the components of life quality, mental health has the most correlation with other components that the higher one is related to mental health and physical health; after reviewing the basic relationship between self-esteem and quality of life components we used simultaneous regression to determine the most predictor component of life quality components. The results are shown in following table. Table.3 self-esteem Regression on components of life quality Significance level 0/000 t Standardized beta coefficients Non-standardized coefficients Coefficients B and 1/759 7/617 0/182 0/033 0/855 4/329 0/183 0/014 0/000 7/044 0/619 0/152 0/07 0/016 2/431 0/175 0/096 0/232 0/007 2/212 0/212- 0/113 0/305 0/379 R² 0/616 predictor criterion Selfesteem Fixed effects Physical health Mental health Social health Living environment R Due to the amount of R ² in the above table, we can conclude that the components of quality of life, explain about 37/9 % of the variance in self-esteem component. According to the standard beta 315 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 coefficients, the most important part in self-esteem variance is mental health so that by every unit change in mental health variance, there is a change of 0/619 in self-esteem variance. The beta model reflects the degree of predicting criterion variables variance. In the second and third step, living environment health and social health rate 0/175 and 0/212 of the self-esteem variance. Table.4 results of studing M-Box homogeneity of variance Box's M F df1 df2 17/190 0/589 28 /860 116436 0/958 Sig. In this section, the life quality and self-esteem in students is analyzed. According to Table.4, since the value of F ( 0/589 ) with freedom degree of ( df=28 ) in M-Box test ( α=0/01 ) p = 0/958 is not in a significant level, so the default homogeneity of variance within data is proved and accepted, and using ANOVA is permitted. Table.5 Multivariate variance analysis to compare the quality of life and self-esteem in students 316 Significa nce level F Mean square Total square 1/531 1/26 96/267 14/786 Freedo m degrees 1 1 1 1 0/504 0/653 0/002 0/197 0/449 0/203 9/572 1/677 0/732 0/118 2/177 3/414 6/208 1 183 183 2/177 624/673 1136/076 10/057 8/814 183 183 1840/511 1613/014 1/531 1/26 96/267 14/786 Physical health Mental health Social health Living environment health Self-esteem Physical health Mental health Social health Living environment Effect of sex Error International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 18/523 183 3389/737 health Self-esteem N = 185 α = 0/01** Table.5 shows that the value of F in level of ( p ≤ 0/002 ) in social health component ( 9/572, 1, 185 ) of quality of life is significant, so we can conclude that there is a significant difference between male and female students in social health, while this difference do not exist for other aspects of life quality and selfesteem. Mean comparison of these groups using LSD post hoc test also showed that life quality of male students in social health aspect is higher than female students. Table.6 LSD post hoc test to compare the life quality of males and females Significa nce level Standard deviation 0/002 0/002 0/466 0/466 Mean difference (I – J) * 1/443* 1/443 Variable I female male J male female Social health Discussion and conclusion : The present study showed that there is a significant positive correlation between the total score of life quality and its components with self-esteem ( p≤ 0/001 ). These findings are in line with Tenison and Vinderman ( 2002 ) and Ghasemizade and his colleagues ( 2009 ). But in this study, the life quality and its components are the predictor that increasing in life quality and its components results in increasing the self-esteem. Now, the most predictive component of life quality for self-esteem is mental health. Zaki ( 2007 ) reported these three components of life quality ( interpersonal relations, paranormal, function ) as the most predictive components for self-esteem. But he used Missoula-Vitas Quality of Life Index. As mentioned in the introduction, self-esteem is one of the psychological needs of human that increase his resistance against anxiety; and probably those with high self-esteem are secure that this issue is a sign of mental health. The psychological aspect of life quality consists of different mental aspects of health such as depression, fear, anger, joy and peace. Obviously, some subset of this aspect are : selfconcept, positive feelings, negative feelings, religious beliefs, thinking, learning, memory and concentration ( King & Hindez, 2003 ). A high life quality leads to a greater efficiency and therefore this person will have a positive judgment about himself. Self-esteem is a symbol for many other psychological components and is sign of mental health. Only one person with a mentally high esteem, can feel safe. One can have a high self-esteem only by mentally feeling secure. When the worries about physical, psychological and social aspects of self, decrease and the quality of life increase, so he will feel the power. For example, physically he will have enough mobility, energy, sleep and rest that gives him the 317 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 power to perform the daily activities ( same ). Data also showed that there is a significant difference between boys and girls in the social health component of life quality, the boy’s life quality in social health aspect is higher than girls, and this difference does not exist for other aspects of life quality and selfesteem. The social aspect is connected to self-ability in communicating with family members, neighbors, co-workers and other social groups, employment status and economic situation. Meanwhile Zaki ( 2007 ) did not report any significant difference in boys and girls life quality. However, more researches on this topic is needed and with just one or two research we cannot make a good judge, since several factors may be involved. One of the limitations in this study was that it run only in dormitory students and it is much better to run this type of research in public, so that we can get some information about the life quality and self-esteem status of people. By involving other students except those in dormitory, we can advance in comparing dormitory students and those at home. This research offers the increasing self-esteem throw improving life quality of dormitory students. One of the main tasks of psychotherapy is creating a greater selfesteem, the high self-esteem in students, results in more academic achievement and is a predictor of future success. Therefore, the university counseling center and other relevant authorities should seriously review the issue of dormitory students’ life quality and exercise necessary measures because the life quality affects different aspects of student life that in this study we analyzed only one ( self-esteem )of these aspects. Sources: Rezaee Aderiani, M; Azadi, A; Ahmadi, F and Azimi, A ( 2007 ). A comparison in rates of depression, anxiety, stress and quality of life for dormitory students, Nursing Research Journal, No. 2 ( 4&5 ), 36-38. Bashlide, Kiomars; Hashemi Shekh Shabani, Seyed Esmaeel ( 2010 ). Evaluating the relationship between the positive and negative aspects of self-esteem and mental health through mediating role of burnout in married and single women, consultation and family psychotherapy Journal, first year, No. 1, 82-100. Zaki, Mohammadali ( 2007 ). Quality of life and its` relation with self-esteem in Isfahan University students, Iran psychiatry and clinical psychology journal, thirteenth year, No. 4, 416-419. Ghasemizad, Alireza; Berenjian Tabrizi, Hossein; Abedi, Mohammad Reza and Barzide, Omolbanin ( 2009 ). A comparative study of the relationship between quality of life and self-esteem, locus of control, stress and social capital of Shahed and Fars Isargaran, New approach in Educational Administration Journal, University of Marvdasht, the first year, No. 4, 107-124. Baumeister R F. (1993) Self-esteem, The Puzzle of low self-regard, New York: Plenum Press. Gott M., Hinchliff Sh. (2003), How important is sex in later life? The views of older people. Social Science & Medicine 56, pp, 1617–1628. Karimizadeh, E. (2009), The relationship between child training, depression, life quality and anomic adolescents in Ahvaz (Unpublished MA abstract, Islamic Azad University of Ahvaz). (Persian). Kastching H., Freeman H., & Satorius N.(1998).Quality of life in mental disorder, John Wiley and Sons. New York . 318 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 King CR.,& Hinds PS.(2003). Quality of life from nursing an patient perspective. Massachusette: Jons and Bartlett publishers Meyers,S.A.(1998). Personality correlation of adult attachment style. Social psychology Journal,138, 407-409. Mohammadi, N. (2005), An introductory study of reliability and validity of Rosenberg's self-reliance Iranian Psychologists Journal, 1(4), 313- 320. (Persian), self-esteem in children treated for idiopathic Theunissen,N. C. M. Zwinderman .K.H.(2002). Quality of life short stature. journal of pediatrics. Vol, 1, No, 5. 319 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 320-326, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications The role of identity styles and spiritual intelligence in the prediction of psychological well-being of students Hossein Hosseini*1.Dr. Jahangir karami2, Dr Khodamorad momani 2 1-MA of Psychology, Razi University, Kermanshah branch, Kermanshah, Iran 2-Associate Professor of psychology, Razi University, Kermanshah branch, Kermanshah, Iran Abstract This study aimed to determine the identity styles and spiritual intelligence in the prediction of psychological well-being of students. This study employed a descriptive correlation. The study population comprised all the students of the University of Kermanshah, out of which a sample of 360 subjects was selected through stratified random sampling method. The data gathering tools included Berzonsky Identity Styles Inventory, King Spiritual Intelligence, and Ryff Psychological Well-Binge Inventory. Pearson correlation coefficient and multiple regression analysis were used to analyze the data by SPSS19. Data analysis showed that the identity styles and spiritual intelligence have the ability to predict psychological well-being and its components. Moreover, identity styles and spiritual intelligence are significantly correlated to psychological well-being. Based on the research findings, it can be concluded that identity styles and spiritual intelligence are the effective factors of psychological wellbeing. The research results can be employed by counselors and people who are concerned about increasing psychological well-being. Keywords: Psychological well-being, spiritual intelligence, identity styles Introduction Mental health is not only one of the most important dimensions of the human being’s health but also the crucial necessity for their growth and actualization. Therefore, implementing, maintaining and improving the health of thought and thinking, enhancing the ability to cope with everyday problems of life, ability to establish and maintain healthy intimate relationships with peers, having purposeful and fruitful life and enjoying it is of crucial importance (Rezaei and Izadi, 2012). In the past decades, Ryff et al (1989) have presented a model of positive psychological wellbeing or mental health. Based on Ryff ’s model, psychological well-being consists of six factors, including self-acceptance (having a positive attitude toward self), positive relationship with others (warm, intimate relationships and the ability to empathize with others), autonomy (a sense of independence and ability to stand against social pressures), purposeful life (having a purpose in life and making sense of it), personal growth (feeling of continuous growth), and mastering environment (ability to manage the environment) have attracted great attention (Cheng and Chan, 2005). According to the theory of Erikson, one of the factors that affect the psychological well-being and mental health is the identity styles. Bahari Chegour (2009) in their research on the relationship between International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 identity styles, attachment styles and psychological well-being found a significant between attachment styles and psychological welfare. The concept of identity (self) cannot be defined by exact words and is somewhat ambiguous. Identity include continuity and stability that characterize individuals despite the changes that may happen in every stage of life and the roles they make occupy. In the process of growth, the processes that individuals go through are not separated from one another. The individual has an identity and there exists relationship between the identities of every stage. This identity has always had experimental type because each stage was in a becoming stage and now is the time of being (Akbarzadeh, 1997). Various styles of identity are style identity commitment style, informational style, and normative style and diffuse - confused style. World Health Organization (WHO) have devoted great attention to religious beliefs, specifically the Islamic beliefs and this organization has allocated some of its publications to the religious hygienic training as the strategy of healthy life since 1992. It has also published many books and pamphlets with titles such as hygiene from the perspective of Islam or enhancement of hygiene from Islamic Perspective (Ramezani, 2001). Intelligence is one of the most important factors of determining the behavior of individual. Spiritual intelligence is a range of abilities, capacities and spiritual sources and its implication in daily life enhances the individual’s adjustment and adaptability. The role of spiritual intelligence in solving the existential issues and finding meaning and goals in daily life events and life phenomena has been emphasized in the existing definitions of spiritual intelligence specifically spiritual intelligence (Sohrabi, 2006). With regard the research literature and importance of the subject, the present research aims to find the relationship between spiritual intelligence, identity styles and psychological well-being. Moreover, the researchers attempt to find the predictive value of spiritual intelligence and identity styles in the prediction of psychological well-being. Method and materials This study employed a descriptive correlation. The study population comprised all the students of the University of Kermanshah in the academic year of 2012-2013, out of which a sample of 360 subjects was selected through stratified random sampling method. The inclusion criterion was having studied for at least two terms at university. The data gathering tools included Berzonsky Identity Styles Inventory, King Spiritual Intelligence, and Ryff Psychological Well-Binge Inventory. Pearson correlation coefficient and multiple regression analysis were used to analyze the data by SPSS19. The Ryff inventory consists of either 84 questions (long form) or 54 questions (medium form). There is also a short form, but it is statistically unreliable and therefore should not be used for assessment. Both the long and medium forms consist of a series of statements reflecting the six areas of psychological well-being: autonomy, environmental mastery, personal growth, positive relations with others, purpose in life, and self-acceptance. Respondents rate statements on a scale of 1 to 6, with 1 indicating strong disagreement and 6 indicating strong agreement. Responses are totaled for each of the six categories (about half of the responses are reverse scored, which is indicated on the master copy of the test). For each category, a high score indicates that the respondent has a mastery of that area in his or her life. The Cronbach alpha for the subscales were .77 and .90, respectively. The correlation between psychological well-being scale and satisfaction with life scale questionnaire, happiness questionnaire and Rosenberg self-esteem questionnaire are equal to .47, .58 and .46, respectively. The reliability coefficient in the research by Zanjani Tabasi (2004) using internal consistency for the total scale and subscales equaled .94, .63 and .89, respectively. The correlation coefficient using test-retest for the total scale and subscales were .76, .67 and .73, respectively (Zanjani, 2002). Berzonsky (1989) developed the Identity Style Inventory (ISI) to assess the extent to which individuals use these styles. The ISI also includes a subscale designed to assess strength of identity commitment. It consists of 40 items scored on a scale ranging from 1 (not at all like me) to 5 (very much like me). Information-oriented style, normative style, diffuse- style include 11, 9, 10 items, respectively 321 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Cronbach alpha of Identity style inventory. The validity and reliability of the questionnaire were assessed to be acceptable on an Iranian population (Ghazanfari, et al, 2004). King spiritual intelligence scale is a 24-item questionnaire that included four subscales critical existential thinking, personal meaning production, transcendental awareness and conscious state expansion. Each question assessed one item and the sum of scores of several questions determines the score each item. Higher score is indicative of higher spiritual intelligence. The Cronbach alpha coefficients for the total scale and subscales are equal to .92, .90 and .70, respectively (Saadati, 2011). Results and findings As observed in table 1, the mean and standard deviation of the participants’ age was equal to 22.5 and 3.47, respectively. Moreover, the mean of GPA of the participants is equal to 16.11 in the range of 11.93 to 20. The standard deviation of GPA is equal to 1.40. Other descriptive findings have been presented in table 1. Variable Age Gender Residence Marital Status Average mean Sd minimu m 22.5 3.47 18 1 .48 1 1.74 1 1 1 .23 1 16.11 1.40 11.93 Table 1) descriptive data of the research variable maximum 36 2 4 2 20 Table 2- correlation matrix of variables As observed in table 2, matrix of variables correlation indicate that spiritual intelligence is significantly correlated to self-acceptance, autonomy, purposeful life, personal growth and total psychological well-being (p<.001). Informational identity style is significantly and positively correlated to Criterion variable Spiritual intelligence Informational Normative Diffuseavoidance Commitment 322 Statistical indices Selfacceptance Positive relationship with others Autonomy Mastery over environment Purposeful life Personal growth Psychological well-being Correlation Level of sig. Correlation Level of sig. Correlation Level of sig. Correlation Level of sig. Correlation Level of sig. .21 .001 .01 .89 .26 .001 .19 .005 .21 .001 .17 .005 .31 .001 .31 .001 .44 .001 .19 .005 .09 .25 .033 .07 .11 .18 .38 .001 .08 .33 .20 .002 .17 .005 .04 .61 .21 .001 .08 .92 .09 .25 -.19 .005 -.45 .001 .07 .38 .04 .58 -.48 .001 -.15 .07 -.18 .005 .14 .08 .33 .001 .21 .001 .08 .31 .64 .001 .10 .22 .16 .005 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 self-acceptance, positive relationship with others, autonomy, purposeful life and total psychological wellbeing. Moreover, normative identity style is significantly and directly correlated to positive relationship with others, autonomy and purposeful life. Furthermore, diffuse-avoidance identity style is significantly and reversely correlated to positive relationship with others, purposeful life and total psychological well-being. Finally, commitment style is significantly and directly correlated to positive relationship with others, autonomy, purposeful life and total psychological well-being. Regression analysis was used to predict psychological well-being using spiritual intelligence and identity styles. The results of regression analysis indicated that the employed model is significant for the prediction of criterion variable of self-acceptance (F=7.28) and this model with determination coefficient of .37 can predict the relationship between the variables, meaning that spiritual intelligence can predict .37 percent of the changes of self-acceptance. From among the predictor variables of self-acceptance, spiritual intelligence, informational identity style and commitment can predict .47, .33 and .41 of the changes, respectively. Results of regression analysis indicated that the employed model is significant for the prediction of the criterion variable of positive relationship with people (F=6.58) and the employed model with determination coefficient of .29 can predict the relationship between the variables. From among the predictors variables, positive relationship with others, informational, commitment, normative and diffuse identity styles can predict .24, .63, .21 and -.49 percent of the changes. The results of the regression indicated that the employed model is significant in the prediction of the criterion variable of autonomy (F=3.15) and the employed model with determination coefficient of .08 can explain the relationship between the variables. From among the predictor variables, autonomy, spiritual intelligence, commitment and informational identity styles can predict .20, .31 and .27. The results of employed regression analysis for the prediction of criterion variable (mastery over environment) is significant (F=9.11) and the employed model with determination coefficient of .47 can explain the relationship between the variables. Moreover, from among the predictor variables, mastery over environment, diffuse and commitment identity styles can predict -.32 and .20 of the changes. The results of regression analysis is significant for the prediction of the criterion variable of purposeful life (F=4.06) and the employed model with determination coefficient of .11 can predict the relationship between the variables. From among the prediction variables for the purposeful life, spiritual intelligence and informational identity styles can predict with Beta coefficients of .49 and .53, respectively. The results of regression analysis is significant for the prediction of criterion variable (personal growth) (F=5.11) and the employed model with determination coefficient of .15 can explain the relationship between the variables. From among the predictor variables for personal growth, diffuse-avoidance identity style with Beta coefficient of -.21 can predict the changes. The results of regression analysis is significant for the prediction of criterion variable (personal growth) (F=5.11) and the employed model with determination coefficient of .15 can predict the relationship between the variables. From among the predictor variables for personal growth, diffuse identity style with Beta coefficient of -.21 can predict the changes. The results of regression analysis indicates that the employed model is significant for the prediction of criterion variable (psychological wellbeing) (F=18.43) and the employed model with determination coefficient of .78 can explain the relationship between the variables. From among the predictor variables for psychological well-being, informational, commitment and diffuse identity style can predict the changes with Beta coefficients of .35, .47, -.43 and .31, respectively. Table 3- summary of regression analysis for determining the role of identity styles and spiritual intelligence in the prediction of psychological well-being Selfacceptance Criterion variable 323 R2 R F .37 .61 7.28 Level of sig. .001 Predictor variables Spiritual intelligence Informational identity B β T .82 .47 .59 .47 .33 .41 4.2 2.07 3.5 Level of sig. .001 .001 .001 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 .29 .54 6.58 .001 .08 .28 3.15 .001 .001 .24 .63 .21 -.49 2.28 6.23 4.11 5.32 .001 .001 .001 .001 .001 .70 .41 .18 .20 .31 .37 2.40 3.01 2.04 .001 .005 Mastery over environment 9.11 .82 .71 .39 -.63 .47 .11 .33 4.06 .001 Spiritual intelligence Informational identity .78 .63 .59 .43 6.11 4.33 .001 .001 .15 .39 23.5 .001 Diffuse identity -.70 -.31 -2 .001 .60 .78 18.43 .001 Spiritual intelligence Informational identity Commitment identity Diffuse identity .93 .99 .85 .76 .31 .35 .47 -.43 2.82 3.39 2.14 3.11 .001 .001 .001 .001 Psychologic Personal al well-being growth .69 Informational identity Commitment identity Normative identity Diffuse identity Spiritual intelligence Commitment identity Informational identity Diffuse identity Commitment identity Purposeful life Autonomy Positive relationship with people Commitment identity -.82 -.32 -2.80 .70 .20 2.40 .001 .001 Discussion and conclusion We aimed to investigate the relationship between spiritual intelligence, identity styles and psychological well-being among students. Results showed that all components of psychological wellbeing (with the exception of positive relations with others) have a significant positive correlation with spiritual intelligence. In the explanation of the significance between spiritual intelligence and psychological well-being, it can be stated that individuals who have higher spiritual intelligence have particular meaning and more specific goals, maintain their mental balance while confronting with frustration and problems and suffer from less anxiety and stress by believing in ultra -material power and therefore, maintain their psychological well-being. It can be stated that having a spiritual meaning in life and spiritual peace strengthen the hope and expectations of positive phenomena. This finding is in line with the research results by Reker (1997) and Zika and Chamberlain (1997). Individuals with higher levels of spirituality demonstrate higher levels of self-actualization and meaning of life. According to the research findings, it can be concluded that, there 324 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 exists significant and positive relationship between spirituality, personal growth and goal-orientation, in a way that the formation of spirituality in life leads to the self-actualization and fulfillment of purposefulness. The study by Nadi and Sajadian showed that the spiritual meaning is influenced by the psychological actualization, spiritual peace, and purposefulness in life. In other words, individuals try to behave purposefully when they understand that meaningfulness in their life is based on spirituality. Put it differently, spirituality in life and spiritual perspective makes individuals be more purposeful and happy. Therefore, such people perceive the inner joy, believe in the transcendental existence and find peace with this belief (Nadi and Sajjadian, 2011). In explaining the significance of the relationship between identity styles and psychological wellbeing it can be concluded that people with commitment identity style establish lasting, logical and strong relationships, have certain beliefs, certain purposes and specific goals in life, face less instability in their social relationship and feel more comfortable; therefore, they maintain their psychological well-being in a higher level as compared to other individuals who have other styles of identity. Diffuse identity style has significant and reverse relationship with other components of psychological well-being. Individuals with diffuse identity styles can establish reliable relationships with the society, have clear beliefs and goals, cannot maintain their mental balance in life and stressful and conflicting life conditions and suffer from confusion and anxiety. These factors decrease individuals’ psychological well-being and they feel less mental health and psychological well-being. These findings are in line with the results of the research by Ghazanfari. In a study entitled the relationship between the adolescents’ identity styles and mental health, the results of the research indicated informational identity style, normative identity style and psychological health are significantly and positively correlated to one another. Moreover, there is significant and reverse relationship between diffuse-avoidance identity style and mental health. Results of the present research are in line with the results of the research by Ghazanfari (2003), Ghafar Zadeh (2010), Hosseini (2007) and Abdi Zarin et al (2010). References Ahangar Zadeh Rezaee S, Izadi A, 2012. Effects of anger management training on mental health of nursing students. School of Nursing and Midwifery. Bimonthly of Nursing and Midwifery college of Rima. 10(4): 502-506. Adabi R, 2000. Examining the relationship between identity status and mental health in early and middle adolescence. MA thesis. Alzahra University. Bahari S A, Chegour F, 2009. The relationship between identity styles, attachment styles and psychological well-being of youth. Journal of News in Educational Sciences. 4(2). Ramezani H R, 2001. Mental and religious status of people diagnosed with HIV, paper presented at the First International Conference on the Role of Religion in Mental Health. University of Iran Medical Sciences. Sohrabi F, Introduction to spiritual intelligence. Journal of Mana. Special issue of Psychology of Religion. 2: 114-119. Saadati H, Lasheni L. 2011. Intelligence spiritual coping strategies. Journal of Rehabilitation. 12(4): 75-81. Zanjani Tabasi R, 2004. Preliminary test of construction and standardization of psychological well-being. MA thesis of General Psychology. Tehran University. Hosseini S, 2007. Examining the relationship between identity and mental health of martyrs’ adolescents. Journal of Psychology. 11(42). Nadi M A, Sajjadian I, 2009. Cognitive improvement of the meaning of life among the students of Isfahan University. The National Conference on the Meaning of Life. Ghazanfari A, 2004. Validation and standardization of Identity Style Inventory (ISI-6G). Studies in Education and Psychology, Ferdowsi University. 81-94. 325 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Ghaffar Zadeh Sh, 2010. The relationship between the identity styles of Berzonsky and Mental health among the students of psychology in Karaj Islamic Azad University. MA thesis. Islamic Azad University. Ganji, H. 1997. Mental health. Tehran: Arasbaran Publication. Abdi Zarrin S, Sajadian P, Shahyad Sh, Bayad Memar A, Azimi H, 2010. The relationship between identity styles and mental well-being of middle school girls in Qom. Journal of Health School of Yazd (Sunrise of Health). 9(1): 62. Cheng S, Chan A, 2005. Measuring psychological well- being in the Chinese personality and individual differences. 36: 629-643. Seligman P, Seligman M, 2003. Positive psychology: fundamental assumptions. The psychologist. 16: 126-127. Keyes C L M, Haidt J, 2003. Positive psychology and the life well lived. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Ryff C D, 1989. Happiness is everything, or is it? Explorations on the meaning of psychological wellbeing. Journal of Personality and Social psychology. 57(6): 1069. Reker G T, 1997. The purpose-in-life Test in inmate population: An empirical investigation. J Clinical psychology. 33: 688-693. Snyder C R, Rand K L, Siigmon D R, 2002. Hope theory: A member of positive psychology family. In C. R. Snyder and Lopez. Handbook of positive psychology. New York: Oxford University Press: 275-276. Zika S, Chamberlain K, 1992. On the relation between meaning in life and psychological well-being. British Journal of Psychology. 83: 133-145. 326 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 327-332, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications Comparison of the personality traits in homosexual and heterosexual boys Maryam Mirza Abolhasan*1, Mojtaba Balkaneh2, Atefeh Abdolmanafi3, Elaheh Hejazi4 Mohammad Ali Besharat4 1- MA of educational psychology, Tehran University, Tehran, Iran 2- MA of guidance and counseling, Khatam University, Tehran, Iran 3- PhD student of counseling, Tarbiat Modarres University, Tehran, Iran 4- Associate professor, Tehran University, Tehran, Iran Abstract As women and men are different in some personality traits, heterosexual and homosexual people are also different in personality traits. The purpose of present study was the compare personality traits in homosexual and heterosexual boys. The population of this study included all the male students in Tehran city in 2009. Fifteen students with heterosexual orientation were selected through convenience sampling and fifteen students with homosexual orientation were selected by snowball sampling. Participants filled the questionnaires personality inventory (NEO). The data were analyzed by various indicators such as frequency, percent, mean, standard deviation and independent-samples T Test. The finding showed that, there is significant difference in the mean of personality scales between homosexual and heterosexual boys; that extroversion and openness is high in homosexual group and agreeability and conscientiousness is high in heterosexual group but there isn’t difference between the mean of groups in the neuroticism scale. The data analyzed by T test showed that, there is a significant difference in high level of extroversion and openness in homosexual group as compared to heterosexual group. The present study showed that sexual orientation influences the personality traits. So according to the sexual orientation that affects the personality and behavioral system, it seems necessary to focus on this factor along with other affective factors. Keywords: personality traits, homosexual, heterosexual, sexual orientation Introduction In recent years, questions and concepts related to the sexual orientation have been the subject of scientific and public discussions and parallel psychological studies on sexual orientation have also started to grow. Sexual orientation is a continuous emotional, romantic, and sexual or emotional attraction that a person feels toward another person. Some people are exclusively homosexual and others are exclusively heterosexual and some can have varying degrees of attraction for both sexes (Patterson, 2008). Considering the feelings in the early stages of adolescence is a way to detect a person's sexual orientation. Growing stages are more complicated when the sexual orientation is homosexual or bio sexual, according to the social labels (Hammersmith, 1987). Researches in recent decades have shown that sexual orientation is moving from exclusive attraction of the opposite sex to the homosexuality. (Hiller, Turner and Mitchell, 2005; American Psychological Association, 2008). Homosexuality is a International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 sensual attraction to someone from own sex in which men are called gays, (male homosexuality) and women are called lesbians (female homosexuality), (American Psychological Association, 2008). Around 8.2 percent of gay men in the UK in the past 5 years, 6.31 of them had sexual partner, In Britain in the past 5 years, 6.31 have one sexual partner, 1.31 have two partners, and 1.15 percent have more than ten sexual partners in the course of their lives. (Kassel, 2005). Sandfort et al (2001) in the Netherlands reported that, 8.2 percent of men and 4.1% of women have homosexual partner. The prevalence of homosexuality in men may vary in different societies and times. This difference may be due to the joint effect of two factors: changes in the number of family members and consecutive birth of two brothers, of course, this may be varying in different countries (Bogaert, 2004). As people accept their social labels and characteristics (e.g., race or obesity), a person who is identified as gay or bisexual is at higher risk for accepting the unpleasant consequences of his – psychological-social and sexuality. These results include differences in emotion, personality, problems in school, the peer verbal abuse, physical abuse, sexual abuse, trouble with the law and suicide or attempting suicide (Resnick, 1984). Thus, since this behavior can affect the personality and behavior of individuals, it is proper to examine the person from the perspective of psychology. Based on the diversity of human behavior, different definitions of characters can be offered. The character is set of stable and unique characteristics that may change in response to different situations (Shultz and Shultz, 2005). On average, men and women are different in some of characteristics (Lippa, 2005; Casta & McCrea, 2001, Feingold, 1994). Men’s score is higher than women's in extraversion (e.g., assertiveness and dominance) but is lower in others (like sociability and agreeableness). While women’s score in many aspects of neuroticism (e.g. anxiety, depression, vulnerability) and in many aspects of agreeableness (tendency, altruism and empathy) is higher than men. (Lippa, 2008, McCrae et al, 2005). Zang et al's study (2011) of analysis of a questionnaire with five factors of personality on both male and female homosexuals showed that there is a significant difference between homosexual and heterosexual men. There was no significant difference among the four other factors. Just as women and men differ in certain personality traits, homosexuals and heterosexuals are also different Lippa (2008). Lippa (2008) examined gender differences and sexual orientation in six personality traits: extraversion, harmony, neuroticism, rigidity, male career interests as compared to women and masculinefeminine self-expression. Homosexual men gained a higher score than bisexual men in courage, agreement, conscientiousness, neuroticism and experience gaining. Heterosexual women had higher scores than homosexuals in adiabatic neurosis. While lesbians achieved higher scores in career interests, self-expression and openness to experience than heterosexual women. In confirmation of previous research, gender differences and sexual orientation differences in self-description and interests related to gender were more pronounced. Heterosexual and homosexual differences reflect sex differences in personality. Gay’s interest was more toward women and lesbians toward male. Although the characteristic of gays and lesbians is different from heterosexuals, it is important to pay attention to this fact that gay’s personality is not similar to women. And also lesbians’ personality is not like men. Homosexuals’ characteristic is like both between heterosexual men and women. Therefore, the results of this meta-analysis support that sexual orientation change characters’ characteristics but do not transform them. Smith and Boss (2000) in a study found that there is a significant association between sexual orientation and openness to experience. Thus, homosexuals compared to heterosexuals get higher scores on the scale of openness to experience. In Iran only Ansari (1999), has considered lack of confidence, narcissism, context variability, bitterness and nervous disorders as remarkable characteristics of female homosexuals. The research literature shows that the study of gay male characteristics based on the five factor model has not been done. Research findings in other countries in this regard are limited. Thus, this study was the first research done in this field in Iran and other countries. 328 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Method and materials The present research is not experimental and employs post facto design. The research sample included homosexual and heterosexual boys aged 18 to 30 years old in 2008, out of which a sample of 30 male boys were selected (15 individual with heterosexuality and 15 individuals with homosexuality). The heterosexual sample was selected through random and convenience sampling and the homosexual sample was selected through snow ball sampling and both groups were controlled in terms of age, marital status, education, lack of referral to the psychologists and psychiatrists for changing their sexual orientation. NEO personality inventory is a 240-item questionnaire that was designed and developed by Costa and McCrae (1999) to evaluate the personality characteristics. The items of the questionnaire assess five dimensions of personality including neuroticism, extroversion, openness to experience, agreeableness and conscientiousness. The responses are scored on 5-point Likert scale from zero (completely agree) to four (completely disagree. Each of these scales has 6 indicators. The psychometric characteristics of NEO personality inventory have been confirmed in overseas studies (Costa and McCrae, 1988, cited in Garousi, 1998). The Persian form of NEO was normalized by Garousi (1998) on a 2000 sample of university students studying in Tabriz University, Shiraz University and Medical Sciences Universities of these two cities. The correlation coefficient was reported to be between .56 and .87 between the five main dimensions. Questionnaire of homosexuality and sexual health was designed and developed to evaluate the sexual behavior and determine the sexual orientation of each group. The homosexuality questionnaire and sexual health were piloted on homosexual individuals in the age range of 14 and 21 in Australia. The sampling was not random and therefore, the results can’t be generalized to large population of homosexuals. The final sampling continued from 2003 until 2004. The final construct of this scale has 40 items that has 6 subscales (sexual behaviors, sexual feelings, using drug and medicine, general wellbeing, friends and family, sexual information and education). Results and findings Table 1 presents the frequency distribution of homosexual and heterosexual subjects based on demographic variables (education and job). Table 1- frequency distribution of the subjects based on demographic variables Indicator Groups Homosexual Heterosexual Total Education Diploma 7 (47.7) 4 (26.7) 11 (36.7) AS 0 (0) 2 (13.3) 2 (6.7) BA 5 (33.) 12 (70) 17 (56.6) Job Student 0 (0) 7 (46.7) 7 (23.3) Employed 7 (47.7) 2 (13.3) 9 (40) Unemployed 8 (53.3) 6 (40) 14 (36.7) * The figures within parenthesis are indicative of the percentage As observed in table 1, half of the homosexuals are diploma and 33 percent have BA. Moreover, half of them are employed and 53.3 percent of them are unemployed. 26.7 percent of the heterosexuals have diploma, 46.7 percent are university students and 70 percent have BA. What’s more, 13.3 percent are employed and 40 percent are unemployed. Table 2 indicates the statistical indices of the variables related to the personality characteristics of homosexuals and heterosexuals 329 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Group Neuroticism Extroversion Openness to Experience Agreeableness Conscientiousness M Sd M Sd M Sd M Sd M Sd Homosexual 45.33 11.57 59.86 8.39 62.80 12.71 47.60 12.21 48.66 10.51 Heterosexual 45.20 9.03 49.20 10.38 52.93 8.44 51.86 9.95 49.86 5.42 As observed in table 2, the mean of the variables of openness to experience and extraversion is higher among the homosexuals as compared to the heterosexuals. However, heterosexuals score higher on the variables of agreeableness and conscientiousness. No significant difference is observed in the variable of neuroticism. In order to investigate the research hypotheses, t-test was used to compare the personality characteristics of male homosexuals and heterosexuals. Therefore, five personality characteristics of neuroticism, extraversion, openness to experience, agreeableness and conscientiousness were separately analyzed. Results of the t-test indicated that from among the 5 personality characteristics, two characteristics of extraversion and openness to experience are significantly different. The results are presented in tables 3 and 4. Table 3- results of independent t-test for the comparison of homosexual and heterosexual groups in the variable of extraversion Group Homosexual Heterosexual M 59.86 49.20 Sd 8.39 10.38 Df 28 T 3.09 P .004 As observed in table 3, the mean of homosexual group is higher than the heterosexual group (59.86 as compared to 49.20) which is significant at .01. Therefore, it can be concluded that male homosexuals have higher levels of extraversion as compared to male heterosexuals. Table 4- results of independent t-test for the comparison of homosexual and heterosexual groups in the variable of openness to experience group homosexual heterosexual M 62.80 52.93 SD 12.71 8.44 df 28 t 2.50 p .01 As observed in table 4, the mean of homosexual group is higher than the heterosexual group (62.80 as compared to 52.93) which is significant at .01. Therefore, it can be concluded that male homosexuals have higher levels of openness to experience as compared to male heterosexuals. Discussion and conclusion The results of the research indicated that male homosexuals and heterosexuals differ significantly in the personality characteristics of openness to experience and extraversion. The mean of male homosexuals in the scales of extraversion (59.86) and openness to experience (62.80) in the NEO inventory was higher than the mean of male heterosexuals (52.93 and 49.20). The results of this research 330 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 are in line with the results of the research by Lippa (2005, 2008), McCrae et al (2005) and Smith and Boss (200) on some of the personality characteristics of men. In the explanation of this finding it can be mentioned that homosexual groups rate higher in terms of intimacy, collectiveness, assertiveness, activity, sensation seeking, imagination, feelings, positive affection, interest and values. Therefore, it can be inferred that male homosexuals are more emotional and seek for more sensation as compared to heterosexuals. They seek positive emotions such as love, happiness and enjoyment. Homosexuals’ openness to experience has also been supported in other studies and this personality characteristic is based on this notion that, the unknown is tempting. Bam (2007) knows this as one of the reasons of their sexual orientation. Individuals who are open to experience are individuals who deviate from the common and normal issues, are interested in freedom in ethical and social affairs and do not enjoy usual activities. Therefore, the unknown and undiscovered is always tempting for such individuals. This finding is in line with the results of the research by Boss and Smith, 2003; Lippa, 2008; McCrae et al, 2005. The results of the present research indicated no between-group difference in the scale of neuroticism. According to Loure (1978, cited in Wiley & Ltd, 1997) male individuals have less intimacy in their friendship with friends from the same sex as compared to female individuals. Therefore, from a social perspective, the intimacy between two boys seems unnatural (Waren, 1983, cited in Wiley and Ltd, 1997; Herk, 1995; cited in Rider, 2005). Therefore, it seems that, the relationship between homosexual females can more easily be overlooked or wrongly be labeled as intimate relationships (Bowen, 2003) and as the result, they face less social pressure. This finding is in line with the results of the research carried out by Mayer et al (2003), Ansari (1999), Browne et al (1991) and Feingold (1994) in the investigation of male and female personality characteristics. On the scale of agreeableness, the mean of heterosexual group and homosexual groups are 51.86 and 47.60, respectively. This finding indicates that, the homosexual group scores lower on the characteristics of trust, ethics, philanthropy, humility and cooperation as compared to the heterosexuals. Therefore, it can be concluded that homosexuals do not trust others as much as heterosexuals and may seem dishonest, deceitful or under false pretenses. This finding can indicates that, the extraversion and intimacy of these individuals are more observed in the homosexual groups (Feingold, 1994; Costa and McCrae, 2001; Lippa, 2005 and 2008). In the scale of conscientiousness, the result indicated insignificant difference between the homosexuals and heterosexuals (48.66 versus 49.86) and this finding is in line with the results of the research by Lippa. Overall, the findings of the research indicated that male homosexuals and heterosexuals differ significantly in the variables of openness to experience and extraversion. Form a theoretical perspective, limited research has been carried out on male homosexuals and the results of the current research can enrich our theoretical literature and lay the foundation for more extensive research in this area. In practical level, strengthening the sexual identity to stabilize the determination of feelings, and sexual orientation or behavior, it’s suggested that, personality characteristics of male and female homosexuals and heterosexuals be compared with one another. References American psychology association. 2008. Answer to your question: for a better understanding of sexual orientation & homosexuality. Washington. (www.A.p.a.org) Ansari M, 2009. Psychology of crimes and sexual perversity. Tehran: Eshraghi Publication. Atkinson R, Hilgard E, 2007. Hilgard’s psychology. Tehran: Arjmand press. Bogaert F, 2004. The prevalence of male homosexuality: the effect of fraternal birth order and variations in family size. Journal of Theoretical Biology. 230: 33-37 Browne K, 1998. Divided labours. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. 331 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Cassell J, 2005. Sexual behavior. The medicine publishing company Ltd. Costa P T, Terracciano A, McCrae R R, 2001. Gender differences in personality across cultures: Robust and surprising results. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. 81: 322–331. Ellis L, Ames M A, 1987. Sexual orientation of human of spring may be altered by severe maternal stress during pregnancy. Journal of Sex Research. 25: 152-157. Feingold A, 1994. Gender differences in personality: A metaanalysis. Psychological Bulletin. 116: 429– 456. Garousi Farshi M T, 1998. Normalization of NEO personality inventory and analysis of its property and factor construct on Iranian university students. PhD dissertation. Tarbiat Modarres University. Hammersmith S K, 1987. A sociological approach to counseling homosexual clients and their families. Journal homosexuality. Hiller L, Turner A, Mitchell A, 2005. Writing them again: 6 years on the 2nd national report on sexuality, health & well-being of same-sex attracted young people in Australia. Australian Research Center in Sex, Health & Society (ARCSHS). La Trobe university. Lippa R A, 2005. Sexual orientation and personality. Annual Review of Sex Research. 16: 119–153. Lippa R A, 2008. Sex differences and sexual orientation differences in personality: findings from the BBS internet survey. Archives of Sexual Behavior. 37(1): 173-187 Mayer I H, 2003. Prejudice, social stress, and mental health in lesbian, gay, and bisexual populations : conventional issues and research evidence. Psychological Bulletin.129: 674-697. McCrae R R, Costa P T, 1984. Emerging lives, enduring dispositions. Scott Foresman. Mccrae R R, Costa P T, 1999. A five factors theory of personality. Handbook Personality. pp:139-154. NY: Wiley. McCrae R R, Terracciano A, 1978 Members of the Personality Profiles of Cultures Project (2005). Universal features of personality traits from the observer’s perspective: Data from 50 cultures. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. 88: 547–561. Patterson C J, 2008. Sexual orientation across the life-span: introduction to the special section. Developmental Psychology. 44(1): 1-4. Resnick M D, 1984. The social construction of disability and handicap in America. Miami: Grunne & Stratton. Rider E A, 2005. Psychology of women. London: Wiley Sandfort, T. G., Graff, R. D., Bijl, R. V, & Schnable, P. (2001). Same – sex sexual behavior and psychiatric disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry. 58: 85-91. Sandfort T G, Graff R D, Bijl R V, Schnable P, 2001. Samem – sex sexual behavior and psychiatric disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry. 58: 85-91. Schmitt D P, Buss D M, 2000. Sexual dimensions of person description: Beyond or subsumed by the Big Five? Journal of Research in Personality. 34: 141–177. Shultz D, Shultz, S A, 1998. The theories of personality. Translated by Y. Seyyed Mohammadi. Tehran: Roshd Publicaiton. Wiley J, Ltd S, 1997. Lesbian, gay and bisexual development: Therapy, research and social issues. Journal of Community & Applied Social Psychology. 7: 329-343. Wilgenbusch T, Merrell K W, 1999. Gender differences in self- concept among children and adolescents: A meta-analysis of multidimensional studies. School Psychology Quarterly. 14: 101–120. Wilson G, Rahman Q, 2005. Born gay: The psychobiology of sex orientation. London: Peter Owen Publishers. Journal Sex Behav. 37:173–187. Zheng L, Lippa R A, Zheng Y 2011. Sex and sexual orientation differences in personality in china. Journal of Sex Behavior. 40: 533-541. 332 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), 333-340, 2014 Available online at http:// www. ijpbrjournal.com ISSN 2322-4002 ©2014 Victor Quest Publications Comparison of brain behavioral systems between runaway and normal girls kamrani Fakoor, Shahrbanoo MD1 Rasool zadeh Tabatabaei, Kazem PhD2 Department of psychology, Tarbiat Modares University, Tehran, Iran Department of psychology, Tarbiat Modares University, Tehran, Iran Abstract Introduction: whereas there are various theoretical approaches about the relationships between biological bases of personality traits and delinquency; and considering the fact that runaway girls perform impulsively and perpetrate more delinquent behaviors than normal girls, therefore, this study aims to compare runaway and normal girls in brain-behavioral systems. Method: 72 runaway girls who settled in welfare organization shelters and 73 no runaway students participated in this post facto study. Two groups were matched for age, grade and socio economic conditions. Results: T test showed that runaway girls were significantly higher on Behavioral Activation System (approach component), whereas runaway girls had significantly under reactive Behavioral Inhibition System than normal girls. There was no significant difference between two groups in Fight Flight System. Conclusion: paying more attention to bio-behavioral bases of delinquency and runaway is recommended, both over reactive BAS or under reactive BIS can result in runaway. Keywords: runaway girls, behavioral activation system, behavioral inhibition system. Introduction: Running away is considered as a conduct disorder and antisocial behavior. DSM IV has described running away as a conduct disorder and categorized it as under socialized aggressive type(Rasool Zadeh Tabatabaei et al, 1994). In fact, running away is a kind of maladjusted behavior in which one leaves home to avid from troubles or to receive fun(Rasool Zadeh Tabatabaei et al, 1994). Homer (1973) divided running away incentives as two: Running to, Running from. Running from girls are girls who experience interpersonal conflicts and domestic violence at home and can’t solve their problems. But running to girls are attracted to activities and situations that are prohibited by caregivers. (Such as sex, alcohol and drug abuse). And are joined to delinquent groups. There are evidence of rebellion, impulsivity and instability in personality traits of runaway girls. Anyway, frequent studies have revealed that disintegrated families, parental intensive disciplines and parent’s inability in handling their children’s high risk behaviors can intensify girls running away cycle(Ayrest,1999; Mac Lean et al,1999; Rew et al,2001). International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 The increasing importance of explanation of psychopathic and delinquent behaviors has excited researchers to widen their point of view and discard restricted opinions. Recently, neuropsychologists have done many efforts to reveal biological and individual differences that cause one be susceptible to delinquent behaviors. Eysenck suggested that heredity (genetic) can be an important factor in perpetrating crime and predisposing one to do delinquent behaviors. In his opinion, personality traits such as extroversion are related to deviant behaviors such as running away from home. He concluded that neurotic extraverted people because of failure in internalizing social values and poor condition ability became unresponsive to community and perpetrated delinquent behaviors, sexual deviations and offensive behaviors as a result of weakened brains arousal system and debilitated reticular activation system (Azad Fallah, 1989). In addition, Cleckly concluded that delinquent people are unable to learn to avoid from aversive consequences because delinquent people don’t perceive anxiety and are low aroused and don’t understand trouble. Or, conversely, it is possible that delinquent people are more sensation seeker and try to reach optimal level of arousal (Gray, 1994; Wallace and Newman, 2006). Failure in learning of punitive experiences has considered being original characteristics of delinquency and has become the main issue in experimental researches of delinquency. It seems that delinquent people’s failure in avoiding from high risk behaviors and over looking pleasures is comparable with animals which have brain septo hippocampal impairment and are incapable to learn from punishment (Azad Fallah, 1989; Newman et al, 2005; Beck et al, 2009). The author investigated on prostitute (all of them have running away history) women’s sensation seeking, revealed that prostitute women got high scores in thrill and venture seeking and disinhibition components of Zuckerman’s personality questionnaire than normal women; were extroverted and over aroused and behaved impulsively, and tried to experience different life styles and abnormal experiences in order to obtain optimal level of arousal (Kamrani, 2003). As well as, other studies concluded that novelty seeking is a dominant personality trait in delinquents and sexual deviants(Walker et al, 1991). In addition, Gray Wilson’s personality inventory that consists of three dimensions: behavioral activation system, behavioral inhibition system and fight flight system is appropriate scale for assessing personality traits in runaway girls. For example, behavioral activation system (BAS) illustrates ones tendency to gain money, drugs, multiple sex partners and enjoyable social circumstances (Beck et al, 2009). Two subtypes of this component are approach (actively reward seeking) and active avoidance (withdrawal from punishment) (Walker et al, 1991). Having over sensitive behavioral activation system is related to impulsivity and arousal (Matthys et al, 1998; Amodio, 2007). Behavioral activation system structures include dopaminergic paths and cortico striato pallido thalamic circuits.neuroanatomic bases of this system consist of prefrontal cortex, amygdale and basal ganglia. It is motivated by both pleasurable stimulus due to reward or eliminating of punishment (Brenner et al, 2005). In contrast, behavioral inhibition system is thought to be responsive to conditioned stimuli for punishment and lack of reward as well as novel stimuli and innate fear stimuli. If the BIS activity predominates, it is thought to lead anxiety state, and emotional action readiness, current behavior inhibition, increasing in focused attention and psychological arousal. Two behavioral subtypes of this system are passive avoidance and extinction (Amodio et al, 2007; Fowles, 1988; Qua, 1988). BIS is a result of over responsiveness noradrenergic (locus coeruleus) and sertonergic (raphe nucleus) afferent paths (Amodio et al, 2007). Neuroanatomically, this system is located in septo hippocampal system, brain stem, papez circuit and orbito frontal cortex (Walker et al, 1991; Brenner et al, 2005; Raine and Yang, 2006; Gray and MC Naughton, 2000). The third system is fight (defensive aggression) and flight (escape from jeopardy source) is responsive to aversive unconditioned stimulus and neuroanatomically is related to amygdale and medial thalamus structures (McNaughton and Corr, 2004). Gray and MC Naughtons (2000) revised their reinforcement sensitive theory. (RST). Consequently, fight flight system has modified to FFFS which includes freeze reactions besides fight flight responses. FFFS is considered as a response to unavoidable threatening stimulus (Brenner et al, 2005; Beck et al, 2009). When we confused by conflicting goals (between approach BAS and withdrawal FFFS). The FFFS, is thought to have determiner function. Whereas, over responsiveness of BIS leads to anxiety state. Individuals with over reactive FFFS disclose high levels of fear emotions (Beck et al, 2009; Wallace and Newman, 2006; Gray and MC Naughtons, 2000). Gray hypothesized that psychopaths have over responsive BAS. Behavioral activation system is over reactive to environmental or behavioral rewards rather than susceptibility to punishment cues; so they often relinquish punishment cues and exclusively attempts for achieving rewards (Wilson NJ, Evans, 1989). Lykken (1995) according to Gray`s RST theory and Cleckly`s opinion concluded that under reactive BIS could contribute to ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder) and primary psychophaty as a result of 334 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 deficiency in information processing system and lack of inhibition system(Kooijmans et al, 2000). Whereas, over reactive BAS is strong predictor of impulsivity, conduct disorder and secondary psychopathic behaviors and contributes in being strongly responsiveness to reward cues (Amodio et al, 2007; Newman et al, 2005, Wilson and Evans, 2003; Quay, 1993). Fowles (1980) based on Gray`s RST hypothesized that psychopaths have relatively under reactive BIS; therefore it leads them to delinquent symptoms such as running away from home(Wallace JF, Newman,2006; Fowles, 2001). Quay suggested that over aroused individuals have permanently underreactive BIS and permanently overreactive BAS; consequently, have weak possibility to stop ongoing behavior and to notice to punishment. Conversely, their over responsiveness to reward cues determines their behavior (Kooijmans et al, 2000). Considering this fact that no investigation has done about the relationship between brain behavioral systems and running away ,as well as, divers people respond differently to reward and punishment cues, current study attempts to determine whether antisocial characters such as runaway girls have under reactive BIS or have over reactive BAS ; so that disturbs their inhibition systems responsiveness. Method: Present study is post facto study. Participant: data were derived from 72 girls (age 13-18 years) who ran away from their home and habituated in welfare organization centers. Control group consisted of 13-18 year girls who were randomly selected from guidance school and high school students. Both sample groups were from Tehran. We omitted subjects who were mentally severe retarded or had chronic mental disorders (psychosis) and were unable to respond to questionnaire items correctly. Moreover, in order to control intervening variables effects, two groups were matched based on age, grade, family’s income, parent’s education and parent’s job. Measures: Gray Wilson personality questionnaire: this scale assesses the function of brain behavioral constructs and its dimensions. It has created by Wilson, Barret and Gray. This scale consists of 120 items, and 40 items has considered for estimating each subscales: behavioral activation system (BAS), behavioral inhibition system (BIS) and fight flight system (FFS). BIS itself consists of 20 items for passive avoidance and 20 items for extinction subtypes. Similarly, BAS has 20 items for approach and 20 items for active avoidance subtypes. Also, FFS consists of 20 items for assessing fight and 20 items for flight subtypes (Azad Fallah, 1989). Wilson, Barret and Gray (1989) estimated that Cronbach's (alpha) coefficient for approach, active avoidance, passive avoidance, extinction, fight and flight subtypes are respectively as noted bellow: .65, .65, .61, .58, .61, .71 for men .71, .71, .63, .59, .35, .68 for women. So, this scale has acceptable internal reliability. In Iran, Azad Falleh`s study yielded an internal reliability for subscales (approach, active avoidance, passive avoidance, extinction, fight and flight) as noted below: 0.75, 0.69, 0.71, 0.78, 0.65, and 0.68 respectively. Wilson et al (1989) applied Eysenck`s personality questionnaire in order to calculate it`s convergent validity with Gray Wilson’s personality questionnaire. Results showed that BIS correlated high with neuroticism as well as BAS correlated high with extroversion. Davoodi et al (2008) calculated convergent validity of Gray Wilson personality questionnaire with NEO FFI questionnaire subscales (Neuroticism, Extroversion, Conscientiousness): BAS and Extroversion were negatively correlated(r=-0.67) as well as FFS and Conscientiousness did(r= 0.5). In addition, BIS and Neuroticism had positive correlation(r=0.56); BIS and Extroversion correlated negatively(r=-0.45). The data was processed via SPSS ver 16. Results: Descriptive results revealed that the average of age range in runaway girls and normal girls was 16.82 and 16.45 respectively. 89% of runaway girls versus 100% of normal girls were educated (up to high school). 31% of runaway girls had substance abuse experience and 50% of them had unallowed sexual experiences. In addition, 54% of runaway girls had criminal background. Normal girls didn’t have mentioned histories. Table1 indicates the means and standard deviation for two normal and runaway groups in the main scale and subtypes of Gray Wilson personality questionnaire. International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Table1: run away and normal girls scores in the main and subtypes of Gray Wilson personality questionnaire group N mean Standard deviation Approach runaway girls 72 20.32 5.624 normal girls 73 18.05 4.980 Active avoidance runaway girls 72 26.00 5.225 normal girls 73 25.90 4.429 Passive avoidance runaway girls 72 13.99 6.746 normal girls 73 18.60 5.063 Extinction runaway girls 72 13.46 7.306 normal girls 73 16.38 6.313 runaway girls 72 15.74 7.377 normal girls 73 16.86 6.642 runaway girls 72 19.46 6.824 normal girls 73 20.33 6.878 runaway girls 72 46.32 6.148 normal girls 73 43.96 5.675 runaway girls 72 27.44 12.508 normal girls 73 34.99 9.295 runaway girls 72 35.19 11.983 normal girls 73 37.19 10.627 Fight Flight BAS BIS FFS In order to determine whether two groups significantly differ in biological bases of personality (brain behavioral systems) or not, these proposals are considered: 1- Sensitivity of behavioral activation system in runaway girls is different from normal girls. 2- Sensitivity of behavioral inhibition system in runaway girls is different from normal girls. 3- Runaway girls get different scores in fight flight system from normal girls. The results of between two groups T test for the main and subscales of questionnaire are presented in table2. Table2: T test results in runaway and normal girls Component t df Sig(2tailed) Approach 2.568 143 .011 Active .119 143 .905 avoidance Passive -4.665 143 .000 avoidance Extinction -2.581 143 .011 Fight -.967 143 .335 Flight -.765 143 .446 BAS 2.403 143 .018 BIS -4.125 143 .000 FFS -1.062 143 .290 Mean difference Std Error ifference 2.265 .096 .882 .804 -4.617 .990 -2.925 -1.127 -.870 2.361 -7.542 -1.997 1.133 1.165 1.138 .982 1.828 1.880 T test illustrated that runaway girls differs significantly from normal girls in BAS. In other words, runaway girls had hyper sensitive BAS. (T= 2.4, 0.05>P). 336 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 Applying T test in brain behavioral questionnaire subscales revealed that runaway girls got significantly higher scores in approach subscale than normal girls (T=2.57, 0.01>P). No significant difference was found between two groups in active avoidance subscale. Moreover, T test revealed significant difference between two groups in BIS (T=−4.12, 0.001> P). In addition, significant difference was found between two groups in passive avoidance subscale (T= −4.66, 0.001>P). On the other side, runaway girls got significantly lower scores in extinction subscale than normal girls (T=−2.58, 0.01>P). No significant difference was found between two groups in FFS scale and its subscales. Discussion: Recent study compares runaway girl’s brain behavioral systems (BAS, BIS, and FFS) with normal girls. The results of examining hypothesis revealed that runaway girls have significantly more over reactive BAS than normal girls. So, the first hypothesis was supported. Although there were no research records about relationships between running away and brain behavioral systems, enormous studies have since yielded support for relationship between delinquency, addiction, conduct disorder, ADHD and behavioral brain systems, therefore the results of recent study is consistent with these investigations. According to Quay, children with Attention Deficit Hyper Activity Disorder (ADHD) have permanently under reactive BIS, causing inability to inhibit responses. Whereas, Conduct Disorder is considered that BAS overshadowed BIS. When there are punishment and reward cues simultaneously, children with conduct disorder concentrates to pleasure cues. In other words, when both systems are active, in individual with conduct disorder, BIS is unable to stop the ongoing response of BAS. Therefore, when the BAS is active exclusively individuals with conduct disorder aren’t overactive (Quay, 1988). Considering this fact that multiple studies have shown that runaway girls significantly have personality disorders specially antisocial personality disorder, borderline personality disorder and conduct disorder; as well as descriptive results of current study revealed, runaway girls had unallowed sexual experiences(50%), were addicted(21%) and perpetrated criminal and delinquent issues and had been condemned(54%); consequently , the results of current study seems to be consistent with Quays suggestion. In other words, runaway girls have stronger BAS and more impulsive; consequently they are biased toward exciting events and inhibited behaviors such as unallowed sexual experiences and drug / alcohol abuse instead of considering secondary negative consequences of running away from home. Wilson and Evans (2002) investigation revealed that delinquents behave so that hypersensitivity to reward cues leads to decreased attention to punishment cues- trait that is called reward dominance-. In other words, behavioral activation system dominance can contribute to impulsivity temperament in runaway girls and their tendency toward positive reinforcements such as sensation seeking state in delinquent behaviors (such as substance abuse and hyper sexuality) so, fail to anticipate negative latency contingencies. Consistent with Kagan, it is concluded that runaway girls behave more impulsively. These girls are capable to control their desires and fail to postpone their gratifications, so they are capable by environmental excitants(Quay,1988). Considering Grays proposal that BAS is associated with impulsivity, fun seeking, extroversion and hypersensitivity to reward cues; and according to Eysencks theory about delinquency, it is concluded that delinquent people as well as runaway girls fail to internalize social values because of having lowered level of arousal system and lack of anxiety. Psychopaths have arousal system deficit and weak reticular activation system that leads them to be unable to understand punishment as aversive and predispose them perpetrate antisocial behaviors such as unallowed sexual behaviors and law breaking. On the other hand, it is probable that delinquent people try actively to acquire sensation in order to increase their arousal to optimal level; or behave more impulsively because of their overactive BAS(Sijtsema,2010). Kooper et al (2000) reported that personality traits such as neuroticism and extroversion contribute to increased tendency to alcohol and high risk sexual behavior. He postulated that extroverted people did high sexual behavior in order to increase their positive emotional experiences. 337 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 In fact, interaction of extroversion, neuroticism and impulsivity determines ones motivation for doing high risk sexual behaviors. Enormous investigations showed that these behavioral traits are considerably high in runaway girls than normal girls (Rasool Zadeh Tabatabaei, 1994). Kamrani (2003) estimated sensation seeking and thrill and adventure seeking, experience seeking, disinhibition and boredom susceptibility in prostitute women who ran away from their home using Zuckerman’s personality questionnaire. Finding illustrated that prostitute women were evaluated significantly high in these subscales than normal women. Ostadi (1997) reported that runaway girls, when were confronted stressful events, adopted ineffective emotional strategies instead of using effective cognitive strategies; and were significantly high in sensation seeking. Because of their irrational thoughts, runaway girls considered frustrating situations as invariable, so when they are confronted frustration, can’t withstand. Moreover, present study demonstrated that runaway girls have under reactive BIS than normal girls. These finding is consistent with White(1994), Antonio(2010), Vital et al(2005), Alizadeh(2005), Mashhadi et al(2009), Wallace and Newman(2006) and Quay(19997), Hamzeh loo and Mashhadi(2009). Hamzeh loo and Mashhadi reported that delinquents have considerably more under reactive BIS than normal people. So, it is concluded that delinquent youths as well as runaway girls have significantly substantial delinquency in behavioral inhibition. In fact, imperfection in BIS leads to inability in controlling thoughts and emotions and contributes to impulsive, maladjusted and undesirable behaviors. Moreover, the results of current study are in accordance with Fowles speculation based on reinforcement sensitivity theory, fowles(1980) speculated that psychopaths have relatively under reactive BIS, so weak BIS leads them demonstrate psychopathic symptoms. Barkley (1997) argued that an imperfection in BIS has remarkable role in delinquency. So consistent with these investigations it is presumed that deficiency in passive avoidance learning is associated with jueline delinquency, conduct disorder and running away from home. In other side Whit et al (1994) suggested that impulsivity and capability in self regulation and lack of response inhibition is an important component in running away from home and other delinquent behavior (Vitale et al, 2005). In addition, White et al (1994) illustrated that impulsivity and self regulation deficit and weak BIS is a significant factor in delinquent behavior. Kinsey (2004) demonstrated that psychopaths have both over reactive BAS and under reactive BIS. In other words, psychopaths are not only relatively weak in BIS; but also are strong in BAS(Wallace and Newman,2006). Under reactive BIS- because of deficiently processing of threat related stimulies- leads to maladjusted behaviors. Gray acknowledges that antisocial behavior, in individuals with over reactive BAS and with deficient inhibitory control BIS, is considerably stronger and more durable(Walker et al,1991). In addition, Walker et al (1991) findings accord with Gray theory and the current study. Their findings revealed that children with conduct disorder and anxiety co morbid diagnosis displayed significantly less antisocial and delinquent behaviors than children with exclusively conduct disorder diagnosis. (That had under reactive BIS). Kooijmans et al (2000) demonstrated that in children with conduct disorder and oppositional defiant disorder, inhibitory control is significantly weaker than normal children. On the other side, considering the formal statistics of welfare organization in Iran which indicated that at least 40% of runaway girls had a kind of externalizing behavior (conduct disorder, ADHD, personality disorders and oppositional deficient disorder). Moreover, considering the second hypothesis that runaway girls have more under reactive BIS than normal girls was proved. Consequently, the current study results are consistent with Quays proposal. As a result, it is possible that individuals with weak BIS have deficiency in developing of nervous systems located in prefrontal lob and have crucial role in executive functioning. Moreover, they are impaired in anterior cingulated and basal ganglia functions. So, an imperfection in this process can contribute to lack of inhibitory control, and impulsive or involuntary behaviors that predisposes one to do delinquent behaviors such as running away from home . The third hypothesis didn’t prove in spite of this fact that runaway girls had lower scores in fight flight system than normal girls .so, there were no significant difference between two groups. Refrences: 338 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 1- Amodio DM, Master SL, Yee CM, Taylor SE, 2007. Neurocognitive components of the behavioral inhibition and activation systems: implications for theories of self-regulation. Psychophysiology. 44. 19. 2- Antonio J, 2010. Activity of the Behavioral Activation System and the Behavioral Inhibition System and Psychopathology. Annularly of Clinical and Health Psychology. 6. 57-60. 3- Ayrest SL, 1999. Depression and stress in street youth. Adolescence. 135. 567-575. 4- Azad fallah P, 2000. Bio mental foundation of addiction. Journal of psychology; 3; 234-246.[Persian] 5- Beck I, Smits D, Claes L, Vandereycken W, Bijtttebier P, 2009. Psychometric Evaluation Of The Behavioral Inhibition Behavioral Activation System Scales And The Sensitivity To Punishment And Sensitivity To Reward Questionnaire In A Sample Of Eating Disordered Patients. Personality and Individual Differences. 47. 407-412. 6- Brenner SL, Beauchaine TP, Sylvers PD, 2005. A comparison of psychophysiological and self-report measures of BAS and BIS activation. Psychophysiology. 42. 108-115. 7- Cooper Ml, Agocha VB, Sheldon MS, 2000. A Motivational Perspective on Risky Behaviors: The Role of Personality and Affect Regulatory Process. Journal of Personality. 68. 1059-1088. 8- Davoodi I, Safikhani A, Mehrabi honarmand M, 2009. The study of Brain Behavioral System in predicting of personality Traits A, C and D. Journal of Psychological results; 4; 87-112.[Persian] 9- Fowles DC, 2001. Biological variables in psychopathology: a psychobiological perspective. In H.E.Adams & P.B.Sutker, Comprehensive hand book of psychopathology. New York: Kluwer Academic / Plenum; P. 85-141. 10- Fowles DC, 1988. Psychophysiology and psychopathology: A motivational approach. Psychophysiology. 25. 373-391. 11- Gray JA, 1994. Framework for taxonomy of psychiatric disorders. In S.H.M.V Gosen N.E.V Poll and J. serjent (EDS).Emotions: Essays on emotion theory. New Jersey: Elbaum. 29-59. 12- Gray JA, MC Naughton N, 2000. The neuropsychology of anxiety. New York: oxford university press. 13- Hamzeh loo M, Mashhadi A, 2009. A comparison of behavioral inhibition between juvenile delinquencies, with or without history of substance abuse, and normal adolescents. Research in health psychology; 4; 55-64.[Persian] 14- Kagan J, Reznick JS, Snidman N, 1987. The physiology and psychology of behavioral inhibition in children. Child Development. 58. 1459-73. 15- Kamrani S, 2003. The comparative study of psychological characteristics between prostitute women and normal women. Journal of Psychology; 3; 253-269.[Persian] 16- Kooijmans R, Scheres A, Oosterlaan, J, 2000. Response Inhibition and Measures of Psychopathology: A Dimensional Analysis. Child Neuropsychology. 6. 175-184. 17- Mac Lean M, Embry L & Cauce A, 1999. Homeless adolescent's paths to separation from family: comparison of family characteristics, psychological adjustment and victimization. Journal of Community psychology. 2. 179-187. 18- Mashhadi A, Rasool zadeh Tabatabaei K, Azad fallah P, Soltanifar, A, 2009. The comparison of response inhibition and interference control in ADHD and normal children. Journal of clinical psychology; 2; 37-50.[Persian] 19- Matthys W, Van Goozen, S.H.M, Vries H, Cohen PT, 1998. The Dominance of Behavioral Activation over Behavioral Inhibition in Conduct Disordered Boys With or Without Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder. Journal of Child Psychology Psychiatry. 39. 643-651. 20- McNaughton N, Corr PJ, 2004. A two-dimensional neuropsychology of defense: Fear/anxiety and defensive distance. Neuroscience and Bio behavioral Reviews. 28. 285-305. 21- Newman JP, MacCoon DG, Vaughn LJ, Sadeh N, 2005. Validating a distinction between primary and secondary psychopathy with measures of Grays BIS and BAS Constructs. Journal of Abnormal psychology. 114. 319-323. 22- Quay HC, 1988. The behavioral reward and inhibition system in childhood behavior disorder. Elmsford NY: pergamon press. 23- Quay HC. (1993). The psychobiology of under socialized aggressive conduct disorder: A theoretical perspective. Development and psychopathology. 5. 165-180. 24- Quay HC, 1988. Inhibition and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology. 25. 7-13. 25- Raine A, Yang Y, 2006. Neural Foundations to Moral Reasoning and Antisocial Behavior. Oxford University Press. P.203-213. 26- Rasool Zadeh Tabatabaei K, Besharat MA, Baziari M, 2005. The comparative study of personality characteristics and socio economic circumstances between runaway and normal girls. Journal of Daneshvar; 10; 23-34.[Persian] 27- Rew L, Taylor- seehafer M, Thomas NY & Yockey RD, 2001. Correlates of resilience in homeless adolescents. Journal of Nursing Scholarship. 1. 33-40. 339 International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Research. Special issue Vol 1(3), April 2014 28- Sijtsema J, Veenstra R, Lindenberg S, Roon A, Verhulst F et al, 2010. Mediation of Sensation Seeking and Behavioral Inhibition on the Relationship between Heart Rate and Antisocial Behavior: The TRAILS Study. Journal of American Academy of Child Adolescent Psychiatry. 49. 493-502. 29- Vitale JE, Newman JP, Betes JE, Goodnigh J, Dodge KA, Petter GS, 2005. Deficient Behavioral Inhibition and Anomalous Selective Attention in A Community Sample Of Adolescent with Psychopathic Traits and Low Anxiety Traits. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology. 33. 461-470. 30- Wallace JF, Newman JP, 2006. The Reinforcement Sensitivity Theory of Personality. 398-414. 31- Walker JL, Lahey BB, Russo MF, Frick PJ et al, 1991. Anxiety, Inhibition, and conduct disorder in children: I. relations to social impairment. Journal of American Academy of Child Adolescent Psychiatry. 30. 187-191. 32- Wilson GD, Barrett PT, Gray JA, 1989. Human relations to reward and punishment: A questionnaire examination of Gray's personality theory. British Journal of Psychology. 8. 509-515. 33- Wilson NJ, Evans IM, 2002. Relationship Between Reward Dominant Responses Style and Ratings of Boys Conduct Problems. New Zeland Journal of Psychology. 31. 59-63. 34- White JI, 1994. Measuring Impulsivity and Examining Its Relationship to Delinquency. Abnormal Psychology, 103. 192-205. 340